diff --git a/crossplatform/README.md b/crossplatform/README.md index 729ce3281..20f7b47d0 100644 --- a/crossplatform/README.md +++ b/crossplatform/README.md @@ -3,8 +3,9 @@ This directory brings the full **LibrePods** app to **Windows**, natively and 100% open-source, while **keeping Linux working from the same code**. It builds on the Linux Rust app ([PR #241](https://github.com/librepods-org/librepods/pull/241)) -and extends it into a single **cross-platform** crate plus an open-source -**Windows kernel driver** for the Apple Accessory Protocol (AAP). +and extends it into a single **cross-platform** crate plus two open-source +**Windows kernel drivers** — one for the Apple Accessory Protocol (AAP), one that +exposes the AirPods as a native **microphone**. > Apple's AAP runs over a classic-Bluetooth L2CAP channel (PSM `0x1001`) that > Windows won't let user-mode apps open. So we wrote a signed **KMDF profile @@ -13,15 +14,28 @@ and extends it into a single **cross-platform** crate plus an open-source ## ✅ What works (validated on real AirPods Pro on Windows) +**Control & status** + | Feature | Status | | --- | --- | | **Battery** (L / R / Case, charging state) | ✅ matches iPhone | | **Noise control** (Off / ANC / Transparency / Adaptive) | ✅ read + control | | **Ear detection** | ✅ | -| **Auto-pause / resume** when you remove/insert a bud | ✅ via SMTC | -| **Conversational Awareness** (volume ducking when you speak) | ✅ via WASAPI | | **Device info** (model, serials, firmware) | ✅ | | **LE battery** via BLE advertisement (IRK/enc keys) | ✅ | + +**Audio** + +| Feature | Status | +| --- | --- | +| **Auto-pause / resume** when you remove/insert a bud | ✅ via SMTC | +| **Conversational Awareness** (volume ducking when you speak) | ✅ via WASAPI | +| **Hi-res microphone** — the AirPods AAC-ELD mic as a native Windows input | ✅ see below | + +**App & UX** + +| Feature | Status | +| --- | --- | | **Full iced GUI** running natively | ✅ | | **System tray** | ✅ (`tray-icon`) | | **MagicPods-style centered popup** (connect / ANC / case) | ✅ (v1) | @@ -31,6 +45,35 @@ The whole app also **compiles and links as a Windows `.exe`** (`cargo build --target x86_64-pc-windows-gnu`), and **Linux stays green** at every step. +## 🎙️ The hi-res microphone + +Windows has no API to "create a virtual microphone", so we ship a **second** +kernel driver — `LibrePodsMic`, a virtual audio device (ACX) that appears as a +real capture endpoint. The tray reads the AirPods' uplink audio over AAP, decodes +it, and streams PCM into that device, so **any app (Teams, Zoom, Discord, OBS…) +can use the AirPods mic** — the Windows counterpart to Linux +[PR #655](https://github.com/librepods-org/librepods/pull/655). + +``` +AirPods ──AAP/L2CAP──▶ LibrePodsAAP ──IOCTL──▶ tray: decode AAC-ELD → resample → PCM + │ + ▼ + LibrePodsMic virtual mic ──▶ any app +``` + +| Capability | Status | +| --- | --- | +| AAC-ELD decode (FFmpeg/libavcodec, LGPL) + resample to 48 kHz | ✅ clean & in-tune | +| **Auto-activate** — hi-res stream turns on when an app records, off when it stops | ✅ (+ manual mode) | +| **A2DP auto-reset** — restores stereo playback after the mic degrades it to mono | ✅ | +| **Make-up gain** — the mic isn't quiet | ✅ (×3, soft-limited) | +| **Dynamic name** — the mic shows the connected device ("AirPods Pro de …", Beats…) | ✅ auto, no UAC | +| Minimal FFmpeg build (aac-only) — avcodec **69 MB → 0.7 MB** | ✅ | + +The dynamic name is set by `lp-mic-rename` (writes the endpoint's `DeviceDesc` the +same way the Sound "Rename" UI does), launched by the tray through an elevated +on-demand scheduled task — so it happens automatically with no UAC prompt. + ## How it's built — one crate, two operating systems All OS-specific integration lives behind a `platform/` abstraction selected at @@ -44,6 +87,7 @@ compile time (`#[cfg(target_os)]`). The protocol/UI code (`aacp`, `att`, `le`, | LE advertisements | `bluer::monitor` | WinRT `BluetoothLEAdvertisementWatcher` | | Audio routing / volume | PulseAudio | WASAPI (Core Audio) | | Media control | MPRIS | SMTC | +| Microphone | PipeWire virtual input | **LibrePodsMic** virtual audio driver | | System tray | `ksni` | `tray-icon` | | Paths | XDG | `%APPDATA%` | @@ -53,23 +97,31 @@ compile time (`#[cfg(target_os)]`). The protocol/UI code (`aacp`, `att`, `le`, the `platform/` abstraction layer. - **`windows-driver/LibrePodsAAP/`** — the open-source KMDF AAP kernel driver (`+ prebuilt/` so it installs without the WDK; Test Mode). +- **`windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/`** — the virtual-microphone audio driver (ACX), + plus **`lp-mic-rename/`** (names the mic after the connected device). - **`windows-app/`** — a lightweight native **tray app** (battery + ANC + volume - + ear-detection auto-pause + the popup overlay) and an egui window, plus the - `lp-driver-test` CLI. + + ear-detection auto-pause + the hi-res mic + the popup overlay) and an egui + window, plus the `lp-driver-test` CLI. ## Install (Windows, Test Mode) -**Ready-to-install builds are in [`dist/windows/`](dist/windows/)** — both apps, -the driver, and a one-shot `install.ps1`. The driver is test-signed, so it needs -Secure Boot **off** + `bcdedit /set testsigning on` + reboot; then run the +**Ready-to-install builds are in [`dist/windows/`](dist/windows/)** — the apps, +the driver, and a one-shot `install.ps1`. The drivers are test-signed, so they +need Secure Boot **off** + `bcdedit /set testsigning on` + reboot; then run the installer (elevated). Full steps are in [`dist/windows/README.md`](dist/windows/README.md); build instructions + the technical log are in `HANDOFF.md`. +> **Signing note.** Kernel drivers must be signed to load. For personal use we +> test-sign (above). Distributing to others without Test Mode needs an **EV +> certificate + Microsoft Partner Center** attestation (Azure Trusted Signing +> covers the user-mode app for SmartScreen, but **not** kernel drivers). + ## Not done yet / in progress -- One-click redistributable installer (bundle driver + app). +- One-click redistributable installer (bundle both drivers + app). - Unify the interim tray app and the iced window into one app. +- Fold the `LibrePodsMic` driver install into the one-shot `install.ps1`. - Release build packaging; precise BLE lid-open detection; heart-rate RE (AirPods Pro 3). diff --git a/crossplatform/dist/windows/install.ps1 b/crossplatform/dist/windows/install.ps1 index 6db4f1ced..6f42614ca 100644 --- a/crossplatform/dist/windows/install.ps1 +++ b/crossplatform/dist/windows/install.ps1 @@ -55,6 +55,25 @@ New-Item -ItemType Directory -Force -Path $dest | Out-Null Copy-Item (Join-Path $here 'librepods-tray.exe') $dest -Force Copy-Item (Join-Path $here 'librepods.exe') $dest -Force +# lp-mic-rename + its elevated on-demand task: lets the (unelevated) tray rename +# the virtual mic to the connected device's name without a UAC prompt. +$renameExe = Join-Path $here 'lp-mic-rename.exe' +if (Test-Path $renameExe) { + Copy-Item $renameExe $dest -Force + $renameDest = Join-Path $dest 'lp-mic-rename.exe' + Write-Host '==> Registering the elevated mic-rename task...' + $taskName = 'LibrePods Rename Mic' + $action = New-ScheduledTaskAction -Execute $renameDest + $principal = New-ScheduledTaskPrincipal -UserId "$env:USERDOMAIN\$env:USERNAME" ` + -LogonType Interactive -RunLevel Highest + $settings = New-ScheduledTaskSettingsSet -AllowStartIfOnBatteries ` + -DontStopIfGoingOnBatteries -ExecutionTimeLimit (New-TimeSpan -Minutes 2) ` + -StartWhenAvailable + Register-ScheduledTask -TaskName $taskName -Action $action -Principal $principal ` + -Settings $settings -Description 'Rename the LibrePods virtual mic to the connected device name.' ` + -Force | Out-Null +} + Write-Host '==> Adding the tray app to startup...' $startup = [Environment]::GetFolderPath('Startup') $ws = New-Object -ComObject WScript.Shell diff --git a/crossplatform/hires-mic/PLAN.md b/crossplatform/hires-mic/PLAN.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5063a624c --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/hires-mic/PLAN.md @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# Hi-res AirPods microphone on Windows — feature branch + +**Branch:** `windows-hires-mic` (off `cross-platform`; merges back into it when done). + +**Goal:** expose the AirPods' hi-res (AAC-ELD) microphone as a **native Windows +microphone**, so any app (Teams, Zoom, Discord, OBS…) can use it — the same +feature the Linux side is adding in +[PR #655](https://github.com/librepods-org/librepods/pull/655), but with a +self-contained **virtual audio driver** instead of PipeWire. + +## Why a driver (not VB-Cable) + +Windows has no API to "create a virtual microphone" — it needs a virtual audio +device driver. We already ship a signed kernel driver (`LibrePodsAAP`), so a +second one is the clean, dependency-free path (no third-party VB-Cable). Base it +on Microsoft's **SYSVAD** sample (a virtual audio device with capture + render +endpoints, no hardware). NOTE: audio drivers use **PortCls/AVStream** or the +newer **ACX** framework — different from the KMDF+BRB approach of `LibrePodsAAP`. + +## Architecture + +``` +AirPods ──AAP / L2CAP──▶ LibrePodsAAP driver ──IOCTL──▶ app + │ decode AAC-ELD (FFmpeg / libavcodec) + │ → PCM + ▼ + LibrePodsMic virtual audio driver + │ + ▼ + Windows sees a "LibrePods Microphone" + (Teams / Zoom / Discord / OBS / …) +``` + +The protocol (enable-mic control command, uplink packet framing, AAC-ELD params) +is platform-neutral and comes from PR #655 — it lands in the shared +`crossplatform-rust` crate (`aacp`/`media_controller`), gated per platform for +the sink. + +## Phases (incremental, each independently testable) + +1. **Virtual-mic driver base** — build + test-sign + install SYSVAD (or a trimmed + fork) so Windows shows a "LibrePods Microphone" capture endpoint. Prove it + appears in Sound settings and apps. *(driver: `windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/`)* +2. **PCM bridge** — an IOCTL/shared-ring for user mode to push PCM samples into + the driver; feed a test tone / a WAV → verify it's audible on the virtual mic + (record in Voice Recorder / Audacity). +3. **Protocol port** — from PR #655: the AAP command that enables the hi-res mic, + the uplink packet framing + watchdog, and AAC-ELD decoding via FFmpeg + (libavcodec) — in the shared crate, `platform::MicSink` for the OS sink. +4. **Integration** — talk into the AirPods → decoded audio reaches the virtual + mic. Conversation-awareness pause during capture, AGC toggle, settings + persistence (mirror #655). + +## Risks / open questions + +- **Audio driver complexity** — WaveRT buffering, formats, timing. SYSVAD is a + large sample; getting a stable capture endpoint is the bulk of the work. +- **AAC-ELD patents** — the decoder (FFmpeg) is patent-encumbered; distribution + implications (PR #655 raises the same). Keep the decoder optional / documented. +- **Latency** — L2CAP → decode → driver ring; needs a small, steady buffer. +- **Test-signing** — same Test Mode requirement as the AAP driver. + +## References + +- Microsoft SYSVAD (virtual audio device sample), and the ACX audio samples. +- LibrePods PR #655 (Linux hi-res mic: AAC-ELD + PipeWire) — the protocol RE. +- `../windows-driver/LibrePodsAAP/` — our existing driver + build/sign/install loop. + +## Status + +- **Phase 1 — DONE** ✅ (`windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/`, based on the MS ACX + AudioCodec sample). Builds with WDK 28000, installs via `install.ps1`, and + Windows shows a virtual **"Microphone (AudioCodec Device)"** (confirmed on + hardware). The audio source is still the sample's dummy; feeding real audio is + next. +- **Phase 1b — DONE** ✅ (`522f9e8`): trimmed to **capture-only** — dropped the + render (speaker) circuit in `Device.cpp` (create/add/remove) so only a mic + endpoint exists (no phantom speaker grabbing default output). Builds clean. + `install.ps1` now `devcon remove`s any prior device before installing so + re-running updates in place. +- **Phase 2 — DONE** ✅ (`87ed69f`, validated on hardware): `Common/MicPipe.{h,cpp}` + — a spin-locked global PCM ring buffer + a control device `\\.\LibrePodsMic` + exposing `IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM` (0x0022A000). `StreamEngine.cpp` + `ProcessPacket` drains the ring instead of the WAV/tone dummy. Proven end to + end: `lp-mic-test` (a user-mode tone feeder, `windows-driver/lp-mic-test/`) + pushed a 440 Hz sine and it was **recorded and audible** on "Microphone + (AudioCodec Device)". The audio-driver de-risk is complete. +- **Phase 3a — DONE** ✅ (`c843d32`, validated on hardware): the AAP enable + command works. The tray's "Hi-res microphone (test)" toggle sends `START_AUDIO` + (`04 00 04 00 58 …`, from PR #655); the AirPods enter mic mode (A2DP playback + drops to right-only mono, as expected — needs an A2DP reset like #655), and the + receive loop confirmed the **0x58 uplink audio packets flow** ("receiving + audio" card). Constants + `is_audio_packet` in `aap.rs`; protocol in + [[hires-mic-protocol]]. +- **Phase 3b — DONE** ✅ (validated on hardware, user's voice recorded clean & + in tune). The tray decodes the 0x58 AUs (AAC-ELD) via an FFmpeg libavcodec + shim (LGPL, `eld_shim.c`), resamples, and streams to `\\.\LibrePodsMic`. Key + fixes: mic frames are **480 samples @ 64 kHz** (not 48 kHz — the 4-byte ASC + lies; confirmed by the +180/AU timestamp = a 24 kHz clock over 7.5 ms frames), + so resample **64000 → 48000**; capture circuit restricted to **48 kHz only**; + and a **~150 ms silence cushion** on the ring to absorb the bursty per-packet + feed. Pitch went ~105 → ~122 Hz (ref ~148), zero click/gap artifacts. Audio is + a bit quiet (a gain stage would help) and mono (single mic capsule). +- **Phase 4 — essentially COMPLETE** ✅ (plug-and-play). Done: + - **A2DP auto-reset** — toggle the AirPods' AudioSink (0x110B) service to + restore stereo after the mic stops (0x110D gave ERROR 1060; found via + BluetoothEnumerateInstalledServices), with a persistent "Restoring stereo…" + card through the reconnect. + - **Auto-enable** — the driver's capture-activity counter + (IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_STATUS) lets the tray auto-start the hi-res stream when + an app records and auto-stop (debounced) when it finishes. + a manual mode. + - **Make-up gain** (×3, tanh soft-limit) so the mic isn't quiet. + - **Minimal FFmpeg** (7.1, aac-only) — avcodec 69 MB → 0.7 MB. + - **Name** "LibrePods" (device-agnostic). + - Single-instance guard. + - Follow-ups: exact per-device dynamic name (IPolicyConfig, needs a debugger), + VendorID spoofing (Apple DID), 2 s stall watchdog, apple-wireshark RE. +- Phase 3 (protocol from PR #655 + AAC-ELD) and Phase 4 (integration) to follow. diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.lock b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.lock index 143f651b9..e109c5fc1 100644 --- a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.lock +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.lock @@ -1010,6 +1010,7 @@ name = "librepods-tray" version = "0.1.0" dependencies = [ "ab_glyph", + "cc", "image", "imageproc", "tray-icon", diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.toml b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.toml index e083698b3..dc433b45f 100644 --- a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.toml +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/Cargo.toml @@ -13,12 +13,15 @@ imageproc = "0.25" windows-sys = { version = "0.59", features = [ "Win32_Foundation", "Win32_System_IO", + "Win32_System_Registry", + "Win32_System_Threading", "Win32_Storage_FileSystem", "Win32_Security", "Win32_Devices_DeviceAndDriverInstallation", "Win32_Devices_Bluetooth", "Win32_UI_WindowsAndMessaging", "Win32_Graphics_Gdi", + "Win32_Graphics_Dwm", "Win32_System_LibraryLoader", ] } # `windows` (full COM/WinRT) for Core Audio volume control + SMTC media control. @@ -31,6 +34,9 @@ windows = { version = "0.58", features = [ "Media_Control", # GlobalSystemMediaTransportControlsSession* (auto-pause) ] } +[build-dependencies] +cc = "1" + [[bin]] name = "librepods-tray" path = "src/main.rs" diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/build.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/build.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..338ed7f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/build.rs @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +use std::path::PathBuf; + +fn main() { + // The AAC-ELD decoder (FFmpeg) is only used on Windows. + if std::env::var("CARGO_CFG_TARGET_OS").as_deref() != Ok("windows") { + return; + } + let manifest = PathBuf::from(std::env::var("CARGO_MANIFEST_DIR").unwrap()); + let ff = manifest.join("vendor/ffmpeg"); + + // Compile the tiny C shim against the vendored FFmpeg headers. + cc::Build::new() + .file("src/eld_shim.c") + .include(ff.join("include")) + .compile("eld_shim"); + + // Link the FFmpeg import libs (avcodec pulls avutil + swresample). + println!("cargo:rustc-link-search=native={}", ff.join("lib").display()); + println!("cargo:rustc-link-lib=avcodec"); + println!("cargo:rustc-link-lib=avutil"); + println!("cargo:rustc-link-lib=swresample"); + println!("cargo:rerun-if-changed=src/eld_shim.c"); +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/a2dp.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/a2dp.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5853fb35 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/a2dp.rs @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +//! A2DP recovery: after the hi-res mic puts the AirPods into their bidirectional +//! "call" mode, A2DP playback degrades to mono/right until the audio link is +//! re-established. This toggles the AirPods' A2DP service off then on — the +//! programmatic equivalent of disconnecting + reconnecting them — to restore +//! stereo, without a full Bluetooth restart. + +use std::mem::{size_of, zeroed}; + +use windows_sys::Win32::Devices::Bluetooth::{ + BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO, BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SEARCH_PARAMS, BLUETOOTH_FIND_RADIO_PARAMS, + BluetoothFindDeviceClose, BluetoothFindFirstDevice, BluetoothFindFirstRadio, + BluetoothFindNextDevice, BluetoothFindRadioClose, BluetoothSetServiceState, +}; +use windows_sys::Win32::Foundation::{CloseHandle, HANDLE}; +use windows_sys::core::GUID; + +// AudioSink (A2DP) — the service the AirPods actually expose for audio (0x110B). +// (0x110D AdvancedAudioDistribution isn't an installed service here -> ERROR 1060.) +const A2DP_SERVICE: GUID = GUID { + data1: 0x0000_110B, + data2: 0x0000, + data3: 0x1000, + data4: [0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5F, 0x9B, 0x34, 0xFB], +}; + +const BLUETOOTH_SERVICE_DISABLE: u32 = 0x00; +const BLUETOOTH_SERVICE_ENABLE: u32 = 0x01; + +fn find_device(mac: u64) -> Option { + unsafe { + let mut params: BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SEARCH_PARAMS = zeroed(); + params.dwSize = size_of::() as u32; + params.fReturnAuthenticated = 1; + params.fReturnRemembered = 1; + params.fReturnConnected = 1; + params.fReturnUnknown = 1; + + let mut info: BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO = zeroed(); + info.dwSize = size_of::() as u32; + let h = BluetoothFindFirstDevice(¶ms, &mut info); + if h.is_null() { + return None; + } + let mut found = None; + loop { + if info.Address.Anonymous.ullLong == mac { + found = Some(info); + break; + } + info.dwSize = size_of::() as u32; + if BluetoothFindNextDevice(h, &mut info) == 0 { + break; + } + } + BluetoothFindDeviceClose(h); + found + } +} + +/// Reconnect the AirPods' A2DP service (disable then enable) to restore stereo. +/// Returns the (disable, enable) Win32 result codes: 0 = success, 5 = access +/// denied (needs elevation), 0xFFFFFFFF = device not found, 0xFFFFFFFE = no radio. +pub fn reset(mac: u64) -> (u32, u32) { + unsafe { + let info = match find_device(mac) { + Some(i) => i, + None => return (0xFFFF_FFFF, 0), + }; + let mut rparams: BLUETOOTH_FIND_RADIO_PARAMS = zeroed(); + rparams.dwSize = size_of::() as u32; + let mut radio: HANDLE = std::ptr::null_mut(); + let hfind = BluetoothFindFirstRadio(&rparams, &mut radio); + if hfind.is_null() { + return (0xFFFF_FFFE, 0); + } + + // Let the mic-stop transition settle so the AirPods have left mic mode + // before we touch A2DP. + std::thread::sleep(std::time::Duration::from_millis(150)); + let d = BluetoothSetServiceState(radio, &info, &A2DP_SERVICE, BLUETOOTH_SERVICE_DISABLE); + // Let the A2DP link tear down before reconnecting, else it re-establishes + // mid-teardown (mono/crackle) and needs another try. (The reconnect + // handshake after ENABLE is Windows/BT — we can't speed that part up.) + std::thread::sleep(std::time::Duration::from_millis(1000)); + let e = BluetoothSetServiceState(radio, &info, &A2DP_SERVICE, BLUETOOTH_SERVICE_ENABLE); + // ENABLE returns immediately but the A2DP reconnect handshake runs after + // it in the BT stack; wait for it so the caller's "restored" card lands + // when the stereo is actually back (not before). + std::thread::sleep(std::time::Duration::from_millis(1500)); + + CloseHandle(radio); + BluetoothFindRadioClose(hfind); + (d, e) + } +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/aap.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/aap.rs index 1d7ca563f..6b164c608 100644 --- a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/aap.rs +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/aap.rs @@ -11,6 +11,45 @@ pub const SET_FEATURES: [u8; 14] = [ pub const REQUEST_NOTIFS: [u8; 10] = [0x04, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x0F, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF]; +/// Enable the hi-res (AAC-ELD) microphone stream — the AirPods start pushing +/// 0x58 uplink audio packets. From LibrePods PR #655. +pub const START_AUDIO: [u8; 19] = [ + 0x04, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x58, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x82, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, + 0x04, 0x96, 0x00, +]; +/// Stop the hi-res microphone stream. +pub const STOP_AUDIO: [u8; 12] = [ + 0x04, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x58, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x03, 0x01, +]; + +/// True if `data` is a 0x58 uplink audio packet (carries AAC-ELD frames). +pub fn is_audio_packet(data: &[u8]) -> bool { + data.len() >= 8 + && data[0] == 0x04 + && data[2] == 0x04 + && data[4] == 0x58 + && data[6] == 0x01 + && data[7] == 0x00 +} + +/// 0x58 packet layout (PR #655): a 22-byte header, then one or more access +/// units, each a 5-byte record header (length at byte 4) followed by the AU +/// payload. Calls `f` with each AU's AAC-ELD bytes. +pub fn for_each_au(sdu: &[u8], mut f: impl FnMut(&[u8])) { + const HEADER_LEN: usize = 22; + let mut off = HEADER_LEN; + while off + 5 <= sdu.len() { + let au_len = sdu[off + 4] as usize; + let start = off + 5; + let end = start + au_len; + if au_len == 0 || end > sdu.len() { + break; + } + f(&sdu[start..end]); + off = end; + } +} + /// Listening-mode (ANC) control command. value = mode (1 off, 2 anc, 3 transparency, 4 adaptive). pub fn anc_command(mode: u8) -> [u8; 11] { [0x04, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x09, 0x00, 0x0D, mode, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00] diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/bt.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/bt.rs index 743d1dec5..bbd632775 100644 --- a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/bt.rs +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/bt.rs @@ -12,8 +12,15 @@ fn utf16_name(buf: &[u16]) -> String { String::from_utf16_lossy(&buf[..end]) } -/// (address, display name) of the first paired device whose name contains -/// "airpod". The Windows " - Find My" suffix is stripped for display. +/// Name patterns of Apple-chip audio devices that speak the AAP protocol — not +/// just AirPods but Beats too (Powerbeats, Beats Fit Pro, Studio Buds, Solo, +/// Studio3, Flex…), which share the same H1/W1 chip and endpoint. Matched +/// case-insensitively against the paired device's name. +const AAP_NAME_HINTS: &[&str] = &["airpod", "beats"]; + +/// (address, display name) of the first paired device whose name matches a known +/// AAP device (AirPods / Beats). The Windows " - Find My" suffix is stripped for +/// display. pub fn find_airpods() -> Option<(u64, String)> { unsafe { let mut params: BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SEARCH_PARAMS = zeroed(); @@ -34,7 +41,8 @@ pub fn find_airpods() -> Option<(u64, String)> { let mut found = None; loop { let name = utf16_name(&info.szName); - if name.to_lowercase().contains("airpod") { + let lname = name.to_lowercase(); + if AAP_NAME_HINTS.iter().any(|h| lname.contains(h)) { let clean = name .trim_end_matches("- Find My") .trim_end_matches(" -") diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/eld.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/eld.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6abe7df36 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/eld.rs @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +//! AAC-ELD decoder — thin Rust wrapper over the FFmpeg C shim (`eld_shim.c`). +//! Decodes the AirPods' hi-res mic frames (AAC-ELD, mono 48 kHz) to i16 PCM. + +use std::ffi::c_void; +use std::os::raw::c_int; + +extern "C" { + fn eld_open(asc: *const u8, asc_len: c_int, sample_rate: c_int) -> *mut c_void; + fn eld_decode( + h: *mut c_void, + au: *const u8, + au_len: c_int, + out: *mut i16, + out_cap: c_int, + ) -> c_int; + fn eld_close(h: *mut c_void); +} + +/// AudioSpecificConfig for the AirPods hi-res mic: AOT 39 (ER AAC ELD), 48 kHz, +/// mono. From LibrePods PR #655. +const ASC: [u8; 4] = [0xF8, 0xE6, 0x30, 0x00]; +const SAMPLE_RATE: c_int = 48_000; + +pub struct Decoder { + h: *mut c_void, + out: Vec, +} + +// The handle is only ever used from the receive thread. +unsafe impl Send for Decoder {} + +impl Decoder { + pub fn new() -> Option { + let h = unsafe { eld_open(ASC.as_ptr(), ASC.len() as c_int, SAMPLE_RATE) }; + if h.is_null() { + None + } else { + Some(Decoder { h, out: vec![0i16; 8192] }) + } + } + + /// Decode one access unit into i16 mono samples (48 kHz). May return empty + /// (the decoder buffers a frame of latency before the first output). + pub fn decode(&mut self, au: &[u8]) -> &[i16] { + let n = unsafe { + eld_decode( + self.h, + au.as_ptr(), + au.len() as c_int, + self.out.as_mut_ptr(), + self.out.len() as c_int, + ) + }; + if n <= 0 { + &[] + } else { + &self.out[..n as usize] + } + } +} + +impl Drop for Decoder { + fn drop(&mut self) { + unsafe { eld_close(self.h) }; + } +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/eld_shim.c b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/eld_shim.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f64895db7 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/eld_shim.c @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +// Minimal AAC-ELD decoder shim over FFmpeg libavcodec + libswresample (LGPL). +// Exposes a small, version-stable C ABI so the Rust side never touches +// AVCodecContext internals. Decodes AAC-ELD access units and resamples whatever +// rate the decoder produces to a fixed 48 kHz mono s16 (matching the virtual +// mic's capture format), so the pitch is always correct. +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define OUT_RATE 48000 +// The AirPods hi-res mic AAC-ELD actually decodes at 64 kHz (PR #655's +// ELD_SAMPLE_RATE), but its 4-byte ASC advertises index 3 (48000), so FFmpeg +// labels the frames 48000. Feeding that 64 kHz content as 48 kHz played ~0.75x +// slow (deep) and overfed the ring. Resample from the true 64 kHz instead. +#define IN_RATE 64000 +// The AirPods mic runs a few dB quiet with lots of headroom; a make-up gain +// brings it up to a comfortable level (applied on the float before resampling, +// so swr clamps cleanly if a loud transient would exceed full scale). +#define GAIN 3.0f + +typedef struct { + AVCodecContext *ctx; + AVPacket *pkt; + AVFrame *frame; + SwrContext *swr; + int in_rate; // decoder output rate, learned from the first frame +} EldDec; + +void *eld_open(const uint8_t *asc, int asc_len, int sample_rate) { + const AVCodec *c = avcodec_find_decoder_by_name("aac"); + if (!c) return NULL; + AVCodecContext *ctx = avcodec_alloc_context3(c); + if (!ctx) return NULL; + ctx->extradata = (uint8_t *)av_malloc(asc_len + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE); + if (!ctx->extradata) { avcodec_free_context(&ctx); return NULL; } + memset(ctx->extradata, 0, asc_len + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE); + memcpy(ctx->extradata, asc, asc_len); + ctx->extradata_size = asc_len; + ctx->sample_rate = sample_rate; // channels/rate ultimately come from the ASC + if (avcodec_open2(ctx, c, NULL) < 0) { avcodec_free_context(&ctx); return NULL; } + EldDec *d = (EldDec *)calloc(1, sizeof(EldDec)); + if (!d) { avcodec_free_context(&ctx); return NULL; } + d->ctx = ctx; + d->pkt = av_packet_alloc(); + d->frame = av_frame_alloc(); + d->swr = NULL; + d->in_rate = 0; + return d; +} + +// Decode one access unit into interleaved mono s16 at 48 kHz. `out_cap` is the +// sample capacity. Returns the number of samples written, or -1 on error. +int eld_decode(void *handle, const uint8_t *au, int au_len, int16_t *out, int out_cap) { + EldDec *d = (EldDec *)handle; + if (!d) return -1; + d->pkt->data = (uint8_t *)au; + d->pkt->size = au_len; + if (avcodec_send_packet(d->ctx, d->pkt) < 0) return -1; + + int total = 0; + while (avcodec_receive_frame(d->ctx, d->frame) == 0) { + // (Re)build the resampler when the decoder's output rate is first known + // or changes: decoder rate -> 48 kHz mono s16. + if (!d->swr || d->in_rate != d->frame->sample_rate) { + if (d->swr) swr_free(&d->swr); + AVChannelLayout out_ch; + av_channel_layout_default(&out_ch, 1); + swr_alloc_set_opts2(&d->swr, &out_ch, AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, OUT_RATE, + &d->frame->ch_layout, (enum AVSampleFormat)d->frame->format, + IN_RATE, 0, NULL); + swr_init(d->swr); + d->in_rate = d->frame->sample_rate; + } + // Make-up gain with a soft limiter (tanh): normal speech keeps the ~x3 + // gain (nearly linear at low levels), while loud transients saturate + // smoothly instead of hard-clipping (which sounded blown out). + if (d->frame->format == AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP || d->frame->format == AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT) { + float *pf = (float *)d->frame->data[0]; + for (int i = 0; i < d->frame->nb_samples; i++) { + pf[i] = tanhf(pf[i] * GAIN); + } + } + uint8_t *outp = (uint8_t *)(out + total); + int room = out_cap - total; + if (room <= 0) { av_frame_unref(d->frame); break; } + int got = swr_convert(d->swr, &outp, room, + (const uint8_t **)d->frame->data, d->frame->nb_samples); + if (got > 0) total += got; + av_frame_unref(d->frame); + } + return total; +} + +// The decoder's output sample rate (learned after the first decoded frame), or 0. +int eld_in_rate(void *handle) { + EldDec *d = (EldDec *)handle; + return d ? d->in_rate : 0; +} + +void eld_close(void *handle) { + EldDec *d = (EldDec *)handle; + if (!d) return; + if (d->swr) swr_free(&d->swr); + av_frame_free(&d->frame); + av_packet_free(&d->pkt); + avcodec_free_context(&d->ctx); + free(d); +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/main.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/main.rs index 7485e65c0..6d941bf16 100644 --- a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/main.rs +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/main.rs @@ -9,13 +9,19 @@ #![windows_subsystem = "windows"] // no console window +mod a2dp; mod aap; mod bt; mod driver; +mod eld; mod media; +mod micpipe; mod overlay; +mod rename; +mod theme; mod volume; +use std::sync::atomic::{AtomicBool, Ordering}; use std::sync::{Arc, Mutex}; use std::thread; use std::time::Duration; @@ -24,6 +30,8 @@ use driver::Driver; use tray_icon::menu::{CheckMenuItem, Menu, MenuEvent, MenuId, MenuItem, PredefinedMenuItem}; use tray_icon::{Icon, TrayIconBuilder}; +use windows_sys::Win32::Foundation::{ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS, GetLastError}; +use windows_sys::Win32::System::Threading::CreateMutexW; use windows_sys::Win32::UI::WindowsAndMessaging::{ DispatchMessageW, GetMessageW, MSG, PostQuitMessage, SetTimer, TranslateMessage, WM_TIMER, }; @@ -94,7 +102,14 @@ fn battery_icon(percent: u8) -> Icon { let x = ((w as f32 - tw) / 2.0).max(0.0) as i32; let y = ((h as f32 - scale.y) / 2.0).max(0.0) as i32 - 2; - draw_text_mut(&mut img, Rgba([255u8, 255, 255, 255]), x, y, scale, &font, &text); + // Contrast with the taskbar: white digits on a dark taskbar, near-black on a + // light one (otherwise white digits vanish on a light taskbar). + let digit = if theme::system_dark() { + Rgba([255u8, 255, 255, 255]) + } else { + Rgba([24u8, 24, 24, 255]) + }; + draw_text_mut(&mut img, digit, x, y, scale, &font, &text); Icon::from_rgba(img.into_raw(), w, h).unwrap_or_else(|_| make_icon()) } @@ -119,8 +134,14 @@ fn run_receiver( state: Shared, dev_name: String, driver_cell: Arc>>, + mic_on: Arc, + pipe: Option>, ) { - let mut buf = [0u8; 1024]; + let mut buf = [0u8; 8192]; + let mut audio_pkts = 0u32; + // Hi-res mic decoder (Phase 3b): created on the first audio packet, torn down + // when the mic is disabled. It feeds the shared mic pipe. + let mut decoder: Option = None; media::init(); // COM (MTA) for the SMTC ear-detection auto-pause on this thread let mut last_anc = 0u8; let mut last_case_present: Option = None; @@ -165,9 +186,43 @@ fn run_receiver( let mut we_paused = false; let mut ticks = 0u32; loop { + let mut got_data = false; if let Ok(n) = driver.recv(2000, &mut buf) { if n > 0 { + got_data = true; let data = &buf[..n]; + // Hi-res mic (Phase 3 de-risk): while enabled, count the 0x58 + // uplink audio packets and confirm the stream actually started. + if mic_on.load(Ordering::Relaxed) { + if aap::is_audio_packet(data) { + // Bring up the decoder on the first audio packet and + // prime the shared mic pipe's ring with a small cushion. + if decoder.is_none() { + decoder = eld::Decoder::new(); + if let Some(pp) = pipe.as_ref() { + // We feed ~30 ms per-packet bursts while the + // capture drains steadily, so an 80 ms head + // start avoids underruns without much latency. + pp.write(&[0i16; 3840]); + } + } + if let (Some(dec), Some(pp)) = (decoder.as_mut(), pipe.as_ref()) { + // Decode all the packet's AUs, then write once. + let mut out: Vec = Vec::new(); + aap::for_each_au(data, |au| { + out.extend_from_slice(dec.decode(au)); + }); + if !out.is_empty() { + pp.write(&out); + } + } + audio_pkts = audio_pkts.saturating_add(1); + } + } else if decoder.is_some() { + // Mic disabled: drop the decoder. + decoder = None; + audio_pkts = 0; + } if let Some(b) = aap::parse_battery(data) { let mut s = state.lock().unwrap(); // merge — a packet may carry only some components @@ -226,6 +281,14 @@ fn run_receiver( } } } + // No data this cycle: yield the CPU. The driver's ACL read completes + // immediately with 0 bytes when idle (ACL_SHORT_TRANSFER_OK), so + // without this the loop spins a core AND floods the Bluetooth stack + // with back-to-back ACL reads that contend with the A2DP audio + // (the crackle). Pushed events still arrive within ~150 ms. + if !got_data { + thread::sleep(Duration::from_millis(150)); + } // Passive session: no periodic L2CAP sends — those make Windows // re-negotiate the audio profile and cut/switch the output. Detect a // real disconnect via GET_STATUS, which reads a driver variable only @@ -249,8 +312,19 @@ fn run_receiver( } fn main() { + // Single instance: if a LibrePods tray is already running, exit quietly so we + // never end up with two icons fighting over the single-open driver / mic pipe. + unsafe { + let name: Vec = "Local\\LibrePodsTraySingleton\0".encode_utf16().collect(); + let _ = CreateMutexW(std::ptr::null(), 0, name.as_ptr()); + if GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS { + return; + } + } + volume::init(); // COM for Core Audio, on this (main) thread overlay::init(); // create the (hidden) centered popup window on this thread + theme::apply_menu_theme(); // dark/light Win32 context menu, per the OS theme let state: Shared = Arc::new(Mutex::new(State::default())); @@ -258,11 +332,31 @@ fn main() { Some((m, n)) => (Some(m), n), None => (None, "AirPods".to_string()), }; + + // Auto-rename the virtual mic to the connected device's name (via the elevated + // scheduled task; idempotent, so this is a cheap no-op when already correct). + if mac.is_some() { + rename::apply(&dev_name); + } // The current driver handle, shared with the tray menu. run_receiver // re-opens it every session (the device object is recreated on reconnect, // so a stale handle fails) and publishes the live one here. let driver_cell: Arc>> = Arc::new(Mutex::new(None)); + // Whether the hi-res mic stream is enabled. Driven automatically by the + // capture-activity poll below (on when an app records from the virtual mic), + // read by the receive loop. + let mic_on = Arc::new(AtomicBool::new(false)); + + // Auto mode (default): the poll auto-enables/disables the mic on recording. + // Users who prefer can turn it off and drive the mic manually. + let auto_mode = Arc::new(AtomicBool::new(true)); + + // The single (exclusive) handle to the virtual-mic control device, shared by + // the receive thread (writes decoded audio) and the poll thread (reads the + // capture-activity counter). + let pipe: Option> = micpipe::MicPipe::open().map(Arc::new); + // Start the background AAP session if the AirPods are paired. run_receiver // opens the driver itself and keeps retrying, so this works even if they // aren't connected yet at startup. @@ -270,7 +364,62 @@ fn main() { let st = state.clone(); let name = dev_name.clone(); let cell = driver_cell.clone(); - thread::spawn(move || run_receiver(mac, st, name, cell)); + let mic = mic_on.clone(); + let rx_pipe = pipe.clone(); + thread::spawn(move || run_receiver(mac, st, name, cell, mic, rx_pipe)); + + // Auto-activate: the driver's capture counter advances while an app is + // recording from the virtual mic. When it starts, enable the hi-res + // stream; when it stops (debounced ~1.5 s), disable it and restore A2DP + // stereo — so the mic "just works" when you join a call. + let poll_pipe = pipe.clone(); + let poll_mic = mic_on.clone(); + let poll_cell = driver_cell.clone(); + let poll_name = dev_name.clone(); + let poll_auto = auto_mode.clone(); + thread::spawn(move || { + let mut prev = poll_pipe.as_ref().map(|p| p.status()).unwrap_or(0); + let mut idle = 0u32; + let mut on = false; + loop { + thread::sleep(Duration::from_millis(500)); + let cur = match poll_pipe.as_ref() { + Some(p) => p.status(), + None => break, + }; + let capturing = cur != prev; + prev = cur; + // Manual mode: don't auto-manage (but keep `prev` fresh above so + // re-enabling auto doesn't fire a spurious transition). + if !poll_auto.load(Ordering::Relaxed) { + on = poll_mic.load(Ordering::Relaxed); + continue; + } + if capturing { + idle = 0; + if !on { + on = true; + poll_mic.store(true, Ordering::Relaxed); + if let Some(drv) = poll_cell.lock().unwrap().clone() { + let _ = drv.send(&aap::START_AUDIO); + } + overlay::show(&poll_name, "Microphone in use — hi-res on"); + } + } else { + idle += 1; + if on && idle >= 3 { + on = false; + poll_mic.store(false, Ordering::Relaxed); + if let Some(drv) = poll_cell.lock().unwrap().clone() { + let _ = drv.send(&aap::STOP_AUDIO); + } + overlay::show(&poll_name, "Microphone released — restoring stereo…"); + a2dp::reset(mac); + overlay::show(&poll_name, "Stereo restored"); + } + } + } + }); } // --- Tray menu --- @@ -285,6 +434,10 @@ fn main() { let m_vol_up = MenuItem::new("Volume +", true, None); let m_vol_down = MenuItem::new("Volume −", true, None); let m_mute = MenuItem::new("Mute / Unmute", true, None); + // Hi-res mic: a status line + an "auto" toggle + a manual override. + let m_mic = MenuItem::new("Microphone: idle", false, None); + let m_auto = CheckMenuItem::new("Auto-enable on recording", true, true, None); + let m_mic_manual = CheckMenuItem::new("Hi-res microphone (manual)", true, false, None); let m_open = MenuItem::new("Open App", true, None); let quit = MenuItem::new("Quit", true, None); @@ -295,6 +448,8 @@ fn main() { let vol_up_id = m_vol_up.id().clone(); let vol_down_id = m_vol_down.id().clone(); let mute_id = m_mute.id().clone(); + let auto_id = m_auto.id().clone(); + let mic_manual_id = m_mic_manual.id().clone(); let open_id = m_open.id().clone(); let quit_id = quit.id().clone(); @@ -313,6 +468,9 @@ fn main() { menu.append(&m_vol_down).unwrap(); menu.append(&m_mute).unwrap(); menu.append(&PredefinedMenuItem::separator()).unwrap(); + menu.append(&m_mic).unwrap(); + menu.append(&m_auto).unwrap(); + menu.append(&m_mic_manual).unwrap(); menu.append(&m_open).unwrap(); menu.append(&quit).unwrap(); @@ -354,6 +512,13 @@ fn main() { .unwrap_or_else(|| "—".into()) }; vol_line.set_text(format!("Volume: {vol}")); + m_mic.set_text(if mic_on.load(Ordering::Relaxed) { + "Microphone: recording (hi-res)" + } else { + "Microphone: idle" + }); + m_auto.set_checked(auto_mode.load(Ordering::Relaxed)); + m_mic_manual.set_checked(mic_on.load(Ordering::Relaxed)); let _ = tray.set_tooltip(Some(format!( "{dev_name} · {bt} · ANC: {} · Vol: {vol}", aap::anc_name(s.anc) @@ -365,6 +530,7 @@ fn main() { _ => make_icon(), }; let _ = tray.set_icon(Some(icon)); + theme::apply_menu_theme(); // keep the menu theme in sync with the OS }; unsafe { @@ -407,6 +573,46 @@ fn main() { } else if ev.id == mute_id { volume::toggle_mute(); refresh(); + } else if ev.id == auto_id { + let on = !auto_mode.load(Ordering::Relaxed); + auto_mode.store(on, Ordering::Relaxed); + m_auto.set_checked(on); + overlay::show( + &dev_name, + if on { "Microphone: auto mode" } else { "Microphone: manual mode" }, + ); + } else if ev.id == mic_manual_id { + // Manual override: turn the hi-res mic on/off directly. + let on = !mic_on.load(Ordering::Relaxed); + m_mic_manual.set_checked(on); + if on { + mic_on.store(true, Ordering::Relaxed); + if let Some(drv) = driver_cell.lock().unwrap().clone() { + let _ = drv.send(&aap::START_AUDIO); + } + overlay::show(&dev_name, "Hi-res mic on"); + } else { + // Same 1.5 s debounce as auto so the tail isn't clipped, + // then stop + restore stereo, keeping the card up through + // the whole reconnect. + let mic = mic_on.clone(); + let cell = driver_cell.clone(); + let name = dev_name.clone(); + thread::spawn(move || { + thread::sleep(Duration::from_millis(3500)); + mic.store(false, Ordering::Relaxed); + if let Some(drv) = cell.lock().unwrap().clone() { + let _ = drv.send(&aap::STOP_AUDIO); + } + overlay::show(&name, "Restoring stereo…"); + if let Some(m) = mac { + a2dp::reset(m); + } + overlay::show(&name, "Stereo restored"); + }); + overlay::show(&dev_name, "Hi-res mic off"); + } + refresh(); } else if let Some(mode) = mode_for(&ev.id) { if let Some(drv) = driver_cell.lock().unwrap().clone() { let _ = drv.send(&aap::anc_command(mode)); diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/micpipe.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/micpipe.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f36b6f28f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/micpipe.rs @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +//! Writer for the LibrePodsMic virtual microphone: pushes decoded PCM into the +//! driver's ring buffer over the control device `\\.\LibrePodsMic`. + +use std::ffi::c_void; +use std::ptr; + +use windows_sys::Win32::Foundation::{CloseHandle, HANDLE, INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE}; +use windows_sys::Win32::Storage::FileSystem::{ + CreateFileW, FILE_SHARE_READ, FILE_SHARE_WRITE, OPEN_EXISTING, +}; +use windows_sys::Win32::System::IO::DeviceIoControl; + +const GENERIC_READ: u32 = 0x8000_0000; +const GENERIC_WRITE: u32 = 0x4000_0000; +// CTL_CODE(FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN, 0x800, METHOD_BUFFERED, FILE_WRITE_DATA) +const IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM: u32 = 0x0022_A000; +// CTL_CODE(FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN, 0x801, METHOD_BUFFERED, FILE_READ_DATA) +const IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_STATUS: u32 = 0x0022_6004; + +pub struct MicPipe { + handle: HANDLE, +} + +// One tray owns the single exclusive handle and uses it from the receive thread +// (writes) and the status-poll thread (reads); both DeviceIoControl paths are +// independent, so sharing the handle is safe. +unsafe impl Send for MicPipe {} +unsafe impl Sync for MicPipe {} + +impl MicPipe { + /// Open the virtual-mic control device. None if the LibrePodsMic driver + /// isn't installed (or another writer holds the exclusive handle). + pub fn open() -> Option { + let path: Vec = r"\\.\LibrePodsMic" + .encode_utf16() + .chain(std::iter::once(0)) + .collect(); + let handle = unsafe { + CreateFileW( + path.as_ptr(), + GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, + FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, + ptr::null(), + OPEN_EXISTING, + 0, + ptr::null_mut(), + ) + }; + if handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE || handle.is_null() { + None + } else { + Some(MicPipe { handle }) + } + } + + /// Capture-activity counter — advances while an app is recording from the + /// virtual mic. The tray polls it to auto-enable/disable the hi-res stream. + pub fn status(&self) -> i32 { + let mut out = [0u8; 4]; + let mut returned = 0u32; + unsafe { + DeviceIoControl( + self.handle, + IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_STATUS, + ptr::null(), + 0, + out.as_mut_ptr() as *mut c_void, + 4, + &mut returned, + ptr::null_mut(), + ); + } + i32::from_le_bytes(out) + } + + /// Push mono 16-bit PCM samples into the mic ring. + pub fn write(&self, samples: &[i16]) { + if samples.is_empty() { + return; + } + let bytes = std::mem::size_of_val(samples); + let mut returned = 0u32; + unsafe { + DeviceIoControl( + self.handle, + IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM, + samples.as_ptr() as *const c_void, + bytes as u32, + ptr::null_mut(), + 0, + &mut returned, + ptr::null_mut(), + ); + } + } +} + +impl Drop for MicPipe { + fn drop(&mut self) { + unsafe { CloseHandle(self.handle) }; + } +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/overlay.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/overlay.rs index 2e9cf8ba1..103cf1d26 100644 --- a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/overlay.rs +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/overlay.rs @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ -//! MagicPods-style centered popup overlay. A borderless, always-on-top, -//! click-through window that appears near the top-center of the screen on events -//! (connect, ANC change, case open/close), shows the AirPods name + a status -//! line, and auto-hides after a few seconds. +//! MagicPods-style centered popup overlay, styled like the Windows 11 volume/ +//! brightness flyout: a rounded card (native DWM corners), a subtle border, and +//! a theme-aware fill (dark card in dark mode, light in light mode). Appears near +//! the top-center on events (connect, ANC change, case open/close), shows the +//! AirPods name + a status line, and auto-hides after a few seconds. //! //! Created on the main (message-loop) thread via `init()`; `show()` is callable //! from any thread — it stashes the text and posts a message to the window, @@ -10,23 +11,23 @@ use std::sync::{Mutex, OnceLock}; use windows_sys::Win32::Foundation::{HWND, LPARAM, LRESULT, RECT, WPARAM}; +use windows_sys::Win32::Graphics::Dwm::DwmSetWindowAttribute; use windows_sys::Win32::Graphics::Gdi::{ BeginPaint, CreateFontW, CreateSolidBrush, DeleteObject, DrawTextW, EndPaint, FillRect, - InvalidateRect, PAINTSTRUCT, RoundRect, SelectObject, SetBkMode, SetTextColor, + InvalidateRect, PAINTSTRUCT, SelectObject, SetBkMode, SetTextColor, }; use windows_sys::Win32::System::LibraryLoader::GetModuleHandleW; use windows_sys::Win32::UI::WindowsAndMessaging::{ - CreateWindowExW, DefWindowProcW, GetSystemMetrics, KillTimer, LWA_COLORKEY, PostMessageW, - RegisterClassW, SM_CXSCREEN, SW_HIDE, SW_SHOWNA, SWP_NOACTIVATE, SetLayeredWindowAttributes, - SetTimer, SetWindowPos, ShowWindow, WM_APP, WM_PAINT, WM_TIMER, WNDCLASSW, WS_EX_LAYERED, - WS_EX_NOACTIVATE, WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, WS_EX_TOPMOST, WS_EX_TRANSPARENT, WS_POPUP, + CreateWindowExW, DefWindowProcW, GetSystemMetrics, KillTimer, PostMessageW, RegisterClassW, + SM_CXSCREEN, SW_HIDE, SW_SHOWNA, SWP_NOACTIVATE, SetTimer, SetWindowPos, ShowWindow, WM_APP, + WM_PAINT, WM_TIMER, WNDCLASSW, WS_EX_NOACTIVATE, WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, WS_EX_TOPMOST, WS_POPUP, }; const WIDTH: i32 = 380; const HEIGHT: i32 = 96; const TOP_MARGIN: i32 = 48; const HIDE_TIMER_ID: usize = 1; -const HIDE_MS: u32 = 3200; +const HIDE_MS: u32 = 4500; const WM_SHOW_OVERLAY: u32 = WM_APP + 1; const HWND_TOPMOST: HWND = -1isize as HWND; @@ -36,6 +37,12 @@ const FW_BOLD: i32 = 700; const FW_NORMAL: i32 = 400; const DEFAULT_CHARSET_U: u32 = 1; +// DWM window attributes (dwmapi). +const DWMWA_USE_IMMERSIVE_DARK_MODE: u32 = 20; +const DWMWA_WINDOW_CORNER_PREFERENCE: u32 = 33; +const DWMWA_BORDER_COLOR: u32 = 34; +const DWMWCP_ROUND: u32 = 2; + /// (title, subtitle) to render. `show()` sets it from any thread. static CONTENT: Mutex<(String, String)> = Mutex::new((String::new(), String::new())); /// The overlay window handle as usize (HWND isn't Send). Set once in `init()`. @@ -45,6 +52,21 @@ fn to_utf16(s: &str) -> Vec { s.encode_utf16().chain(std::iter::once(0)).collect() } +unsafe fn dwm_set_u32(hwnd: HWND, attr: u32, value: u32) { + DwmSetWindowAttribute(hwnd, attr, &value as *const u32 as *const core::ffi::c_void, 4); +} + +/// Apply the current Windows theme to the window chrome (immersive dark title/ +/// border tone + a subtle border color). Called on each show so a theme switch +/// is reflected. +unsafe fn apply_theme(hwnd: HWND) { + let dark = crate::theme::apps_dark(); + dwm_set_u32(hwnd, DWMWA_USE_IMMERSIVE_DARK_MODE, dark as u32); + // Subtle 1px border (COLORREF 0x00BBGGRR), a touch lighter/darker than the card. + let border = if dark { 0x0045_4545 } else { 0x00D0_D0D0 }; + dwm_set_u32(hwnd, DWMWA_BORDER_COLOR, border); +} + /// Create the (hidden) overlay window. Call once on the message-loop thread. pub fn init() { unsafe { @@ -66,7 +88,7 @@ pub fn init() { RegisterClassW(&wc); let hwnd = CreateWindowExW( - WS_EX_LAYERED | WS_EX_TOPMOST | WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW | WS_EX_NOACTIVATE | WS_EX_TRANSPARENT, + WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW | WS_EX_TOPMOST | WS_EX_NOACTIVATE, class_name.as_ptr(), std::ptr::null(), WS_POPUP, @@ -82,10 +104,9 @@ pub fn init() { if hwnd.is_null() { return; } - // Color-key pure black to transparent: the window fills black (invisible) - // and only the non-black rounded card + text show — so it's a floating - // pill, not a black square. - SetLayeredWindowAttributes(hwnd, 0x0000_0000, 0, LWA_COLORKEY); + // Native rounded corners (Windows 11), like the system flyouts. + dwm_set_u32(hwnd, DWMWA_WINDOW_CORNER_PREFERENCE, DWMWCP_ROUND); + apply_theme(hwnd); let _ = HWND_CELL.set(hwnd as usize); } } @@ -106,6 +127,7 @@ pub fn show(title: &str, subtitle: &str) { unsafe extern "system" fn wnd_proc(hwnd: HWND, msg: u32, wp: WPARAM, lp: LPARAM) -> LRESULT { match msg { WM_SHOW_OVERLAY => { + apply_theme(hwnd); // pick up a theme switch since last shown let x = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN) - WIDTH) / 2; SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOPMOST, x, TOP_MARGIN, WIDTH, HEIGHT, SWP_NOACTIVATE); ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_SHOWNA); @@ -145,31 +167,33 @@ unsafe fn paint(hwnd: HWND) { let mut ps: PAINTSTRUCT = std::mem::zeroed(); let hdc = BeginPaint(hwnd, &mut ps); - // Opaque black backdrop (the layered alpha softens the edges). + // Theme-aware fill (COLORREF is 0x00BBGGRR). DWM clips the corners round, so + // we just fill the whole client with the flyout card color. Dark card + light + // text in dark mode; light card + dark text in light mode. + let dark = crate::theme::apps_dark(); + let (card_col, title_col, sub_col) = if dark { + (0x002B_2B2B, 0x00FF_FFFF, 0x00C8_C8C8) + } else { + (0x00F3_F3F3, 0x0020_2020, 0x0060_6060) + }; + let full = RECT { left: 0, top: 0, right: WIDTH, bottom: HEIGHT }; - let bg = CreateSolidBrush(0x00000000); + let bg = CreateSolidBrush(card_col); FillRect(hdc, &full, bg); DeleteObject(bg); - // Rounded dark card (COLORREF is 0x00BBGGRR). - let card = CreateSolidBrush(0x0022262A); - let old_brush = SelectObject(hdc, card); - RoundRect(hdc, 6, 6, WIDTH - 6, HEIGHT - 6, 28, 28); - SelectObject(hdc, old_brush); - DeleteObject(card); - let (title, subtitle) = CONTENT.lock().map(|c| c.clone()).unwrap_or_default(); SetBkMode(hdc, BK_TRANSPARENT); let title_font = font(26, FW_BOLD); let old = SelectObject(hdc, title_font); - draw_line(hdc, &title, 16, 52, 0x00FFFFFF); // white + draw_line(hdc, &title, 16, 52, title_col); SelectObject(hdc, old); DeleteObject(title_font); let sub_font = font(20, FW_NORMAL); let old = SelectObject(hdc, sub_font); - draw_line(hdc, &subtitle, 52, HEIGHT - 12, 0x00B8B8B8); // gray + draw_line(hdc, &subtitle, 52, HEIGHT - 12, sub_col); SelectObject(hdc, old); DeleteObject(sub_font); diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/rename.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/rename.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55a6a6777 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/rename.rs @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +//! Auto-rename the virtual microphone to the connected device's name (e.g. +//! "AirPods Pro de Pedro", "Beats Fit Pro"), so calls/recordings show that. +//! +//! Renaming an audio endpoint writes to HKLM and needs admin, but the tray runs +//! unelevated. So `install.ps1` registers an elevated, on-demand scheduled task +//! ("LibrePods Rename Mic") that runs `lp-mic-rename` with highest privileges. We +//! drop the desired name in a file and trigger the task via `schtasks /run`, +//! which runs it elevated WITHOUT a UAC prompt. `lp-mic-rename` is idempotent — +//! it does nothing (no audio-service restart) when the mic is already named +//! correctly, so firing this on every launch is cheap. + +use std::os::windows::process::CommandExt; +use std::process::Command; + +const TASK_NAME: &str = "LibrePods Rename Mic"; +const CREATE_NO_WINDOW: u32 = 0x0800_0000; + +/// Best-effort, non-blocking: publish `dev_name` and kick the elevated rename +/// task. Never blocks the tray or surfaces errors — if the task isn't installed, +/// the manual `lp-mic-rename ""` still works. +pub fn apply(dev_name: &str) { + let name = dev_name.trim().to_string(); + if name.is_empty() { + return; + } + std::thread::spawn(move || { + let la = match std::env::var("LOCALAPPDATA") { + Ok(la) => la, + Err(_) => return, + }; + let dir = format!("{la}\\LibrePods"); + let _ = std::fs::create_dir_all(&dir); + // Publish the name for the elevated task to read. + if std::fs::write(format!("{dir}\\micname.txt"), &name).is_err() { + return; + } + // Fire the on-demand elevated task (registered by install.ps1; no UAC). + let _ = Command::new("schtasks") + .args(["/run", "/tn", TASK_NAME]) + .creation_flags(CREATE_NO_WINDOW) + .status(); + }); +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/theme.rs b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/theme.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78a578ce7 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/src/theme.rs @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +//! Windows light/dark theme detection via the registry. Windows tracks two +//! flags: `AppsUseLightTheme` (app windows — our overlay) and +//! `SystemUsesLightTheme` (the shell/taskbar — our tray icon). They can differ, +//! so read the one that matches the surface being drawn. + +use windows_sys::Win32::System::LibraryLoader::{GetProcAddress, LoadLibraryW}; +use windows_sys::Win32::System::Registry::{RegGetValueW, HKEY_CURRENT_USER, RRF_RT_REG_DWORD}; + +fn dword(value: &str) -> Option { + let sub: Vec = "Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Themes\\Personalize" + .encode_utf16() + .chain(std::iter::once(0)) + .collect(); + let val: Vec = value.encode_utf16().chain(std::iter::once(0)).collect(); + let mut data: u32 = 0; + let mut size = 4u32; + let r = unsafe { + RegGetValueW( + HKEY_CURRENT_USER, + sub.as_ptr(), + val.as_ptr(), + RRF_RT_REG_DWORD, + std::ptr::null_mut(), + &mut data as *mut u32 as *mut core::ffi::c_void, + &mut size, + ) + }; + if r == 0 { Some(data) } else { None } +} + +/// True if app windows use the dark theme. Defaults to dark if the key is +/// missing (the common Windows default, and our historical look). +pub fn apps_dark() -> bool { + dword("AppsUseLightTheme").map(|v| v == 0).unwrap_or(true) +} + +/// True if the system (taskbar) uses the dark theme. Governs the tray-icon +/// contrast. Defaults to dark if unknown. +pub fn system_dark() -> bool { + dword("SystemUsesLightTheme").map(|v| v == 0).unwrap_or(true) +} + +/// Make Win32 context menus (the tray's right-click menu) follow the app theme, +/// via the undocumented uxtheme ordinals SetPreferredAppMode (135) + +/// FlushMenuThemes (136). Win32 menus don't honor dark mode otherwise. No-op on +/// OSes without these exports. Call at startup and whenever the theme may change. +pub fn apply_menu_theme() { + unsafe { + let name: Vec = "uxtheme.dll".encode_utf16().chain(std::iter::once(0)).collect(); + let lib = LoadLibraryW(name.as_ptr()); + if lib.is_null() { + return; + } + // SetPreferredAppMode(PreferredAppMode): 2 = ForceDark, 3 = ForceLight. + if let Some(set) = GetProcAddress(lib, 135usize as *const u8) { + let set: unsafe extern "system" fn(i32) -> i32 = std::mem::transmute(set); + set(if apps_dark() { 2 } else { 3 }); + } + if let Some(flush) = GetProcAddress(lib, 136usize as *const u8) { + let flush: unsafe extern "system" fn() = std::mem::transmute(flush); + flush(); + } + } +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/.gitignore b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..981264126 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +# (Minimal FFmpeg DLLs are small enough to commit — see README.) diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/LICENSE-ffmpeg.txt b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/LICENSE-ffmpeg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58af0d378 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/LICENSE-ffmpeg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2.1, February 1999 + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts + as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence + the version number 2.1.] + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some +specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the +Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You +can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether +this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better +strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, +not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that +you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge +for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get +it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of +it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do +these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these +rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for +you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them +with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the +library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that +there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is +modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know +that what they have is not the original version, so that the original +author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be +introduced by others. + + Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of +any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot +effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a +restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that +any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be +consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the +ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser +General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and +is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use +this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those +libraries into non-free programs. + + When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using +a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a +combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary +General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the +entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General +Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with +the library. + + We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it +does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General +Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less +of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages +are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many +libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain +special circumstances. + + For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to +encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes +a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be +allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free +library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this +case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free +software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. + + In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free +programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of +free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in +non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU +operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating +system. + + Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the +users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is +linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run +that program using a modified version of the Library. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The +former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must +be combined with the library in order to run. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other +program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or +other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of +this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). +Each licensee is addressed as "you". + + A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the +Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term "modification".) + + "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The modified work must itself be a software library. + + b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no + charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + + d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a + table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses + the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility + is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, + in the event an application does not supply such function or + table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of + its purpose remains meaningful. + + (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has + a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the + application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any + application-supplied function or table used by this function must + be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square + root function must still compute square roots.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + + 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the +library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + + 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or +link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + + a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding + machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever + changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under + Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked + with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that + uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the + user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified + executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood + that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the + Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application + to use the modified definitions.) + + b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a + copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, + rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) + will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if + the user installs one, as long as the modified version is + interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. + + c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at + least three years, to give the same user the materials + specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more + than the cost of performing this distribution. + + d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy + from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above + specified materials from the same place. + + e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these + materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. + + For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the +Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is +normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + + 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work + based on the Library, uncombined with any other library + facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the + Sections above. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact + that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining + where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + + 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with +this License. + + 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + + 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + + 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the + library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. + + , 1 April 1990 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/README.md b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71cc9e4f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# Vendored FFmpeg (LGPL, minimal) — AAC-ELD decoder for the hi-res mic + +A **minimal** FFmpeg 7.1 build (LGPL v2.1), configured with only the AAC decoder: + + ./configure --cross-prefix=x86_64-w64-mingw32- --arch=x86_64 --target-os=mingw32 \ + --enable-shared --disable-static --disable-everything --disable-programs \ + --disable-avdevice --disable-avformat --disable-swscale --disable-postproc \ + --disable-avfilter --disable-network --disable-x86asm \ + --enable-decoder=aac --enable-decoder=aac_fixed --enable-decoder=aac_latm + +That shrinks avcodec from ~69 MB (BtbN full build) to ~0.7 MB. Committed: +`include/` (libavcodec, libavutil, libswresample), `lib/*.dll.a` (mingw import +libs), and `bin/*.dll` (avcodec-61, avutil-59, swresample-5 — ~1.6 MB total, +shipped next to librepods-tray.exe). See `LICENSE-ffmpeg.txt`. diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/avcodec-61.dll b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/avcodec-61.dll new file mode 100755 index 000000000..2799bb892 Binary files /dev/null and b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/avcodec-61.dll differ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/avutil-59.dll b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/avutil-59.dll new file mode 100755 index 000000000..03373a292 Binary files /dev/null and b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/avutil-59.dll differ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/swresample-5.dll b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/swresample-5.dll new file mode 100755 index 000000000..3ee1a1aa2 Binary files /dev/null and b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/bin/swresample-5.dll differ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff8cc4cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * AC-3 parser prototypes + * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data. + */ +int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size, + uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size); + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f85becd13 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7 + +/** + * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data. + * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer + * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written + * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written + * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure. + */ +int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples, + uint8_t *frames); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77ca8dee1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,3128 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec.h" +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "defs.h" +#include "packet.h" +#include "version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "version.h" + +#include "codec_desc.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#endif + +struct AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + * @deprecated Unused: avcodec_receive_packet() does not work + * with preallocated packet buffers. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 +#endif + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +#if FF_API_DROPCHANGED +/** + * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first + * decoded frame in stream. + * + * @deprecated callers should implement this functionality in their own code + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) +#endif +/** + * Request the encoder to output reconstructed frames, i.e.\ frames that would + * be produced by decoding the encoded bistream. These frames may be retrieved + * by calling avcodec_receive_frame() immediately after a successful call to + * avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * Should only be used with encoders flagged with the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME capability. + * + * @note + * Each reconstructed frame returned by the encoder corresponds to the last + * encoded packet, i.e. the frames are returned in coded order rather than + * presentation order. + * + * @note + * Frame parameters (like pixel format or dimensions) do not have to match the + * AVCodecContext values. Make sure to use the values from the returned frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME (1 << 6) +/** + * @par decoding + * Request the decoder to propagate each packet's AVPacket.opaque and + * AVPacket.opaque_ref to its corresponding output AVFrame. + * + * @par encoding: + * Request the encoder to propagate each frame's AVFrame.opaque and + * AVFrame.opaque_ref values to its corresponding output AVPacket. + * + * @par + * May only be set on encoders that have the + * @ref AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability flag. + * + * @note + * While in typical cases one input frame produces exactly one output packet + * (perhaps after a delay), in general the mapping of frames to packets is + * M-to-N, so + * - Any number of input frames may be associated with any given output packet. + * This includes zero - e.g. some encoders may output packets that carry only + * metadata about the whole stream. + * - A given input frame may be associated with any number of output packets. + * Again this includes zero - e.g. some encoders may drop frames under certain + * conditions. + * . + * This implies that when using this flag, the caller must NOT assume that + * - a given input frame's opaques will necessarily appear on some output packet; + * - every output packet will have some non-NULL opaque value. + * . + * When an output packet contains multiple frames, the opaque values will be + * taken from the first of those. + * + * @note + * The converse holds for decoders, with frames and packets switched. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE (1 << 7) +/** + * Signal to the encoder that the values of AVFrame.duration are valid and + * should be used (typically for transferring them to output packets). + * + * If this flag is not set, frame durations are ignored. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_FRAME_DURATION (1 << 8) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) +/** + * Generate/parse ICC profiles on encode/decode, as appropriate for the type of + * file. No effect on codecs which cannot contain embedded ICC profiles, or + * when compiled without support for lcms2. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_ICC_PROFILES (1U << 31) + +/* Exported side data. + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.export_side_data before initialization. +*/ +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_MVS (1 << 0) +/** + * Export encoder Producer Reference Time through packet side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_PRFT (1 << 1) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Export the AVVideoEncParams structure through frame side data. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS (1 << 2) +/** + * Decoding only. + * Do not apply film grain, export it instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_FILM_GRAIN (1 << 3) + +/** + * Decoding only. + * Do not apply picture enhancement layers, export them instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_ENHANCEMENTS (1 << 4) + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * The encoder will keep a reference to the packet and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are expressed. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + +#if FF_API_TICKS_PER_FRAME + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + * + * @deprecated + * - decoding: Use AVCodecDescriptor.props & AV_CODEC_PROP_FIELDS + * - encoding: Set AVCodecContext.framerate instead + * + */ + attribute_deprecated + int ticks_per_frame; +#endif + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user to override the default output color range value, + * If not specified, libavcodec sets the color range depending on the + * output format. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, can be set by the user to propagate the + * color range to components reading from the decoder context. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * Callback to negotiate the pixel format. Decoding only, may be set by the + * caller before avcodec_open2(). + * + * Called by some decoders to select the pixel format that will be used for + * the output frames. This is mainly used to set up hardware acceleration, + * then the provided format list contains the corresponding hwaccel pixel + * formats alongside the "software" one. The software pixel format may also + * be retrieved from \ref sw_pix_fmt. + * + * This callback will be called when the coded frame properties (such as + * resolution, pixel format, etc.) change and more than one output format is + * supported for those new properties. If a hardware pixel format is chosen + * and initialization for it fails, the callback may be called again + * immediately. + * + * This callback may be called from different threads if the decoder is + * multi-threaded, but not from more than one thread simultaneously. + * + * @param fmt list of formats which may be used in the current + * configuration, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value other + * than one of the formats in fmt or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + * @return the chosen format or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: must be set by the caller, to one of AVCodec.ch_layouts. + * - decoding: may be set by the caller if known e.g. from the container. + * The decoder can then override during decoding as needed. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * Decoders will generally initialize the whole buffer before it is output + * but it can in rare error conditions happen that uninitialized data is passed + * through. \important The buffers returned by get_buffer* should thus not contain sensitive + * data. + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used, this callback may be called from a + * different thread, but not from more than one at once. Does not need to be + * reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /* - encoding parameters */ + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by libavcodec. + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + * This may only be set to one of the FF_COMPLIANCE_* values in defs.h. + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * This is a bitfield of the AV_EF_* values defined in defs.h. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Legacy hardware accelerator context. + * + * For some hardware acceleration methods, the caller may use this field to + * signal hwaccel-specific data to the codec. The struct pointed to by this + * pointer is hwaccel-dependent and defined in the respective header. Please + * refer to the FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill + * this. + * + * In most cases this field is optional - the necessary information may also + * be provided to libavcodec through @ref hw_frames_ctx or @ref + * hw_device_ctx (see avcodec_get_hw_config()). However, in some cases it + * may be the only method of signalling some (optional) information. + * + * The struct and its contents are owned by the caller. + * + * - encoding: May be set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). Must remain + * valid until avcodec_free_context(). + * - decoding: May be set by the caller in the get_format() callback. + * Must remain valid until the next get_format() call, + * or avcodec_free_context() (whichever comes first). + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which + * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set + * before avcodec_open2() is called. + * + * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such + * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. + * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder + * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames + * used as reference pictures). + */ + int extra_hw_frames; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 +#define FF_DCT_NEON 7 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + * See the AV_PROFILE_* defines in defs.h. + */ + int profile; +#if FF_API_FF_PROFILE_LEVEL + /** @deprecated The following defines are deprecated; use AV_PROFILE_* + * in defs.h instead. */ +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X 61 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X_IMAX 62 + + +#define FF_PROFILE_EAC3_DDP_ATMOS 30 + +#define FF_PROFILE_TRUEHD_ATMOS 30 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_SCC 9 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 + +#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_EVC_BASELINE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_EVC_MAIN 1 +#endif + + /** + * Encoding level descriptor. + * - encoding: Set by user, corresponds to a specific level defined by the + * codec, usually corresponding to the profile level, if not specified it + * is set to FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + * See AV_LEVEL_* in defs.h. + */ + int level; +#if FF_API_FF_PROFILE_LEVEL + /** @deprecated The following define is deprecated; use AV_LEVEL_UNKOWN + * in defs.h instead. */ +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 +#endif + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_FILM_GRAIN 0x00000004 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const struct AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + int subtitle_header_size; + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: may be set by user before calling avcodec_open2(). + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_* flags, which affects the kind of + * metadata exported in frame, packet, or coded stream side data by + * decoders and encoders. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int export_side_data; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; + + /** + * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int discard_damaged_percentage; + + /** + * The number of samples per frame to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_samples; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each packet to get a data + * buffer for it. + * + * The following field will be set in the packet before this callback is + * called: + * - size + * This callback must use the above value to calculate the required buffer size, + * which must padded by at least AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes. + * + * In some specific cases, the encoder may not use the entire buffer allocated by this + * callback. This will be reflected in the size value in the packet once returned by + * avcodec_receive_packet(). + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the packet: + * - data: alignment requirements for AVPacket apply, if any. Some architectures and + * encoders may benefit from having aligned data. + * - buf: must contain a pointer to an AVBufferRef structure. The packet's + * data pointer must be contained in it. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_encode_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() instead of providing a buffer allocated by + * some other means. + * + * The flags field may contain a combination of AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_ flags. + * They may be used for example to hint what use the buffer may get after being + * created. + * Implementations of this callback may ignore flags they don't understand. + * If AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the packet may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * This callback must be thread-safe, as when frame threading is used, it may + * be called from multiple threads simultaneously. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int (*get_encode_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags); + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int64_t frame_num; + + /** + * Decoding only. May be set by the caller before avcodec_open2() to an + * av_malloc()'ed array (or via AVOptions). Owned and freed by the decoder + * afterwards. + * + * Side data attached to decoded frames may come from several sources: + * 1. coded_side_data, which the decoder will for certain types translate + * from packet-type to frame-type and attach to frames; + * 2. side data attached to an AVPacket sent for decoding (same + * considerations as above); + * 3. extracted from the coded bytestream. + * The first two cases are supplied by the caller and typically come from a + * container. + * + * This array configures decoder behaviour in cases when side data of the + * same type is present both in the coded bytestream and in the + * user-supplied side data (items 1. and 2. above). In all cases, at most + * one instance of each side data type will be attached to output frames. By + * default it will be the bytestream side data. Adding an + * AVPacketSideDataType value to this array will flip the preference for + * this type, thus making the decoder prefer user-supplied side data over + * bytestream. In case side data of the same type is present both in + * coded_data and attacked to a packet, the packet instance always has + * priority. + * + * The array may also contain a single -1, in which case the preference is + * switched for all side data types. + */ + int *side_data_prefer_packet; + /** + * Number of entries in side_data_prefer_packet. + */ + unsigned nb_side_data_prefer_packet; + + /** + * Array containing static side data, such as HDR10 CLL / MDCV structures. + * Side data entries should be allocated by usage of helpers defined in + * libavutil/frame.h. + * + * - encoding: may be set by user before calling avcodec_open2() for + * encoder configuration. Afterwards owned and freed by the + * encoder. + * - decoding: may be set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVFrameSideData **decoded_side_data; + int nb_decoded_side_data; +} AVCodecContext; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * + * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some + * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. + * + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * Some hardware decoders (namely nvdec) can either output direct decoder + * surfaces, or make an on-device copy and return said copy. + * There is a hard limit on how many decoder surfaces there can be, and it + * cannot be accurately guessed ahead of time. + * For some processing chains, this can be okay, but others will run into the + * limit and in turn produce very confusing errors that require fine tuning of + * more or less obscure options by the user, or in extreme cases cannot be + * resolved at all without inserting an avfilter that forces a copy. + * + * Thus, the hwaccel will by default make a copy for safety and resilience. + * If a users really wants to minimize the amount of copies, they can set this + * flag and ensure their processing chain does not exhaust the surface pool. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_UNSAFE_OUTPUT (1 << 3) + +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + int flags; + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(struct AVCodecParameters *par, + const AVCodecContext *codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, + const struct AVCodecParameters *par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * Depending on the codec, you might need to set options in the codec context + * also for decoding (e.g. width, height, or the pixel or audio sample format in + * the case the information is not available in the bitstream, as when decoding + * raw audio or video). + * + * Options in the codec context can be set either by setting them in the options + * AVDictionary, or by setting the values in the context itself, directly or by + * using the av_opt_set() API before calling this function. + * + * Example: + * @code + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * In the case AVCodecParameters are available (e.g. when demuxing a stream + * using libavformat, and accessing the AVStream contained in the demuxer), the + * codec parameters can be copied to the codec context using + * avcodec_parameters_to_context(), as in the following example: + * + * @code + * AVStream *stream = ...; + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * if (avcodec_parameters_to_context(context, stream->codecpar) < 0) + * exit(1); + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, NULL) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private + * options, which are set on top of the options already set in + * avctx, can be NULL. On return this object will be filled with + * options that were not found in the avctx codec context. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_set(), av_opt_find(), avcodec_parameters_to_context() + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +#if FF_API_AVCODEC_CLOSE +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @deprecated Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); +#endif + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_encode_buffer(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_encode_buffer() implementations for encoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expected to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, + * and the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can be + * sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder or encoder (when the + * @ref AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag is used). + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * codec. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @retval 0 success, a frame was returned + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in this state - user must + * try to send new input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the codec has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is an encoder without the + * @ref AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag enabled + * @retval "other negative error code" legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) input is not accepted in the current state - user must + * read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once all + * output is read, the packet should be resent, and the + * call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, it is a decoder, or requires flush + * @retval AVERROR(ENOMEM) failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_packet_unref(avpkt) before doing anything else. + * @retval 0 success + * @retval AVERROR(EAGAIN) output is not available in the current state - user must + * try to send input + * @retval AVERROR_EOF the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be no + * more output packets + * @retval AVERROR(EINVAL) codec not opened, or it is a decoder + * @retval "another negative error code" legitimate encoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware + * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is + * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. + * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. + * + * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this + * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid + * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. + * + * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, + * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes + * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about + * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. + * + * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: + * + * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was + * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and + * can trigger undefined behavior. + * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). + * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could + * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream + * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's + * get_format callback returns.) + * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the + * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, + * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. + * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. + * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to + * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), + * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done + * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). + * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is + * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So + * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every + * get_format call. + * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using + * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a + * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function + * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. + * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set + * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. + * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, + * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. + * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free + * callback. + * + * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext + * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): + * + * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). + * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. + * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An + * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats + * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) + * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the + * API-specific minimum alignment. + * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size + * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, + * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference + * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced + * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the + * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand + * during decoding. + * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying + * hardware API. + * + * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but + * with basic frame parameters set. + * + * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the + * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. + * + * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which + * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned + * AVHWFramesContext properly. + * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device + * which will be used by the hardware decoder. + * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. + * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ + * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. + * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. + * Not changed if an error is returned. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes + * have special semantics: + * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup + * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not + * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, + * or it is a software format. + * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for + * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported + * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. + */ +int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, + AVBufferRef *device_ref, + enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, + AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref); + +enum AVCodecConfig { + AV_CODEC_CONFIG_PIX_FORMAT, ///< AVPixelFormat, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + AV_CODEC_CONFIG_FRAME_RATE, ///< AVRational, terminated by {0, 0} + AV_CODEC_CONFIG_SAMPLE_RATE, ///< int, terminated by 0 + AV_CODEC_CONFIG_SAMPLE_FORMAT, ///< AVSampleFormat, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + AV_CODEC_CONFIG_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, ///< AVChannelLayout, terminated by {0} + AV_CODEC_CONFIG_COLOR_RANGE, ///< AVColorRange, terminated by AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED + AV_CODEC_CONFIG_COLOR_SPACE, ///< AVColorSpace, terminated by AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED +}; + +/** + * Retrieve a list of all supported values for a given configuration type. + * + * @param avctx An optional context to use. Values such as + * `strict_std_compliance` may affect the result. If NULL, + * default values are used. + * @param codec The codec to query, or NULL to use avctx->codec. + * @param config The configuration to query. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @param out_configs On success, set to a list of configurations, terminated + * by a config-specific terminator, or NULL if all + * possible values are supported. + * @param out_num_configs On success, set to the number of elements in + *out_configs, excluding the terminator. Optional. + */ +int avcodec_get_supported_config(const AVCodecContext *avctx, + const AVCodec *codec, enum AVCodecConfig config, + unsigned flags, const void **out_configs, + int *out_num_configs); + + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, ///< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, ///< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, ///< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, ///< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + const struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[7]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); +} AVCodecParser; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque); + +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal codec state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note for decoders, this function just releases any references the decoder + * might keep internally, but the caller's references remain valid. + * + * @note for encoders, this function will only do something if the encoder + * declares support for AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH. When called, the encoder + * will drain any remaining packets, and can then be re-used for a different + * stream (as opposed to sending a null frame which will leave the encoder + * in a permanent EOF state after draining). This can be desirable if the + * cost of tearing down and replacing the encoder instance is high. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6411fab6f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; + + void (*get_pixels_unaligned)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels, + ptrdiff_t line_size); +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3a0da1eb --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version_major.h" +#if FF_API_AVFFT + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + * @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with a type of AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT + */ +attribute_deprecated +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + * @deprecated without replacement + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + * @deprecated use the av_tx_fn value returned by av_tx_init, which also does permutation + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +attribute_deprecated +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with a type of AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT, + * with a flag of AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT for a replacement to av_imdct_calc. + */ +attribute_deprecated +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +attribute_deprecated +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +attribute_deprecated +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +attribute_deprecated +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +attribute_deprecated +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + * + * @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with a type of AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT + */ +attribute_deprecated +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +attribute_deprecated +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +attribute_deprecated +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + * + * @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with an appropriate type of AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT + */ +attribute_deprecated +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +attribute_deprecated +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +attribute_deprecated +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* FF_API_AVFFT */ +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/bsf.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/bsf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a09c69f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/bsf.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/* + * Bitstream filters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H +#define AVCODEC_BSF_H + +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "codec_par.h" +#include "packet.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_bsf Bitstream filters + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Bitstream filters transform encoded media data without decoding it. This + * allows e.g. manipulating various header values. Bitstream filters operate on + * @ref AVPacket "AVPackets". + * + * The bitstream filtering API is centered around two structures: + * AVBitStreamFilter and AVBSFContext. The former represents a bitstream filter + * in abstract, the latter a specific filtering process. Obtain an + * AVBitStreamFilter using av_bsf_get_by_name() or av_bsf_iterate(), then pass + * it to av_bsf_alloc() to create an AVBSFContext. Fill in the user-settable + * AVBSFContext fields, as described in its documentation, then call + * av_bsf_init() to prepare the filter context for use. + * + * Submit packets for filtering using av_bsf_send_packet(), obtain filtered + * results with av_bsf_receive_packet(). When no more input packets will be + * sent, submit a NULL AVPacket to signal the end of the stream to the filter. + * av_bsf_receive_packet() will then return trailing packets, if any are + * produced by the filter. + * + * Finally, free the filter context with av_bsf_free(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param[out] ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + * + * @param ctx a AVBSFContext previously allocated with av_bsf_alloc() + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and pkt->side_data_elems zero), + * it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more non-empty packets will be sent; + * sending more empty packets does nothing) and will cause the filter to output + * any packets it may have buffered internally. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from the filter (using + * av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return + * - 0 on success. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the filter (using + * av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no further output from the filter. + * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when seeking. + */ +void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7541ffc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +/* + * AVCodec public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h" +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and + * supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or + * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +#if FF_API_SUBFRAMES +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +#endif + +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or + * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around + * multithreading-capable external libraries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) + +/** + * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to + * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use + * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) + +/** + * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not + * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the + * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) + +/** + * This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return + * them with corresponding output packets. + * @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) + +/** + * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is + * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames + * remain pending. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21) + +/** + * The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that + * would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream. + * + * Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22) + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + + /** + * Deprecated codec capabilities. + */ + attribute_deprecated + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config() + attribute_deprecated + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config() + attribute_deprecated + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config() + attribute_deprecated + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config() + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /** + * Group name of the codec implementation. + * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A + * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such + * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or + * the hardware. + * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. + * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases + * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_"). + */ + const char *wrapper_name; + + /** + * Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout. + * @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config() + */ + attribute_deprecated + const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts; +} AVCodec; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codecs. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +enum { + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should + * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling + * avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format for a decoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames + * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context + * must have been created on a device of the specified type. + * + * When selecting this format for an encoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which + * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some internal method. + * + * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - + * no device or frames context is required. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. + * + * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the + * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring + * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be + * used in preference.) + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { + /** + * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be + * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available. + * + * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to + * accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel + * formats supported by the codec. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible + * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. + */ + int methods; + /** + * The device type associated with the configuration. + * + * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and + * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; +} AVCodecHWConfig; + +/** + * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. + * + * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration + * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support + * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. + */ +const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96afd2020 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* + * Codec descriptors public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) + +/** + * Video codec supports separate coding of fields in interlaced frames. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_FIELDS (1 << 4) + +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a8d3bed1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +/* + * Codec IDs + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGX, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, + AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PFM, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_IPU, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_CRI, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_GEM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBN, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QOI, + AV_CODEC_ID_PHM, + AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100, + AV_CODEC_ID_VQC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RTV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_LEAD, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, + AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCA, + AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BONK, + AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_APAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FTR, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RKA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_OSQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_QOA, + AV_CODEC_ID_LC3, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_EPG, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_2038, + AV_CODEC_ID_LCEVC, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket + /** + * Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL, + /** + * Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging. + * Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output. + */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL, +}; + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4b9bb5c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +/* + * Codec parameters public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H +#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" + +#include "codec_id.h" +#include "defs.h" +#include "packet.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire stream. + * + * Should be allocated with av_packet_side_data_new() or + * av_packet_side_data_add(), and will be freed by avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + + /** + * Amount of entries in @ref coded_side_data. + */ + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. Number of frames per second, for streams with constant frame + * durations. Should be set to { 0, 1 } when some frames have differing + * durations or if the value is not known. + * + * @note This field correponds to values that are stored in codec-level + * headers and is typically overridden by container/transport-layer + * timestamps, when available. It should thus be used only as a last resort, + * when no higher-level timing information is available. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27f40e551 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/defs.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/defs.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24250f8af --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H +#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder/demuxer returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an error + +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + +#define AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define AV_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_USAC 41 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X 61 +#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X_IMAX 62 + +#define AV_PROFILE_EAC3_DDP_ATMOS 30 + +#define AV_PROFILE_TRUEHD_ATMOS 30 + +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 +#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MULTIVIEW_MAIN 6 +#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_SCC 9 + +#define AV_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33 + +#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 + +#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 +#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 +#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 +#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 +#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 + +#define AV_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 + +#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 +#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 +#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 +#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 +#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 + +#define AV_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 + +#define AV_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1 + +#define AV_PROFILE_EVC_BASELINE 0 +#define AV_PROFILE_EVC_MAIN 1 + + +#define AV_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan { + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +} AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t max_bitrate; + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t min_bitrate; + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t avg_bitrate; + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int64_t buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall clock + * production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ('prft') + * as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12 + */ +typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime { + /** + * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()). + */ + int64_t wallclock; + int flags; +} AVProducerReferenceTime; + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c348cdc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +/** + * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both + * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). + * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. + * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting + * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). + * + * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. + */ +#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4365f1b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bdec6112e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/jni.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/jni.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..955cd2809 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/jni.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * JNI public API functions + * + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H +#define AVCODEC_JNI_H + +/* + * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI + * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning + * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer + * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine + */ +void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Set the Android application context which will be used to retrieve the Android + * content resolver to handle content uris. + * + * This function is only available on Android. + * + * @param app_ctx global JNI reference to the Android application context + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_android_app_ctx(void *app_ctx, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Android application context that has been set with + * av_jni_set_android_app_ctx. + * + * This function is only available on Android. + * + * @return a pointer the the Android application context + */ +void *av_jni_get_android_app_ctx(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e9b56a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Android MediaCodec public API + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will + * be used as output by the decoder. + * + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { + + /** + * android/view/Surface object reference. + */ + void *surface; + +} AVMediaCodecContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. + * + * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the + * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. + * + * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise + */ +AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize + * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with + * av_mediacodec_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx codec context + */ +void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. + */ +typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated + * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given + * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus + * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to + * discard the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface + * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second + * of the current `java/lang/System#nanoTime()` (which is implemented using + * `CLOCK_MONOTONIC` on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation + * of [`android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long)`][0] for more details. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + * + * [0]: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,%20long) + */ +int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/packet.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/packet.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a2801054 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/packet.h @@ -0,0 +1,887 @@ +/* + * AVPacket public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H +#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "libavcodec/version_major.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet_side_data AVPacketSideData + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacketSideData. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * This side data is encryption initialization data. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to + * access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, + + /** + * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, + + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, + + /** + * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime struct, + * usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag set in the + * AVCodecContext export_side_data field). + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT, + + /** + * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * DOVI configuration + * ref: + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, section 2.2 + * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, section 3.3 + * Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in + * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains + * information for color volume transform - application 4 of + * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS, + + /** + * IAMF Mix Gain Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This metadata + * is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains information + * defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.1 of the Immersive Audio Model and + * Formats standard. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_MIX_GAIN_PARAM, + + /** + * IAMF Demixing Info Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This + * metadata is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains + * information defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.2 of the Immersive Audio Model + * and Formats standard. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_DEMIXING_INFO_PARAM, + + /** + * IAMF Recon Gain Info Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This + * metadata is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains + * information defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.3 of the Immersive Audio Model + * and Formats standard. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_RECON_GAIN_INFO_PARAM, + + /** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274. This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVAmbientViewingEnvironment struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT, + + /** + * The number of pixels to discard from the top/bottom/left/right border of the + * decoded frame to obtain the sub-rectangle intended for presentation. + * + * @code + * u32le crop_top + * u32le crop_bottom + * u32le crop_left + * u32le crop_right + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FRAME_CROPPING, + + /** + * Raw LCEVC payload data, as a uint8_t array, with NAL emulation + * bytes intact. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_LCEVC, + + /** + * The number of side data types. + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#if FF_API_QUALITY_FACTOR +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED +#endif + +/** + * This structure stores auxiliary information for decoding, presenting, or + * otherwise processing the coded stream. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and encoders and can be fed to decoders and muxers either in a per packet + * basis, or as global side data (applying to the entire coded stream). + * + * Global side data is handled as follows: + * - During demuxing, it may be exported through + * @ref AVStream.codecpar.side_data "AVStream's codec parameters", which can + * then be passed as input to decoders through the + * @ref AVCodecContext.coded_side_data "decoder context's side data", for + * initialization. + * - For muxing, it can be fed through @ref AVStream.codecpar.side_data + * "AVStream's codec parameters", typically the output of encoders through + * the @ref AVCodecContext.coded_side_data "encoder context's side data", for + * initialization. + * + * Packet specific side data is handled as follows: + * - During demuxing, it may be exported through @ref AVPacket.side_data + * "AVPacket's side data", which can then be passed as input to decoders. + * - For muxing, it can be fed through @ref AVPacket.side_data "AVPacket's + * side data", typically the output of encoders. + * + * Different modules may accept or export different types of side data + * depending on media type and codec. Refer to @ref AVPacketSideDataType for a + * list of defined types and where they may be found or used. + */ +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + size_t size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * Allocate a new packet side data. + * + * @param sd pointer to an array of side data to which the side data should + * be added. *sd may be NULL, in which case the array will be + * initialized. + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. The integer value will be increased by 1 on success. + * @param type side data type + * @param size desired side data size + * @param flags currently unused. Must be zero + * + * @return pointer to freshly allocated side data on success, or NULL otherwise. + */ +AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_new(AVPacketSideData **psd, int *pnb_sd, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size, int flags); + +/** + * Wrap existing data as packet side data. + * + * @param sd pointer to an array of side data to which the side data should + * be added. *sd may be NULL, in which case the array will be + * initialized + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. The integer value will be increased by 1 on success. + * @param type side data type + * @param data a data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() family + * of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to the + * side data array on success + * @param size size of the data array + * @param flags currently unused. Must be zero + * + * @return pointer to freshly allocated side data on success, or NULL otherwise + * On failure, the side data array is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_add(AVPacketSideData **sd, int *nb_sd, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + void *data, size_t size, int flags); + +/** + * Get side information from a side data array. + * + * @param sd the array from which the side data should be fetched + * @param nb_sd value containing the number of entries in the array. + * @param type desired side information type + * + * @return pointer to side data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +const AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_get(const AVPacketSideData *sd, + int nb_sd, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Remove side data of the given type from a side data array. + * + * @param sd the array from which the side data should be removed + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. Will be reduced by the amount of entries removed + * upon return + * @param type side information type + */ +void av_packet_side_data_remove(AVPacketSideData *sd, int *nb_sd, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored in an array, and + * the array itself. + * + * @param sd pointer to array of side data to free. Will be set to NULL + * upon return. + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. Will be set to 0 upon return. + */ +void av_packet_side_data_free(AVPacketSideData **sd, int *nb_sd); + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once + * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated + * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct + * with a minor bump. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * Time base of the packet's timestamps. + * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or + * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders + * or muxers. + */ + AVRational time_base; +} AVPacket; + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +attribute_deprecated +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; +#endif + +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 +/** + * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can + * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed, + sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data + * or to zero if the desired side data is not present. + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + size_t *size); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, size_t *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, size_t size, + AVDictionary **dict); + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten. + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst + * will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()). + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. + * + * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. + * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_make_writable + * + * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, + * avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c156b08d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + * + * The caller must set this field to zero for oneVPL (MFX_VERSION >= 2.0) + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8021c2576 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * This structure will be allocated and stored in AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context + * by av_vdpau_bind_context(). Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +#if FF_API_VDPAU_ALLOC_GET_SET +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + * @deprecated use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +/** + * @deprecated render2 is public and can be accessed directly + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +/** + * @deprecated render2 is public and can be accessed directly + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); +#endif + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +#if FF_API_VDPAU_ALLOC_GET_SET +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + * @deprecated use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); +#endif + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b7ec515f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 19 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version_major.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63df40e9d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 61 + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_SUBFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_TICKS_PER_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_DROPCHANGED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) + +#define FF_API_AVFFT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_FF_PROFILE_LEVEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_CLOSE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_VDPAU_ALLOC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) +#define FF_API_QUALITY_FACTOR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62) + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d68d76e40 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox VideoToolbox Decoder + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * Hardware accelerated decoding using VideoToolbox on Apple Platforms + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is + * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..789932ac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..232d07f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVAdler; + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf, + size_t len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e7347368 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param key Pointer to the key + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d98c07122 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5e4ac217 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2023 Jan Ekström + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H +#define AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H + +#include +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata as defined by H.274. The values are + * saved in AVRationals so that they keep their exactness, while allowing for + * easy access to a double value with f.ex. av_q2d. + * + * @note sizeof(AVAmbientViewingEnvironment) is not part of the public ABI, and + * it must be allocated using av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc. + */ +typedef struct AVAmbientViewingEnvironment { + /** + * Environmental illuminance of the ambient viewing environment in lux. + */ + AVRational ambient_illuminance; + + /** + * Normalized x chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light + * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition + * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1. + */ + AVRational ambient_light_x; + + /** + * Normalized y chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light + * in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition + * of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1. + */ + AVRational ambient_light_y; +} AVAmbientViewingEnvironment; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate and add an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure to an existing + * AVFrame as side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct, or NULL on failure + */ +AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04c615c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifdef __has_builtin +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x) +#else +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa5f59a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(const AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(const AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data, + int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1895fb755 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +#endif +#include "log.h" +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point operations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c289fbb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc095349d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,428 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param s the string whose length to count + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replaced. + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + * If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + * @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3) + + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * See libc sscanf manual for more information. + * Locale-independent sscanf implementation. + */ +int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2900dcb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e289a40d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ac857056 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_avbprint + * AVBPrint public header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * A buffer to print data progressively + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local `char buf[512]`. + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records + * the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`). + * - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * @name Max size special values + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +/** + * Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself. + * + * Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large + * enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +/** + * Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length. + * + * The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with + * exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`). + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 +/** @} */ + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length + * - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit + * - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible. + * Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * In case size equals zero, the AVBPrint will be initialized to use + * the internal buffer as if using AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY with + * av_bprint_init(). + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * @param buf bprint buffer to use + * @param data pointer to data + * @param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * @param buf bprint buffer to use + * @param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * @param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f53e5768a --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_RISCV +# include "riscv/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ef5b7f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + size_t size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size); + +/** + * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src. + * + * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst + * and replace it with a new reference to src. + * + * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success, + * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On + * failure, dst will be left untouched. + * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this + * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst). + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure. + */ +int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be + * used (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. May be NULL. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool. + * + * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get. + * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the + * buffer pool. + * + * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation, + * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque + * parameter of an allocated buffer. + */ +void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96787102e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad5b347e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a96c2d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include +#include + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels + * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels + * @ingroup lavu_audio + * + * Audio channel layout utility functions + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVChannel { + ///< Invalid channel index + AV_CHAN_NONE = -1, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY, + AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT, + /** Stereo downmix. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29, + /** See above. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT, ///< +90 degrees, Lss, SiL + AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT, ///< -90 degrees, Rss, SiR + AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT, ///< +110 degrees, Lvs, TpLS + AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT, ///< -110 degrees, Rvs, TpRS + + /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */ + AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200, + + /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */ + AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300, + + /** + * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system. + * + * Given a channel id `` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `` is + * ` = - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`. + * + * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel + * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels + * implicitly by their position in the stream. + */ + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400, + // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics, + // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff, +}; + +enum AVChannelOrder { + /** + * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information + * about the channel order. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + /** + * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in + * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63 + * different channels. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, + /** + * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and + * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support + * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_UNUSED) + * channels at arbitrary positions. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM, + /** + * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into + * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion + * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel + * Number). + * + * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical + * harmonic of degree l and order m given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * l = floor(sqrt(n)), + * m = n - l * (l + 1). + * @endcode + * + * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the + * corresponding channel index n is given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * n = l * (l + 1) + m. + * @endcode + * + * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization) + * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, + /** + * Number of channel orders, not part of ABI/API + */ + FF_CHANNEL_ORDER_NB +}; + + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT ) + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT) + +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the + * public ABI. + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump. + */ +typedef struct AVChannelCustom { + enum AVChannel id; + char name[16]; + void *opaque; +} AVChannelCustom; + +/** + * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data. + * + * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific + * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an + * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count). + * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by + * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check() + * considers they are valid. + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the + * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack + * or embedded in caller-defined structs. + * + * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows: + * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields + * correctly; + * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers; + * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(), + * av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string(). + * + * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit() + * + * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden, + * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should + * be checked) + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for + * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t). + */ +typedef struct AVChannelLayout { + /** + * Channel order used in this layout. + * This is a mandatory field. + */ + enum AVChannelOrder order; + + /** + * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field. + */ + int nb_channels; + + /** + * Details about which channels are present in this layout. + * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be + * used. + */ + union { + /** + * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used + * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels. + * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the + * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present. + * + * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO + * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present. + * + * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or + * modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_* + * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits + * is equal to nb_channels. + */ + uint64_t mask; + /** + * This member must be used when the channel order is + * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each + * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the + * corresponding value in map[i].id. + * + * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the + * i-th channel in the audio data. + * + * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic + * component with ACN index (as defined above) + * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE. + * + * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case + * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the + * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed. + */ + AVChannelCustom *map; + } u; + + /** + * For some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; +} AVChannelLayout; + +/** + * Macro to define native channel layouts + * + * @note This doesn't use designated initializers for compatibility with C++ 17 and older. + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \ + { /* .order */ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, \ + /* .nb_channels */ (nb), \ + /* .u.mask */ { m }, \ + /* .opaque */ NULL } + +/** + * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(10, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(10, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(12, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(12, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(14, AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2) + +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK + +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \ + { /* .order */ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, \ + /* .nb_channels */ 4, \ + /* .u.mask */ { 0 }, \ + /* .opaque */ NULL } +/** @} */ + +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel. + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_name(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * Get a human readable string describing a given channel. + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_description(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name(). + * + * @return the channel with the given name + * AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel + */ +enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name); + +/** + * Initialize a custom channel layout with the specified number of channels. + * The channel map will be allocated and the designation of all channels will + * be set to AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN. + * + * This is only a convenience helper function, a custom channel layout can also + * be constructed without using this. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the number of channels <= 0 + * AVERROR(ENOMEM) if the channel map could not be allocated + */ +int av_channel_layout_custom_init(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, int nb_channels); + +/** + * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels + * are present. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout + * + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description. + * The input string can be represented by: + * - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe()) + * - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL", + * or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after + * a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE") + * - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4") + * - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c") + * - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels") + * - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg. + * "ambisonic 2+stereo") + * On error, the channel layout will remain uninitialized, but not necessarily + * untouched. + * + * @param channel_layout uninitialized channel layout for the result + * @param str string describing the channel layout + * @return 0 on success parsing the channel layout + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if an invalid channel layout string was provided + * AVERROR(ENOMEM) if there was not enough memory + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *str); + +/** + * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param nb_channels number of channels + */ +void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels); + +/** + * Iterate over all standard channel layouts. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque); + +/** + * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel + * count to 0. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized + */ +void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst + * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. + * + * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy. + * + * @param dst destination channel layout + * @param src source channel layout + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src); + +/** + * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties. + * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by + * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same + * channel layout, except for opaque pointers. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + char *buf, size_t buf_size); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + struct AVBPrint *bp); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param idx index of the channel + * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or + * AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is + * unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple + * channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if + * channel is not present in channel_layout. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string. + * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain + * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR + * value. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a channel described by the given string. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel to obtain + * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success + * or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel + * order is unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout, + * without regard for their positions. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels + * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present + * in channel_layout + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio + * data. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same + * channels are present on the same positions in both. + * + * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is + * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both. + * + * @param chl input channel layout + * @param chl1 input channel layout + * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative + * AVERROR code if one or both are invalid. + */ +int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1); + +/** + * Return the order if the layout is n-th order standard-order ambisonic. + * The presence of optional extra non-diegetic channels at the end is not taken + * into account. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @return the order of the layout, a negative error code otherwise. + */ +int av_channel_layout_ambisonic_order(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * The conversion must be lossless. + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_LOSSLESS (1 << 0) + +/** + * The specified retype target order is ignored and the simplest possible + * (canonical) order is used for which the input layout can be losslessy + * represented. + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_CANONICAL (1 << 1) + +/** + * Change the AVChannelOrder of a channel layout. + * + * Change of AVChannelOrder can be either lossless or lossy. In case of a + * lossless conversion all the channel designations and the associated channel + * names (if any) are kept. On a lossy conversion the channel names and channel + * designations might be lost depending on the capabilities of the desired + * AVChannelOrder. Note that some conversions are simply not possible in which + * case this function returns AVERROR(ENOSYS). + * + * The following conversions are supported: + * + * Any -> Custom : Always possible, always lossless. + * Any -> Unspecified: Always possible, lossless if channel designations + * are all unknown and channel names are not used, lossy otherwise. + * Custom -> Ambisonic : Possible if it contains ambisonic channels with + * optional non-diegetic channels in the end. Lossy if the channels have + * custom names, lossless otherwise. + * Custom -> Native : Possible if it contains native channels in native + * order. Lossy if the channels have custom names, lossless otherwise. + * + * On error this function keeps the original channel layout untouched. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout which will be changed + * @param order the desired channel layout order + * @param flags a combination of AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_* constants + * @return 0 if the conversion was successful and lossless or if the channel + * layout was already in the desired order + * >0 if the conversion was successful but lossy + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the conversion was not possible (or would be + * lossy and AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_LOSSLESS was specified) + * AVERROR(EINVAL), AVERROR(ENOMEM) on error + */ +int av_channel_layout_retype(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, enum AVChannelOrder order, int flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b830daf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,589 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "version.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +# include "internal.h" +#else +# include "mem.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Unsigned Absolute value. + * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned. + * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice. + */ +#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a)) +#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a)) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub32 +# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 +# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add64 +# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub64 +# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_zero_extend +# define av_zero_extend av_zero_extend_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+UINT64_C(0x80000000)) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1U << p)) & ~((2U << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1U<> 31 & ((1U<= 2 + if (p > 31) abort(); +#endif + return a & ((1U << p) - 1); +} + +#if FF_API_MOD_UINTP2 +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +attribute_deprecated +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p) +{ + return av_zero_extend_c(a, p); +} +#endif + +/** + * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b); +} + +/** + * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages. + * + * @param a first value + * @param b value doubled and added to a + * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); +} + +/** + * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return difference with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b); +} + +/** + * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages. + * + * @param a first value + * @param b value doubled and subtracted from a + * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); +} + +/** + * Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { +#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow) + int64_t tmp; + return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); +#else + int64_t s = a+(uint64_t)b; + if ((int64_t)(a^b | ~s^b) >= 0) + return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63); + return s; +#endif +} + +/** + * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return difference with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { +#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow) + int64_t tmp; + return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); +#else + if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b) + return INT64_MAX; + if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b) + return INT64_MIN; + return a - b; +#endif +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure + * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then + * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0 + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + {ERROR}\ + while (val & top) {\ + unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + {ERROR}\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = (GET_16BIT);\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + {ERROR}\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba6c234e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include +#include "version.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers. + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_DOTPROD (1 << 8) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_I8MM (1 << 9) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1) + +//Loongarch SIMD extension. +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1) + +// RISC-V extensions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank) +#if FF_API_RISCV_FD_ZBA +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP) +#endif +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations +#if FF_API_RISCV_FD_ZBA +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_ADDR (1 << 8) ///< Address bit-manipulations +#endif +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RV_ZVBB (1 << 9) ///< Vector basic bit-manipulations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RV_MISALIGNED (1 <<10) ///< Fast misaligned accesses +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB (1 <<11) ///< B (bit manipulations) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count. + * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count. + */ +void av_cpu_force_count(int count); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f59812a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, + AV_CRC_8_EBU, + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init()) + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate + * @param length length of the buffer + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/csp.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/csp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73bce52bc --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/csp.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Wheatley + * Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje + * Copyright (c) 2023 Leo Izen + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H +#define AVUTIL_CSP_H + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil. + * @ingroup lavu_math_csp + * @author Ronald S. Bultje + * @author Leo Izen + * @author Kevin Wheatley + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility + * @ingroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar + * calculations. + */ +typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients { + AVRational cr, cg, cb; +} AVLumaCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931 + * chromaticity definition. + */ +typedef struct AVCIExy { + AVRational x, y; +} AVCIExy; + +/** + * Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE + * 1931 chromaticity x and y. + */ +typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients { + AVCIExy r, g, b; +} AVPrimaryCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x + * and y. + */ +typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing + * the complete description of a color gamut. + */ +typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc { + AVWhitepointCoefficients wp; + AVPrimaryCoefficients prim; +} AVColorPrimariesDesc; + +/** + * Function pointer representing a double -> double transfer function that performs + * an EOTF transfer inversion. This function outputs linear light. + */ +typedef double (*av_csp_trc_function)(double); + +/** + * Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix + * from an enum constant describing the colorspace. + * @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace. + * @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL + * if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp); + +/** + * Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the + * color primaries. + * @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries + * @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum + * constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm); + +/** + * Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete + * gamut description. + * @see enum AVColorPrimaries + * @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut + * @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or + * AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm); + +/** + * Determine a suitable 'gamma' value to match the supplied + * AVColorTransferCharacteristic. + * + * See Apple Technical Note TN2257 (https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/technotes/tn2257/_index.html) + * + * This function returns the gamma exponent for the OETF. For example, sRGB is approximated + * by gamma 2.2, not by gamma 0.45455. + * + * @return Will return an approximation to the simple gamma function matching + * the supplied Transfer Characteristic, Will return 0.0 for any + * we cannot reasonably match against. + */ +double av_csp_approximate_trc_gamma(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * Determine the function needed to apply the given + * AVColorTransferCharacteristic to linear input. + * + * The function returned should expect a nominal domain and range of [0.0-1.0] + * values outside of this range maybe valid depending on the chosen + * characteristic function. + * + * @return Will return pointer to the function matching the + * supplied Transfer Characteristic. If unspecified will + * return NULL: + */ +av_csp_trc_function av_csp_trc_func_from_id(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a3e6fa47 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize + * @param key pointer to the key to use + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..011988052 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avassert.h" +#include "frame.h" + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBox { + /** + * Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame, + * together with width and height, defining the bounding box. + */ + int x; + int y; + int w; + int h; + +#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64 + + /** + * Detect result with confidence + */ + char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational detect_confidence; + + /** + * At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box. + * For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different + * DNN models on one bounding box. + * classify_count is zero if no classification. + */ +#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4 + uint32_t classify_count; + char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY]; +} AVDetectionBBox; + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader { + /** + * Information about how the bounding box is generated. + * for example, the DNN model name. + */ + char source[256]; + + /** + * Number of bounding boxes in the array. + */ + uint32_t nb_bboxes; + + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which + * the array of bounding boxes starts. + */ + size_t bboxes_offset; + + /** + * Size of each bounding box in bytes. + */ + size_t bbox_size; +} AVDetectionBBoxHeader; + +/* + * Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes. + */ +static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox * +av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes); + return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset + + idx * header->bbox_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables. + * Can be freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type + * AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes); +#endif diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..713c9e361 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs. + * + * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL + * pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary + * wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set(). + * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**. + * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate(). + * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free(). + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +/** + * @name AVDictionary Flags + * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary. + * @{ + */ +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */ +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ +/** + * @} + */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key Matching key + * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the + * entry is retrieved + * + * @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over a dictionary + * + * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary. + * + * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed. + * + * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned + * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict. + * + * Typical usage: + * @code + * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL; + * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) { + * // ... + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param m The dictionary to iterate over + * @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially + * + * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary + * @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary + */ +const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate(). + * + * @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary. + * ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * + * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * + * @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from. + * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + * + * @param[in] m The dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each other + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50f2b44ca --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_display + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e8a1e43d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,396 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * DOVI configuration + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H +#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H + +#include +#include + +#include "rational.h" +#include "csp.h" + +/* + * DOVI configuration + * ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2 + dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2 + * @code + * uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile + * uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level + * uint8_t rpu_present_flag + * uint8_t el_present_flag + * uint8_t bl_present_flag + * uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id + * uint8_t dv_md_compression, the compression method in use + * @endcode + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord { + uint8_t dv_version_major; + uint8_t dv_version_minor; + uint8_t dv_profile; + uint8_t dv_level; + uint8_t rpu_present_flag; + uint8_t el_present_flag; + uint8_t bl_present_flag; + uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id; + uint8_t dv_md_compression; +} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord; + +enum AVDOVICompression { + AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_NONE = 0, + AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_LIMITED = 1, + AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_RESERVED = 2, + AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_EXTENDED = 3, +}; + +/** + * Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data header. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader { + uint8_t rpu_type; + uint16_t rpu_format; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_level; + uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag; + uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */ + uint8_t coef_log2_denom; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc; + uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag; + uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t disable_residual_flag; + uint8_t ext_mapping_idc_0_4; /* extended base layer inverse mapping indicator */ + uint8_t ext_mapping_idc_5_7; /* reserved */ +} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader; + +enum AVDOVIMappingMethod { + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0, + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the + * value ranges between two adjacent pivot values. + */ +#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8 +typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve { + uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */ + uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */ + enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */ + uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */ + int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */ + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */ + uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */ + int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7]; +} AVDOVIReshapingCurve; + +enum AVDOVINLQMethod { + AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1, + AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation + * of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams { + uint16_t nlq_offset; + uint64_t vdr_in_max; + /* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */ + uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope; + uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold; +} AVDOVINLQParams; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping { + uint8_t vdr_rpu_id; + uint8_t mapping_color_space; + uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc; + AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */ + + /* Non-linear inverse quantization */ + enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc; + uint32_t num_x_partitions; + uint32_t num_y_partitions; + AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */ + uint16_t nlq_pivots[2]; +} AVDOVIDataMapping; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata { + uint8_t dm_metadata_id; + uint8_t scene_refresh_flag; + + /** + * Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be + * used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags. + * The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB + * matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any + * crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more + * information.) + */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */ + AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */ + + /** + * Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info). + */ + uint16_t signal_eotf; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param0; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param1; + uint32_t signal_eotf_param2; + uint8_t signal_bit_depth; + uint8_t signal_color_space; + uint8_t signal_chroma_format; + uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */ + uint16_t source_min_pq; + uint16_t source_max_pq; + uint16_t source_diagonal; +} AVDOVIColorMetadata; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel1 { + /* Per-frame brightness metadata */ + uint16_t min_pq; + uint16_t max_pq; + uint16_t avg_pq; +} AVDOVIDmLevel1; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel2 { + /* Usually derived from level 8 (at different levels) */ + uint16_t target_max_pq; + uint16_t trim_slope; + uint16_t trim_offset; + uint16_t trim_power; + uint16_t trim_chroma_weight; + uint16_t trim_saturation_gain; + int16_t ms_weight; +} AVDOVIDmLevel2; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel3 { + uint16_t min_pq_offset; + uint16_t max_pq_offset; + uint16_t avg_pq_offset; +} AVDOVIDmLevel3; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel4 { + uint16_t anchor_pq; + uint16_t anchor_power; +} AVDOVIDmLevel4; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel5 { + /* Active area definition */ + uint16_t left_offset; + uint16_t right_offset; + uint16_t top_offset; + uint16_t bottom_offset; +} AVDOVIDmLevel5; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel6 { + /* Static HDR10 metadata */ + uint16_t max_luminance; + uint16_t min_luminance; + uint16_t max_cll; + uint16_t max_fall; +} AVDOVIDmLevel6; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel8 { + /* Extended version of level 2 */ + uint8_t target_display_index; + uint16_t trim_slope; + uint16_t trim_offset; + uint16_t trim_power; + uint16_t trim_chroma_weight; + uint16_t trim_saturation_gain; + uint16_t ms_weight; + uint16_t target_mid_contrast; + uint16_t clip_trim; + uint8_t saturation_vector_field[6]; + uint8_t hue_vector_field[6]; +} AVDOVIDmLevel8; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel9 { + /* Source display characteristics */ + uint8_t source_primary_index; + AVColorPrimariesDesc source_display_primaries; +} AVDOVIDmLevel9; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel10 { + /* Target display characteristics */ + uint8_t target_display_index; + uint16_t target_max_pq; + uint16_t target_min_pq; + uint8_t target_primary_index; + AVColorPrimariesDesc target_display_primaries; +} AVDOVIDmLevel10; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel11 { + uint8_t content_type; + uint8_t whitepoint; + uint8_t reference_mode_flag; + uint8_t sharpness; + uint8_t noise_reduction; + uint8_t mpeg_noise_reduction; + uint8_t frame_rate_conversion; + uint8_t brightness; + uint8_t color; +} AVDOVIDmLevel11; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel254 { + /* DMv2 info block, always present in samples with DMv2 metadata */ + uint8_t dm_mode; + uint8_t dm_version_index; +} AVDOVIDmLevel254; + +typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel255 { + /* Debug block, not really used in samples */ + uint8_t dm_run_mode; + uint8_t dm_run_version; + uint8_t dm_debug[4]; +} AVDOVIDmLevel255; + +/** + * Dolby Vision metadata extension block. Dynamic extension blocks may change + * from frame to frame, while static blocks are constant throughout the entire + * sequence. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDmData) is not part of the public API. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDmData { + uint8_t level; /* [1, 255] */ + union { + AVDOVIDmLevel1 l1; /* dynamic */ + AVDOVIDmLevel2 l2; /* dynamic, may appear multiple times */ + AVDOVIDmLevel3 l3; /* dynamic */ + AVDOVIDmLevel4 l4; /* dynamic */ + AVDOVIDmLevel5 l5; /* dynamic */ + AVDOVIDmLevel6 l6; /* static */ + /* level 7 is currently unused */ + AVDOVIDmLevel8 l8; /* dynamic, may appear multiple times */ + AVDOVIDmLevel9 l9; /* dynamic */ + AVDOVIDmLevel10 l10; /* static, may appear multiple times */ + AVDOVIDmLevel11 l11; /* dynamic */ + AVDOVIDmLevel254 l254; /* static */ + AVDOVIDmLevel255 l255; /* static */ + }; +} AVDOVIDmData; + +/** + * Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color + * metadata, for attaching to frames as side data. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ + +typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata { + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the + * respective structs start. + */ + size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */ + size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */ + size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */ + + size_t ext_block_offset; /* offset to start of ext blocks array */ + size_t ext_block_size; /* size per element */ + int num_ext_blocks; /* number of extension blocks */ + + /* static limit on num_ext_blocks, derived from bitstream limitations */ +#define AV_DOVI_MAX_EXT_BLOCKS 32 +} AVDOVIMetadata; + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader * +av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping * +av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata * +av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIDmData * +av_dovi_get_ext(const AVDOVIMetadata *data, int index) +{ + return (AVDOVIDmData *)((uint8_t *) data + data->ext_block_offset + + data->ext_block_size * index); +} + +/** + * Find an extension block with a given level, or NULL. In the case of + * multiple extension blocks, only the first is returned. + */ +AVDOVIDmData *av_dovi_find_level(const AVDOVIMetadata *data, uint8_t level); + +/** + * Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the + * allocated struct will be written here on success + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..221cf5bf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fe7ebfe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/** + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo { + /** The number of bytes that are clear. */ + unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data; + + /** + * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption, + * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern + * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted. + */ + unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data; +} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific + * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo { + /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */ + uint32_t scheme; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are encrypted. + */ + uint32_t crypt_byte_block; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are clear. + */ + uint32_t skip_byte_block; + + /** + * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be + * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *key_id; + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the + * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be + * changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *iv; + uint32_t iv_size; + + /** + * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample + * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is + * encrypted. + */ + AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples; + uint32_t subsample_count; +} AVEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo { + /** + * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it + * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the + * future. + */ + uint8_t* system_id; + uint32_t system_id_size; + + /** + * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the + * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs. + */ + uint8_t** key_ids; + /** The number of key IDs. */ + uint32_t num_key_ids; + /** + * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may + * change in the future. + */ + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly + * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This + * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there + * will be at least one key ID. + */ + uint8_t* data; + uint32_t data_size; + + /** + * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list. + */ + struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next; +} AVEncryptionInitInfo; + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given + * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV, + * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest. + * + * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples. + * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16. + * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size); + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data. + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the + * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side + * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free() + * when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given + * to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the + * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc( + uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free + * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given + * side data. The resulting object should be passed to + * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data( + const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or + * given to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1efa86c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_TOO_MANY_REQUESTS FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','2','9') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d3eaeb3f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to evaluate + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track variables in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored + * @param size size of array + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size); + +/** + * Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences + * in a parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored + * if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse() + * then for arg=2 this will use up to 5 entries. + * @param size size of array + * @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/executor.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/executor.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0eb21c10c --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/executor.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2023 Nuo Mi + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EXECUTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_EXECUTOR_H + +typedef struct AVExecutor AVExecutor; +typedef struct AVTask AVTask; + +struct AVTask { + AVTask *next; +}; + +typedef struct AVTaskCallbacks { + void *user_data; + + int local_context_size; + + // return 1 if a's priority > b's priority + int (*priority_higher)(const AVTask *a, const AVTask *b); + + // task is ready for run + int (*ready)(const AVTask *t, void *user_data); + + // run the task + int (*run)(AVTask *t, void *local_context, void *user_data); +} AVTaskCallbacks; + +/** + * Alloc executor + * @param callbacks callback structure for executor + * @param thread_count worker thread number, 0 for run on caller's thread directly + * @return return the executor + */ +AVExecutor* av_executor_alloc(const AVTaskCallbacks *callbacks, int thread_count); + +/** + * Free executor + * @param e pointer to executor + */ +void av_executor_free(AVExecutor **e); + +/** + * Add task to executor + * @param e pointer to executor + * @param t pointer to task. If NULL, it will wakeup one work thread + */ +void av_executor_execute(AVExecutor *e, AVTask *t); + +#endif //AVUTIL_EXECUTOR_H diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f9452a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "7.1" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2206c35f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_fifo + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo; + +/** + * Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the + * av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single + * av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated + * by nb_elems. + * + * @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function + * @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which + * av_fifo_*_cb function is called + * @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be + * read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should + * update it to contain the number of elements actually written. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from + * the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function) + */ +typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This + * automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with + * av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(). + */ +#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW (1 << 0) + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size. + * + * @param elems initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO + * @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on + * the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size. + * @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_* + * + * @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at + * FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime + */ +size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized + * automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used. + */ +void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems); + +/** + * @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without + * growing it. + * + * In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit + * into the FIFO. More data may be written when the + * AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this + * may involve memory allocation, which can fail. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifo. + * + * On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly + * inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write() + * elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifo to resize + * @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current + * allocated size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc); + +/** + * Write data into a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag + * was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error + * is returned. + * + * Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be + * read from buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements + * actually written. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error + * is returned. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state. + * + * Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements + * (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip. + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek(const AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not + * be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f). + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(const AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque, + size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo. + * @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than + * av_fifo_can_read(f) + */ +void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size); + +/* + * Empty the AVFifo. + * @param f AVFifo to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed. + */ +void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fced17010 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this + * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param filename path to the file + * @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer + * @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map() + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccacab88f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H + +#include "frame.h" + +enum AVFilmGrainParamsType { + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams { + /** + * Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the + * piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane. + */ + int num_y_points; + uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma. + * Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales. + */ + int chroma_scaling_from_luma; + + /** + * If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling + * function parameters. + */ + int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */]; + uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within + * [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain. + */ + int scaling_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the auto-regression lag. + */ + int ar_coeff_lag; + + /** + * Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1). + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24]; + + /** + * Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points. + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25]; + + /** + * Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6, + * 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and + * so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9. + */ + int ar_coeff_shift; + + /** + * Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during + * synthesis. + */ + int grain_scale_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component + * scaling function. + */ + int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */]; + int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value + * with a range [-256, 255] + */ + int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks. + */ + int overlap_flag; + + /** + * Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application. + */ + int limit_output_range; +} AVFilmGrainAOMParams; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using + * the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params { + /** + * Specifies the film grain simulation mode. + * 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression + */ + int model_id; + +#if FF_API_H274_FILM_GRAIN_VCS + /** + * TODO: On this ABI bump, please also re-order the fields in + * AVFilmGrainParams (see below) + */ + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component. + * + * @deprecated use AVFilmGrainParams.bit_depth_luma. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bit_depth_luma; + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components. + * + * @deprecated use AVFilmGrainParams.bit_depth_chroma. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bit_depth_chroma; + + /** + * Specifies the video signal characteristics. + * + * @deprecated use AVFilmGrainParams.color_{range,primaries,trc,space}. + */ + attribute_deprecated + enum AVColorRange color_range; + attribute_deprecated + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + attribute_deprecated + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + attribute_deprecated + enum AVColorSpace color_space; +#endif + + /** + * Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain + * with the decoded images. + * + * 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative + */ + int blending_mode_id; + + /** + * Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations. + */ + int log2_scale_factor; + + /** + * Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present. + */ + int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of + * model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256]. + */ + uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval + * in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6]. + */ + uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval. + * - When model_id == 0, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1] + * - Otherwise, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1] + */ + int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */]; +} AVFilmGrainH274Params; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video + * for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is + * meant to be synthesised for correct presentation. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams { + /** + * Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid. + */ + enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type; + + /** + * Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it. + * + * @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in + * SMPTE RDD 5-2006. + */ + uint64_t seed; + + /** + * Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included. + * If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another + * codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type. + * + * TODO: Move this to the end of the structure, at the next ABI bump. + */ + union { + AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom; + AVFilmGrainH274Params h274; + } codec; + + /** + * Intended display resolution. May be 0 if the codec does not specify + * any restrictions. + */ + + int width, height; + + /** + * Intended subsampling ratio, or 0 for luma-only streams. + */ + int subsampling_x, subsampling_y; + + /** + * Intended video signal characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + + /** + * Intended bit depth, or 0 for unknown/unspecified. + */ + int bit_depth_luma; + int bit_depth_chroma; + +} AVFilmGrainParams; + +/** + * Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated. + * + * @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Select the most appropriate film grain parameters set for the frame, + * taking into account the frame's format, resolution and video signal + * characteristics. + * + * @note, for H.274, this may select a film grain parameter set with + * greater chroma resolution than the frame. Users should take care to + * correctly adjust the chroma grain frequency to the frame. + */ +const AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_select(const AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7806566d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color + * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, + + /** + * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of + * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, + + /** + * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS, + + /** + * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame. + * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose + * The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of + * uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED, + + /** + * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams. + * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied. + * + * May be present multiple times, for example when there are multiple + * alternative parameter sets for different video signal characteristics. + * The user should select the most appropriate set for the application. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS, + + /** + * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification, + * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES, + + /** + * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265 + * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation + * bytes intact. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER, + + /** + * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software + * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in + * libavutil/dovi_meta.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA, + + /** + * HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color + * volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID, + + /** + * Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT, + + /** + * Provide encoder-specific hinting information about changed/unchanged + * portions of a frame. It can be used to pass information about which + * macroblocks can be skipped because they didn't change from the + * corresponding ones in the previous frame. This could be useful for + * applications which know this information in advance to speed up + * encoding. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_HINT, + + /** + * Raw LCEVC payload data, as a uint8_t array, with NAL emulation + * bytes intact. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_LCEVC, + + /** + * This side data must be associated with a video frame. + * The presence of this side data indicates that the video stream is + * composed of multiple views (e.g. stereoscopic 3D content, + * cf. H.264 Annex H or H.265 Annex G). + * The data is an int storing the view ID. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_VIEW_ID, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + size_t size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +enum AVSideDataProps { + /** + * The side data type can be used in stream-global structures. + * Side data types without this property are only meaningful on per-frame + * basis. + */ + AV_SIDE_DATA_PROP_GLOBAL = (1 << 0), + + /** + * Multiple instances of this side data type can be meaningfully present in + * a single side data array. + */ + AV_SIDE_DATA_PROP_MULTI = (1 << 1), +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a side data type. Its instance + * corresponding to a given type can be obtained from av_frame_side_data_desc(). + */ +typedef struct AVSideDataDescriptor { + /** + * Human-readable side data description. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Side data property flags, a combination of AVSideDataProps values. + */ + unsigned props; +} AVSideDataDescriptor; + +/** + * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. + * + * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they + * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only + * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have + * to truncate the list. + * + * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given + * area of the frame applies. + */ +typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { + /** + * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, + * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). + */ + uint32_t self_size; + /** + * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and + * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and + * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. + * + * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region + * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other + * reasons. + */ + int top; + int bottom; + int left; + int right; + /** + * Quantisation offset. + * + * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality + * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), + * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). + * + * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the + * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the + * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region + * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate + * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. + * + * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between + * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that + * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full + * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame + * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP + * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). + * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be + * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of + * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. + */ + AVRational qoffset; +} AVRegionOfInterest; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video, + * it could even point to the end of the image data. + * + * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the + * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf. + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL. + * + * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the + * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in + * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating + * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be: + * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping + * (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data + * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing + * even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped) + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + * + * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve + * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_KEY + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + * + * @deprecated Use AV_FRAME_FLAG_KEY instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int key_frame; +#endif + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * Time base for the timestamps in this frame. + * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or + * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders + * or filters. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * Frame owner's private data. + * + * This field may be set by the code that allocates/owns the frame data. + * It is then not touched by any library functions, except: + * - it is copied to other references by av_frame_copy_props() (and hence by + * av_frame_ref()); + * - it is set to NULL when the frame is cleared by av_frame_unref() + * - on the caller's explicit request. E.g. libavcodec encoders/decoders + * will copy this field to/from @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" if the caller sets + * @ref AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE. + * + * @see opaque_ref the reference-counted analogue + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Number of fields in this frame which should be repeated, i.e. the total + * duration of this frame should be repeat_pict + 2 normal field durations. + * + * For interlaced frames this field may be set to 1, which signals that this + * frame should be presented as 3 fields: beginning with the first field (as + * determined by AV_FRAME_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST being set or not), followed + * by the second field, and then the first field again. + * + * For progressive frames this field may be set to a multiple of 2, which + * signals that this frame's duration should be (repeat_pict + 2) / 2 + * normal frame durations. + * + * @note This field is computed from MPEG2 repeat_first_field flag and its + * associated flags, H.264 pic_struct from picture timing SEI, and + * their analogues in other codecs. Typically it should only be used when + * higher-layer timing information is not available. + */ + int repeat_pict; + +#if FF_API_INTERLACED_FRAME + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + * + * @deprecated Use AV_FRAME_FLAG_INTERLACED instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + * + * @deprecated Use AV_FRAME_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int top_field_first; +#endif + +#if FF_API_PALETTE_HAS_CHANGED + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int palette_has_changed; +#endif + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in + * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or + * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is + * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark frames that are keyframes. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_KEY (1 << 1) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * A flag to mark frames whose content is interlaced. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_INTERLACED (1 << 3) +/** + * A flag to mark frames where the top field is displayed first if the content + * is interlaced. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST (1 << 4) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_PKT + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * @deprecated use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE to pass through arbitrary user + * data from packets to frames + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_pos; +#endif + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 + +#if FF_API_FRAME_PKT + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + * @deprecated use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE to pass through arbitrary user + * data from packets to frames + */ + attribute_deprecated + int pkt_size; +#endif + + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Frame owner's private data. + * + * This field may be set by the code that allocates/owns the frame data. + * It is then not touched by any library functions, except: + * - a new reference to the underlying buffer is propagated by + * av_frame_copy_props() (and hence by av_frame_ref()); + * - it is unreferenced in av_frame_unref(); + * - on the caller's explicit request. E.g. libavcodec encoders/decoders + * will propagate a new reference to/from @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" if the + * caller sets @ref AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE. + * + * @see opaque the plain pointer analogue + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + */ + AVBufferRef *private_ref; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown. + */ + int64_t duration; +} AVFrame; + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Ensure the destination frame refers to the same data described by the source + * frame, either by creating a new reference for each AVBufferRef from src if + * they differ from those in dst, by allocating new buffers and copying data if + * src is not reference counted, or by unrefencing it if src is empty. + * + * Frame properties on dst will be replaced by those from src. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst is + * unreferenced. + */ +int av_frame_replace(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy + * is always made. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(const AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @return side data descriptor corresponding to a given side data type, NULL + * when not available. + */ +const AVSideDataDescriptor *av_frame_side_data_desc(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Free all side data entries and their contents, then zeroes out the + * values which the pointers are pointing to. + * + * @param sd pointer to array of side data to free. Will be set to NULL + * upon return. + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. Will be set to 0 upon return. + */ +void av_frame_side_data_free(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd); + +/** + * Remove existing entries before adding new ones. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE (1 << 0) +/** + * Don't add a new entry if another of the same type exists. + * Applies only for side data types without the AV_SIDE_DATA_PROP_MULTI prop. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE (1 << 1) + +/** + * Add new side data entry to an array. + * + * @param sd pointer to array of side data to which to add another entry, + * or to NULL in order to start a new array. + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. + * @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE being set, entries of + * matching AVFrameSideDataType will be removed before the addition + * is attempted. + * @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE being set, if an + * entry of the same type already exists, it will be replaced instead. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_new(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + size_t size, unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Add a new side data entry to an array from an existing AVBufferRef. + * + * @param sd pointer to array of side data to which to add another entry, + * or to NULL in order to start a new array. + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param buf Pointer to AVBufferRef to add to the array. On success, + * the function takes ownership of the AVBufferRef and *buf is + * set to NULL, unless AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_NEW_REF is set + * in which case the ownership will remain with the caller. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. + * @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE being set, entries of + * matching AVFrameSideDataType will be removed before the addition + * is attempted. + * @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE being set, if an + * entry of the same type already exists, it will be replaced instead. + * + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_add(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef **buf, unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Add a new side data entry to an array based on existing side data, taking + * a reference towards the contained AVBufferRef. + * + * @param sd pointer to array of side data to which to add another entry, + * or to NULL in order to start a new array. + * @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in + * the array. + * @param src side data to be cloned, with a new reference utilized + * for the buffer. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return negative error code on failure, >=0 on success. + * @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE being set, entries of + * matching AVFrameSideDataType will be removed before the addition + * is attempted. + * @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE being set, if an + * entry of the same type already exists, it will be replaced instead. + */ +int av_frame_side_data_clone(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd, + const AVFrameSideData *src, unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Get a side data entry of a specific type from an array. + * + * @param sd array of side data. + * @param nb_sd integer containing the number of entries in the array. + * @param type type of side data to be queried + * + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this set. + */ +const AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_get_c(const AVFrameSideData * const *sd, + const int nb_sd, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Wrapper around av_frame_side_data_get_c() to workaround the limitation + * that for any type T the conversion from T * const * to const T * const * + * is not performed automatically in C. + * @see av_frame_side_data_get_c() + */ +static inline +const AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_get(AVFrameSideData * const *sd, + const int nb_sd, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type) +{ + return av_frame_side_data_get_c((const AVFrameSideData * const *)sd, + nb_sd, type); +} + +/** + * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type from an array. + */ +void av_frame_side_data_remove(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94151ded7 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5100ed6f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image. + */ +enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption { + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0, + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1, +}; + +/** + * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in + * a distribution. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile { + /** + * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized + * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to100, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t percentage; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing + * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational percentile; +} AVHDRPlusPercentile; + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * SMPTE 2094-40. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams { + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y; + + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y; + + /** + * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the + * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external + * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1. + */ + uint8_t rotation_angle; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value + * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current + * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining + * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one + * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors + * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value. + */ + enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option; + + /** + * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to + * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and + * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively. + */ + AVRational maxscl[3]; + + /** + * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the + * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in + * multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. + */ + AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15]; + + /** + * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest + * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.001. + */ + AVRational fraction_bright_pixels; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + uint8_t tone_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_y; + + /** + * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping + * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors; + + /** + * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 + * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023. + */ + AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/8. The default value shall be 1. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_weight; +} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus { + /** + * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5. + */ + uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code; + + /** + * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094 + * suite. The value shall be set to 0. + */ + uint8_t application_version; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 3, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3]; + + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version + * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the + * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be + * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The + * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/15. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array. + * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for + * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15. + */ + AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; +} AVDynamicHDRPlus; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Parse the user data registered ITU-T T.35 to AVbuffer (AVDynamicHDRPlus). + * The T.35 buffer must begin with the application mode, skipping the + * country code, terminal provider codes, and application identifier. + * @param s A pointer containing the decoded AVDynamicHDRPlus structure. + * @param data The byte array containing the raw ITU-T T.35 data. + * @param size Size of the data array in bytes. + * + * @return >= 0 on success. Otherwise, returns the appropriate AVERROR. + */ +int av_dynamic_hdr_plus_from_t35(AVDynamicHDRPlus *s, const uint8_t *data, + size_t size); + +#define AV_HDR_PLUS_MAX_PAYLOAD_SIZE 907 + +/** + * Serialize dynamic HDR10+ metadata to a user data registered ITU-T T.35 buffer, + * excluding the first 48 bytes of the header, and beginning with the application mode. + * @param s A pointer containing the decoded AVDynamicHDRPlus structure. + * @param[in,out] data A pointer to pointer to a byte buffer to be filled with the + * serialized metadata. + * If *data is NULL, a buffer be will be allocated and a pointer to + * it stored in its place. The caller assumes ownership of the buffer. + * May be NULL, in which case the function will only store the + * required buffer size in *size. + * @param[in,out] size A pointer to a size to be set to the returned buffer's size. + * If *data is not NULL, *size must contain the size of the input + * buffer. May be NULL only if *data is NULL. + * + * @return >= 0 on success. Otherwise, returns the appropriate AVERROR. + */ +int av_dynamic_hdr_plus_to_t35(const AVDynamicHDRPlus *s, uint8_t **data, size_t *size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4524a8155 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * HDR Vivid three spline params. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVivid3SplineParams { + /** + * The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 3, inclusive. + */ + int th_mode; + + /** + * three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + * + */ + AVRational th_enable_mb; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + * and in multiples of 1.0/4095. + */ + AVRational th_enable; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational th_delta1; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational th_delta2; + + /** + * 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + */ + AVRational enable_strength; +} AVHDRVivid3SplineParams; + +/** + * Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams { + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_enable_flag; + + /** + * base_param_m_p in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_p; + + /** + * base_param_m_m in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_m; + + /** + * base_param_m_a in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_a; + + /** + * base_param_m_b in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_b; + + /** + * base_param_m_n in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_n; + + /** + * indicates k1_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1 + * base_param_k1 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k1; + + /** + * indicates k2_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2 + * base_param_k2 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k2; + + /** + * indicates k3_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3 + * base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb + * base_param_k3 > 2: reserved + */ + int base_param_k3; + + /** + * This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_param_Delta_enable_mode; + + /** + * base_param_Delta in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_Delta; + + /** + * indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter, + * This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int three_Spline_enable_flag; + + /** + * The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int three_Spline_num; + +#if FF_API_HDR_VIVID_THREE_SPLINE + /** + * The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 3, inclusive. + * @deprecated Use three_spline instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int three_Spline_TH_mode; + + /** + * three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + * @deprecated Use three_spline instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + * and in multiples of 1.0/4095. + * @deprecated Use three_spline instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + * @deprecated Use three_spline instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + * @deprecated Use three_spline instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2; + + /** + * 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + * @deprecated Use three_spline instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength; +#endif + + AVHDRVivid3SplineParams three_spline[2]; +} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams; + + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams { + /** + * Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational minimum_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational variance_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational maximum_maxrgb; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int tone_mapping_mode_flag; + + /** + * The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int tone_mapping_param_num; + + /** + * The color tone mapping parameters. + */ + AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2]; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 7, inclusive. + */ + int color_saturation_num; + + /** + * Indicates the color correction strength parameter. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/128. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_gain[8]; +} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * CUVA 005.1:2021 standard + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid { + /** + * The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01. + */ + uint8_t system_start_code; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01 + * if the system_start_code is 0x01. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3]; +} AVDynamicHDRVivid; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca4da6a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bac30deba --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,598 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D12VA, +}; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * The user shall ignore this field if the corresponding format-specific + * header (hwcontext_*.h) does not define a context to be used as + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + * + * Otherwise, it should be cast by the user to said context and filled + * as described in the documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived, + * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, + AVDictionary *options, int flags); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the + * hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will + * be preserved as they were. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbad434fe --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + CUstream stream; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +/** + * @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags + * + * Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Use primary device context instead of creating a new one. + */ +#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Use current device context instead of creating a new one. + */ +#define AV_CUDA_USE_CURRENT_CONTEXT (1 << 1) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77d2d72f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; + + /** + * In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture + * pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture. + * In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains + * pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d12va.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d12va.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..212a6a614 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d12va.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* + * Direct3D 12 HW acceleration. + * + * copyright (c) 2022-2023 Wu Jianhua + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D12VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D12VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D12VA. + * + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must contain AVBufferRefs whose + * data pointer points to an AVD3D12VAFrame struct. + */ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @brief This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + * + */ +typedef struct AVD3D12VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for objects creation and access. This can also be + * used to set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Can be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D12Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D12VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D12VADeviceContext; + +/** + * @brief This struct is used to sync d3d12 execution + * + */ +typedef struct AVD3D12VASyncContext { + /** + * D3D12 fence object + */ + ID3D12Fence *fence; + + /** + * A handle to the event object that's raised when the fence + * reaches a certain value. + */ + HANDLE event; + + /** + * The fence value used for sync + */ + uint64_t fence_value; +} AVD3D12VASyncContext; + +/** + * @brief D3D12VA frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + */ +typedef struct AVD3D12VAFrame { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + */ + ID3D12Resource *texture; + + /** + * The sync context for the texture + * + * @see: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/medfound/direct3d-12-video-overview#directx-12-fences + */ + AVD3D12VASyncContext sync_ctx; +} AVD3D12VAFrame; + +/** + * @brief This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + * + */ +typedef struct AVD3D12VAFramesContext { + /** + * DXGI_FORMAT format. MUST be compatible with the pixel format. + * If unset, will be automatically set. + */ + DXGI_FORMAT format; + + /** + * Options for working with resources. + * If unset, this will be D3D12_RESOURCE_FLAG_NONE. + * + * @see https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/d3d12/ne-d3d12-d3d12_resource_flags + */ + D3D12_RESOURCE_FLAGS flags; +} AVD3D12VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D12VA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42709f215 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + * + * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to + * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1b79bc0d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc0263cab --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H + +/** + * MediaCodec details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext { + /** + * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user. + * + * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device. + */ + void *surface; + + /** + * Pointer to ANativeWindow. + * + * It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it + * automatically if create_window is true and OS support + * createPersistentInputSurface. + * + * It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for + * encoder. + */ + void *native_window; + + /** + * Enable createPersistentInputSurface automatically. + * + * Disabled by default. + * + * It can be enabled by setting this flag directly, or by setting + * AVDictionary of av_hwdevice_ctx_create(), with "create_window" as key. + * The second method is useful for ffmpeg cmdline, e.g., we can enable it + * via: + * -init_hw_device mediacodec=mediacodec,create_window=1 + */ + int create_window; +} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef54486c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL. + * + * Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended + * to be used in OpenCL-only cases. If interoperation is required, it is + * typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the + * frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(). + */ + +/** + * OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of planes in the frame. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame. + */ + cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * OpenCL device details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext { + /** + * The primary device ID of the device. If multiple OpenCL devices + * are associated with the context then this is the one which will + * be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg. + */ + cl_device_id device_id; + /** + * The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on + * this device. + */ + cl_context context; + /** + * The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all + * frames contexts which do not have their own command queue. If not + * intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the + * primary device. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLDeviceContext; + +/** + * OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext { + /** + * The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this + * device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()). + * + * If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is + * used instead. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35530e4e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points + * to a mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; + /** + * The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation + * + * This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this + * field must be set to NULL. + * + * Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be + * cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always + * release this interface. + */ + void *loader; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + /** + * A pointer to a mfxFrameSurface1 struct + * + * It is available when nb_surfaces is non-zero. + */ + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + + /** + * Number of frames in the pool + * + * It is 0 for dynamic frame pools or AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size + * for fixed frame pools. + * + * Note only oneVPL GPU runtime 2.9+ can support dynamic frame pools + * on d3d11va or vaapi + */ + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; + + /** + * A pointer to a mfxFrameInfo struct + * + * It is available when nb_surfaces is 0, all buffers allocated from the + * pool have the same mfxFrameInfo. + */ + mfxFrameInfo *info; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b2e071cb --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b7ea1e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d35cfbb6c --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "frame.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API supports frame allocation using a native CVPixelBufferPool + * instead of an AVBufferPool. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * Note that the underlying CVPixelBuffer could be retained by OS frameworks + * depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage + * the pool using the default implementation. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx are always NULL. + */ + +typedef struct AVVTFramesContext { + enum AVColorRange color_range; +} AVVTFramesContext; + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Same as av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt function, but can map and + * return full range pixel formats via a flag. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt2(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, bool full_range); + +/** + * Convert an AVChromaLocation to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo chroma location string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_chroma_loc_from_av(enum AVChromaLocation loc); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorSpace to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color matrix string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_matrix_from_av(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorPrimaries to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color primaries string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pri); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorTransferCharacteristic to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color transfer + * function string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * Set CVPixelBufferRef's metadata based on an AVFrame. + * + * Sets/unsets the CVPixelBuffer attachments to match as closely as possible the + * AVFrame metadata. To prevent inconsistent attachments, the attachments for properties + * that could not be matched or are unspecified in the given AVFrame are unset. So if + * any attachments already covered by AVFrame metadata need to be set to a specific + * value, this should happen after calling this function. + * + * Returns < 0 in case of an error. + */ +int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx, + CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2688a4757 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR) +#define VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR +#endif +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "hwcontext.h" + +typedef struct AVVkFrame AVVkFrame; + +typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceQueueFamily { + /* Queue family index */ + int idx; + /* Number of queues in the queue family in use */ + int num; + /* Queue family capabilities. Must be non-zero. + * Flags may be removed to indicate the queue family may not be used + * for a given purpose. */ + VkQueueFlagBits flags; + /* Vulkan implementations are allowed to list multiple video queues + * which differ in what they can encode or decode. */ + VkVideoCodecOperationFlagBitsKHR video_caps; +} AVVulkanDeviceQueueFamily; + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to an AVVkFrame. + */ + +/** + * Main Vulkan context, allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + * All of these can be set before init to change what the context uses + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext { + /** + * Custom memory allocator, else NULL + */ + const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to a vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function. + * If unset, will dynamically load and use libvulkan. + */ + PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr; + + /** + * Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.3. + */ + VkInstance inst; + + /** + * Physical device + */ + VkPhysicalDevice phys_dev; + + /** + * Active device + */ + VkDevice act_dev; + + /** + * This structure should be set to the set of features that present and enabled + * during device creation. When a device is created by FFmpeg, it will default to + * enabling all that are present of the shaderImageGatherExtended, + * fragmentStoresAndAtomics, shaderInt64 and vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics features. + */ + VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 device_features; + + /** + * Enabled instance extensions. + * If supplying your own device context, set this to an array of strings, with + * each entry containing the specified Vulkan extension string to enable. + * Duplicates are possible and accepted. + * If no extensions are enabled, set these fields to NULL, and 0 respectively. + */ + const char * const *enabled_inst_extensions; + int nb_enabled_inst_extensions; + + /** + * Enabled device extensions. By default, VK_KHR_external_memory_fd, + * VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier, + * VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd and VK_EXT_external_memory_host are enabled if found. + * If supplying your own device context, these fields takes the same format as + * the above fields, with the same conditions that duplicates are possible + * and accepted, and that NULL and 0 respectively means no extensions are enabled. + */ + const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions; + int nb_enabled_dev_extensions; + +#if FF_API_VULKAN_FIXED_QUEUES + /** + * Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues + * enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required. + * av_hwdevice_create() will attempt to find a dedicated queue for each + * queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set. + * Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int queue_family_index; + attribute_deprecated + int nb_graphics_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int queue_family_tx_index; + attribute_deprecated + int nb_tx_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int queue_family_comp_index; + attribute_deprecated + int nb_comp_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video encode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int queue_family_encode_index; + attribute_deprecated + int nb_encode_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video decode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int queue_family_decode_index; + attribute_deprecated + int nb_decode_queues; +#endif + + /** + * Locks a queue, preventing other threads from submitting any command + * buffers to this queue. + * If set to NULL, will be set to lavu-internal functions that utilize a + * mutex. + */ + void (*lock_queue)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx, uint32_t queue_family, uint32_t index); + + /** + * Similar to lock_queue(), unlocks a queue. Must only be called after locking. + */ + void (*unlock_queue)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx, uint32_t queue_family, uint32_t index); + + /** + * Queue families used. Must be preferentially ordered. List may contain + * duplicates. + * + * For compatibility reasons, all the enabled queue families listed above + * (queue_family_(tx/comp/encode/decode)_index) must also be included in + * this list until they're removed after deprecation. + */ + AVVulkanDeviceQueueFamily qf[64]; + int nb_qf; +} AVVulkanDeviceContext; + +/** + * Defines the behaviour of frame allocation. + */ +typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags { + /* Unless this flag is set, autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the + * device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE = (1ULL << 0), + +#if FF_API_VULKAN_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY + /* DEPRECATED: does nothing. Replaced by multiplane images. */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1), +#endif + + /* Disables multiplane images. + * This is required to export/import images from CUDA. */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_DISABLE_MULTIPLANE = (1ULL << 2), +} AVVkFrameFlags; + +/** + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx, used to set pool-specific options + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext { + /** + * Controls the tiling of allocated frames. + * If left as VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL (0), will use optimal tiling. + * Can be set to VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR to force linear images, + * or VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT to force DMABUF-backed + * images. + * @note Imported frames from other APIs ignore this. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Defines extra usage of output frames. If non-zero, all flags MUST be + * supported by the VkFormat. Otherwise, will use supported flags amongst: + * - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT + * - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT + * - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT + * - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT + */ + VkImageUsageFlagBits usage; + + /** + * Extension data for image creation. + * If DRM tiling is used, a VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT structure + * can be added to specify the exact modifier to use. + * + * Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time, + * which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users must only free + * any structures they've allocated themselves. + */ + void *create_pnext; + + /** + * Extension data for memory allocation. Must have as many entries as + * the number of planes of the sw_format. + * This will be chained to VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo, which is used + * to make all pool images exportable to other APIs if the necessary + * extensions are present in enabled_dev_extensions. + */ + void *alloc_pnext[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * A combination of AVVkFrameFlags. Unless AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE is set, + * autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the device and tiling during + * av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVVkFrameFlags flags; + + /** + * Flags to set during image creation. If unset, defaults to + * VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT. + */ + VkImageCreateFlags img_flags; + + /** + * Vulkan format for each image. MUST be compatible with the pixel format. + * If unset, will be automatically set. + * There are at most two compatible formats for a frame - a multiplane + * format, and a single-plane multi-image format. + */ + VkFormat format[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Number of layers each image will have. + */ + int nb_layers; + + /** + * Locks a frame, preventing other threads from changing frame properties. + * Users SHOULD only ever lock just before command submission in order + * to get accurate frame properties, and unlock immediately after command + * submission without waiting for it to finish. + * + * If unset, will be set to lavu-internal functions that utilize a mutex. + */ + void (*lock_frame)(struct AVHWFramesContext *fc, AVVkFrame *vkf); + + /** + * Similar to lock_frame(), unlocks a frame. Must only be called after locking. + */ + void (*unlock_frame)(struct AVHWFramesContext *fc, AVVkFrame *vkf); +} AVVulkanFramesContext; + +/* + * Frame structure. + * + * @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate + * you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc(). + */ +struct AVVkFrame { + /** + * Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to. + * May be one for multiplane formats, or multiple. + */ + VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Tiling for the frame. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Memory backing the images. Either one, or as many as there are planes + * in the sw_format. + * In case of having multiple VkImages, but one memory, the offset field + * will indicate the bound offset for each image. + */ + VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * OR'd flags for all memory allocated + */ + VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags; + + /** + * Updated after every barrier. One per VkImage. + */ + VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each VkImage. + * Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using + * the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission, + * using an incremented value. + */ + VkSemaphore sem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible. + * One per VkImage. + * Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue, + * and increment it when signalling. + */ + uint64_t sem_value[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Internal data. + */ + struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal; + + /** + * Describes the binding offset of each image to the VkDeviceMemory. + * One per VkImage. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Queue family of the images. Must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED if + * the image was allocated with the CONCURRENT concurrency option. + * One per VkImage. + */ + uint32_t queue_family[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +}; + +/** + * Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0. + * @note Must be freed via av_free() + */ +AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Returns the optimal per-plane Vulkan format for a given sw_format, + * one for each plane. + * Returns NULL on unsupported formats. + */ +const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/iamf.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/iamf.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa73893c --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/iamf.h @@ -0,0 +1,690 @@ +/* + * Immersive Audio Model and Formats helper functions and defines + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IAMF_H +#define AVUTIL_IAMF_H + +/** + * @file + * Immersive Audio Model and Formats API header + * @see Immersive Audio Model and Formats + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avassert.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_iamf Immersive Audio Model and Formats + * @ingroup lavu_audio + * + * Immersive Audio Model and Formats related functions and defines + * + * @defgroup lavu_iamf_params Parameter Definition + * @ingroup lavu_iamf + * @{ + * Parameters as defined in section 3.6.1 and 3.8 of IAMF. + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_iamf_audio Audio Element + * @ingroup lavu_iamf + * @{ + * Audio Elements as defined in section 3.6 of IAMF. + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_iamf_mix Mix Presentation + * @ingroup lavu_iamf + * @{ + * Mix Presentations as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF. + * @} + * + * @addtogroup lavu_iamf_params + * @{ + */ +enum AVIAMFAnimationType { + AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_STEP, + AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_LINEAR, + AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER, +}; + +/** + * Mix Gain Parameter Data as defined in section 3.8.1 of IAMF. + * + * @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFMixGain { + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Duration for the given subblock, in units of + * 1 / @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_rate "parameter_rate". + * It must not be 0. + */ + unsigned int subblock_duration; + /** + * The type of animation applied to the parameter values. + */ + enum AVIAMFAnimationType animation_type; + /** + * Parameter value that is applied at the start of the subblock. + * Applies to all defined Animation Types. + * + * Valid range of values is -128.0 to 128.0 + */ + AVRational start_point_value; + /** + * Parameter value that is applied at the end of the subblock. + * Applies only to AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_LINEAR and + * AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER Animation Types. + * + * Valid range of values is -128.0 to 128.0 + */ + AVRational end_point_value; + /** + * Parameter value of the middle control point of a quadratic Bezier + * curve, i.e., its y-axis value. + * Applies only to AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER Animation Type. + * + * Valid range of values is -128.0 to 128.0 + */ + AVRational control_point_value; + /** + * Parameter value of the time of the middle control point of a + * quadratic Bezier curve, i.e., its x-axis value. + * Applies only to AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER Animation Type. + * + * Valid range of values is 0.0 to 1.0 + */ + AVRational control_point_relative_time; +} AVIAMFMixGain; + +/** + * Demixing Info Parameter Data as defined in section 3.8.2 of IAMF. + * + * @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFDemixingInfo { + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Duration for the given subblock, in units of + * 1 / @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_rate "parameter_rate". + * It must not be 0. + */ + unsigned int subblock_duration; + /** + * Pre-defined combination of demixing parameters. + */ + unsigned int dmixp_mode; +} AVIAMFDemixingInfo; + +/** + * Recon Gain Info Parameter Data as defined in section 3.8.3 of IAMF. + * + * @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFReconGain { + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Duration for the given subblock, in units of + * 1 / @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_rate "parameter_rate". + * It must not be 0. + */ + unsigned int subblock_duration; + + /** + * Array of gain values to be applied to each channel for each layer + * defined in the Audio Element referencing the parent Parameter Definition. + * Values for layers where the AV_IAMF_LAYER_FLAG_RECON_GAIN flag is not set + * are undefined. + * + * Channel order is: FL, C, FR, SL, SR, TFL, TFR, BL, BR, TBL, TBR, LFE + */ + uint8_t recon_gain[6][12]; +} AVIAMFReconGain; + +enum AVIAMFParamDefinitionType { + /** + * Subblocks are of struct type AVIAMFMixGain + */ + AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_MIX_GAIN, + /** + * Subblocks are of struct type AVIAMFDemixingInfo + */ + AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_DEMIXING, + /** + * Subblocks are of struct type AVIAMFReconGain + */ + AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_RECON_GAIN, +}; + +/** + * Parameters as defined in section 3.6.1 of IAMF. + * + * The struct is allocated by av_iamf_param_definition_alloc() along with an + * array of subblocks, its type depending on the value of type. + * This array is placed subblocks_offset bytes after the start of this struct. + * + * @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFParamDefinition { + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Offset in bytes from the start of this struct, at which the subblocks + * array is located. + */ + size_t subblocks_offset; + /** + * Size in bytes of each element in the subblocks array. + */ + size_t subblock_size; + /** + * Number of subblocks in the array. + */ + unsigned int nb_subblocks; + + /** + * Parameters type. Determines the type of the subblock elements. + */ + enum AVIAMFParamDefinitionType type; + + /** + * Identifier for the paremeter substream. + */ + unsigned int parameter_id; + /** + * Sample rate for the paremeter substream. It must not be 0. + */ + unsigned int parameter_rate; + + /** + * The accumulated duration of all blocks in this parameter definition, + * in units of 1 / @ref parameter_rate. + * + * May be 0, in which case all duration values should be specified in + * another parameter definition referencing the same parameter_id. + */ + unsigned int duration; + /** + * The duration of every subblock in the case where all subblocks, with + * the optional exception of the last subblock, have equal durations. + * + * Must be 0 if subblocks have different durations. + */ + unsigned int constant_subblock_duration; +} AVIAMFParamDefinition; + +const AVClass *av_iamf_param_definition_get_class(void); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVIAMFParamDefinition, plus an array of {@code nb_subblocks} + * amount of subblocks of the given type and initializes the variables. Can be + * freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is written here. + */ +AVIAMFParamDefinition *av_iamf_param_definition_alloc(enum AVIAMFParamDefinitionType type, + unsigned int nb_subblocks, size_t *size); + +/** + * Get the subblock at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_subblocks - 1. + * + * The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "param definition type" defines + * the struct type of the returned pointer. + */ +static av_always_inline void* +av_iamf_param_definition_get_subblock(const AVIAMFParamDefinition *par, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < par->nb_subblocks); + return (void *)((uint8_t *)par + par->subblocks_offset + idx * par->subblock_size); +} + +/** + * @} + * @addtogroup lavu_iamf_audio + * @{ + */ + +enum AVIAMFAmbisonicsMode { + AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_MONO, + AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_PROJECTION, +}; + +/** + * Recon gain information for the layer is present in AVIAMFReconGain + */ +#define AV_IAMF_LAYER_FLAG_RECON_GAIN (1 << 0) + +/** + * A layer defining a Channel Layout in the Audio Element. + * + * When @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type "the parent's Audio Element type" + * is AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL, this corresponds to an Scalable Channel + * Layout layer as defined in section 3.6.2 of IAMF. + * For AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE, it is an Ambisonics channel + * layout as defined in section 3.6.3 of IAMF. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFLayer { + const AVClass *av_class; + + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * A bitmask which may contain a combination of AV_IAMF_LAYER_FLAG_* flags. + */ + unsigned int flags; + /** + * Output gain channel flags as defined in section 3.6.2 of IAMF. + * + * This field is defined only if @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type + * "the parent's Audio Element type" is AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL, + * must be 0 otherwise. + */ + unsigned int output_gain_flags; + /** + * Output gain as defined in section 3.6.2 of IAMF. + * + * Must be 0 if @ref output_gain_flags is 0. + */ + AVRational output_gain; + /** + * Ambisonics mode as defined in section 3.6.3 of IAMF. + * + * This field is defined only if @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type + * "the parent's Audio Element type" is AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE. + * + * If AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_MONO, channel_mapping is defined implicitly + * (Ambisonic Order) or explicitly (Custom Order with ambi channels) in + * @ref ch_layout. + * If AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_PROJECTION, @ref demixing_matrix must be set. + */ + enum AVIAMFAmbisonicsMode ambisonics_mode; + + /** + * Demixing matrix as defined in section 3.6.3 of IAMF. + * + * The length of the array is ch_layout.nb_channels multiplied by the sum of + * the amount of streams in the group plus the amount of streams in the group + * that are stereo. + * + * May be set only if @ref ambisonics_mode == AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_PROJECTION, + * must be NULL otherwise. + */ + AVRational *demixing_matrix; +} AVIAMFLayer; + + +enum AVIAMFAudioElementType { + AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL, + AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE, +}; + +/** + * Information on how to combine one or more audio streams, as defined in + * section 3.6 of IAMF. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_audio_element_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFAudioElement { + const AVClass *av_class; + + AVIAMFLayer **layers; + /** + * Number of layers, or channel groups, in the Audio Element. + * There may be 6 layers at most, and for @ref audio_element_type + * AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE, there may be exactly 1. + * + * Set by av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer(), must not be + * modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_layers; + + /** + * Demixing information used to reconstruct a scalable channel audio + * representation. + * The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be + * AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_DEMIXING. + */ + AVIAMFParamDefinition *demixing_info; + /** + * Recon gain information used to reconstruct a scalable channel audio + * representation. + * The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be + * AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_RECON_GAIN. + */ + AVIAMFParamDefinition *recon_gain_info; + + /** + * Audio element type as defined in section 3.6 of IAMF. + */ + enum AVIAMFAudioElementType audio_element_type; + + /** + * Default weight value as defined in section 3.6 of IAMF. + */ + unsigned int default_w; +} AVIAMFAudioElement; + +const AVClass *av_iamf_audio_element_get_class(void); + +/** + * Allocates a AVIAMFAudioElement, and initializes its fields with default values. + * No layers are allocated. Must be freed with av_iamf_audio_element_free(). + * + * @see av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer() + */ +AVIAMFAudioElement *av_iamf_audio_element_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a layer and add it to a given AVIAMFAudioElement. + * It is freed by av_iamf_audio_element_free() alongside the rest of the parent + * AVIAMFAudioElement. + * + * @return a pointer to the allocated layer. + */ +AVIAMFLayer *av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer(AVIAMFAudioElement *audio_element); + +/** + * Free an AVIAMFAudioElement and all its contents. + * + * @param audio_element pointer to pointer to an allocated AVIAMFAudioElement. + * upon return, *audio_element will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_iamf_audio_element_free(AVIAMFAudioElement **audio_element); + +/** + * @} + * @addtogroup lavu_iamf_mix + * @{ + */ + +enum AVIAMFHeadphonesMode { + /** + * The referenced Audio Element shall be rendered to stereo loudspeakers. + */ + AV_IAMF_HEADPHONES_MODE_STEREO, + /** + * The referenced Audio Element shall be rendered with a binaural renderer. + */ + AV_IAMF_HEADPHONES_MODE_BINAURAL, +}; + +/** + * Submix element as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_submix_add_element() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFSubmixElement { + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The id of the Audio Element this submix element references. + */ + unsigned int audio_element_id; + + /** + * Information required required for applying any processing to the + * referenced and rendered Audio Element before being summed with other + * processed Audio Elements. + * The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be + * AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_MIX_GAIN. + */ + AVIAMFParamDefinition *element_mix_config; + + /** + * Default mix gain value to apply when there are no AVIAMFParamDefinition + * with @ref element_mix_config "element_mix_config's" + * @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_id "parameter_id" available for a + * given audio frame. + */ + AVRational default_mix_gain; + + /** + * A value that indicates whether the referenced channel-based Audio Element + * shall be rendered to stereo loudspeakers or spatialized with a binaural + * renderer when played back on headphones. + * If the Audio Element is not of @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type + * "type" AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL, then this field is undefined. + */ + enum AVIAMFHeadphonesMode headphones_rendering_mode; + + /** + * A dictionary of strings describing the submix in different languages. + * Must have the same amount of entries as + * @ref AVIAMFMixPresentation.annotations "the mix's annotations", stored + * in the same order, and with the same key strings. + * + * @ref AVDictionaryEntry.key "key" is a string conforming to BCP-47 that + * specifies the language for the string stored in + * @ref AVDictionaryEntry.value "value". + */ + AVDictionary *annotations; +} AVIAMFSubmixElement; + +enum AVIAMFSubmixLayoutType { + /** + * The layout follows the loudspeaker sound system convention of ITU-2051-3. + */ + AV_IAMF_SUBMIX_LAYOUT_TYPE_LOUDSPEAKERS = 2, + /** + * The layout is binaural. + */ + AV_IAMF_SUBMIX_LAYOUT_TYPE_BINAURAL = 3, +}; + +/** + * Submix layout as defined in section 3.7.6 of IAMF. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_submix_add_layout() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFSubmixLayout { + const AVClass *av_class; + + enum AVIAMFSubmixLayoutType layout_type; + + /** + * Channel layout matching one of Sound Systems A to J of ITU-2051-3, plus + * 7.1.2ch and 3.1.2ch + * If layout_type is not AV_IAMF_SUBMIX_LAYOUT_TYPE_LOUDSPEAKERS, this field + * is undefined. + */ + AVChannelLayout sound_system; + /** + * The program integrated loudness information, as defined in + * ITU-1770-4. + */ + AVRational integrated_loudness; + /** + * The digital (sampled) peak value of the audio signal, as defined + * in ITU-1770-4. + */ + AVRational digital_peak; + /** + * The true peak of the audio signal, as defined in ITU-1770-4. + */ + AVRational true_peak; + /** + * The Dialogue loudness information, as defined in ITU-1770-4. + */ + AVRational dialogue_anchored_loudness; + /** + * The Album loudness information, as defined in ITU-1770-4. + */ + AVRational album_anchored_loudness; +} AVIAMFSubmixLayout; + +/** + * Submix layout as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFSubmix { + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Array of submix elements. + * + * Set by av_iamf_submix_add_element(), must not be modified by any + * other code. + */ + AVIAMFSubmixElement **elements; + /** + * Number of elements in the submix. + * + * Set by av_iamf_submix_add_element(), must not be modified by any + * other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_elements; + + /** + * Array of submix layouts. + * + * Set by av_iamf_submix_add_layout(), must not be modified by any + * other code. + */ + AVIAMFSubmixLayout **layouts; + /** + * Number of layouts in the submix. + * + * Set by av_iamf_submix_add_layout(), must not be modified by any + * other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_layouts; + + /** + * Information required for post-processing the mixed audio signal to + * generate the audio signal for playback. + * The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be + * AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_MIX_GAIN. + */ + AVIAMFParamDefinition *output_mix_config; + + /** + * Default mix gain value to apply when there are no AVIAMFParamDefinition + * with @ref output_mix_config "output_mix_config's" + * @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_id "parameter_id" available for a + * given audio frame. + */ + AVRational default_mix_gain; +} AVIAMFSubmix; + +/** + * Information on how to render and mix one or more AVIAMFAudioElement to generate + * the final audio output, as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_mix_presentation_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVIAMFMixPresentation { + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Array of submixes. + * + * Set by av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix(), must not be modified + * by any other code. + */ + AVIAMFSubmix **submixes; + /** + * Number of submixes in the presentation. + * + * Set by av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix(), must not be modified + * by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_submixes; + + /** + * A dictionary of strings describing the mix in different languages. + * Must have the same amount of entries as every + * @ref AVIAMFSubmixElement.annotations "Submix element annotations", + * stored in the same order, and with the same key strings. + * + * @ref AVDictionaryEntry.key "key" is a string conforming to BCP-47 + * that specifies the language for the string stored in + * @ref AVDictionaryEntry.value "value". + */ + AVDictionary *annotations; +} AVIAMFMixPresentation; + +const AVClass *av_iamf_mix_presentation_get_class(void); + +/** + * Allocates a AVIAMFMixPresentation, and initializes its fields with default + * values. No submixes are allocated. + * Must be freed with av_iamf_mix_presentation_free(). + * + * @see av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix() + */ +AVIAMFMixPresentation *av_iamf_mix_presentation_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a submix and add it to a given AVIAMFMixPresentation. + * It is freed by av_iamf_mix_presentation_free() alongside the rest of the + * parent AVIAMFMixPresentation. + * + * @return a pointer to the allocated submix. + */ +AVIAMFSubmix *av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix(AVIAMFMixPresentation *mix_presentation); + +/** + * Allocate a submix element and add it to a given AVIAMFSubmix. + * It is freed by av_iamf_mix_presentation_free() alongside the rest of the + * parent AVIAMFSubmix. + * + * @return a pointer to the allocated submix. + */ +AVIAMFSubmixElement *av_iamf_submix_add_element(AVIAMFSubmix *submix); + +/** + * Allocate a submix layout and add it to a given AVIAMFSubmix. + * It is freed by av_iamf_mix_presentation_free() alongside the rest of the + * parent AVIAMFSubmix. + * + * @return a pointer to the allocated submix. + */ +AVIAMFSubmixLayout *av_iamf_submix_add_layout(AVIAMFSubmix *submix); + +/** + * Free an AVIAMFMixPresentation and all its contents. + * + * @param mix_presentation pointer to pointer to an allocated AVIAMFMixPresentation. + * upon return, *mix_presentation will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_iamf_mix_presentation_free(AVIAMFMixPresentation **mix_presentation); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IAMF_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..123a9e5c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include +#include +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + * @param pixdesc the AVPixFmtDescriptor for the image, describing its format + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height. + * + * @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_fill_linesizes(). + */ +int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int height, const ptrdiff_t linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param linesizes the array filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param w width of the image in pixels + * @param h height of the image in pixels + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst destination plane to copy to + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src source plane to copy from + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + * @param height height (number of lines) of the plane + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy_plane(). + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy_plane(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t src_linesize, + ptrdiff_t bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_data destination image data buffer to copy to + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_data source image data buffer to copy from + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @param height height of the image in pixels + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Wrapper around av_image_copy() to workaround the limitation + * that the conversion from uint8_t * const * to const uint8_t * const * + * is not performed automatically in C. + * @see av_image_copy() + */ +static inline +void av_image_copy2(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const int dst_linesizes[4], + uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height) +{ + av_image_copy(dst_data, dst_linesizes, + (const uint8_t * const *)src_data, src_linesizes, + pix_fmt, width, height); +} + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with a color. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, it is also replaced. Color component values + * are interpreted as native integers (or intfloats) regardless of actual pixel + * format endianness. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param color the color components to be used for the fill + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param flags currently unused + * @return 0 if the image data was filled, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_color(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, const uint32_t color[4], + int width, int height, int flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe3d7ec4a --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ffd15a150 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,677 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RBA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) +# define AV_WBA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) +# define AV_RBA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) +# define AV_WBA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16A +# define AV_RL16A(p) AV_RLA(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16A +# define AV_WL16A(p, v) AV_WLA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB16A +# define AV_RB16A(p) AV_RBA(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16A +# define AV_WB16A(p, v) AV_WBA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32A +# define AV_RL32A(p) AV_RLA(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32A +# define AV_WL32A(p, v) AV_WLA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32A +# define AV_RB32A(p) AV_RBA(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32A +# define AV_WB32A(p, v) AV_WBA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64A +# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64A +# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64A +# define AV_RB64A(p) AV_RBA(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64A +# define AV_WB64A(p, v) AV_WBA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e75a986f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +/** + * Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG. + * The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should + * not be accessed directly. Only its `sizeof()` is guaranteed to stay the same + * to allow easy instanciation. + */ +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param lfg pointer to the contex structure + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab7ceabe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled + * children. + * + * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize + * *iter to NULL before the first call. + * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are + * no more such children. + * + * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next + * iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate + * iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void **iter); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then with + * the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance. + * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed + * this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state + * must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously. + */ +void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, int *state, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c03403992 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a7567c3e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52fcef9e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc_size(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e213bab68 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_Ef +#define M_Ef 2.7182818284590452354f /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2f +#define M_LN2f 0.69314718055994530942f /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10f +#define M_LN10f 2.30258509299404568402f /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10f +#define M_LOG2_10f 3.32192809488736234787f /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHIf +#define M_PHIf 1.61803398874989484820f /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PIf +#define M_PIf 3.14159265358979323846f /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2f +#define M_PI_2f 1.57079632679489661923f /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_4 +#define M_PI_4 0.78539816339744830962 /* pi/4 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_4f +#define M_PI_4f 0.78539816339744830962f /* pi/4 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_1_PI +#define M_1_PI 0.31830988618379067154 /* 1/pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_1_PIf +#define M_1_PIf 0.31830988618379067154f /* 1/pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_2_PI +#define M_2_PI 0.63661977236758134308 /* 2/pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_2_PIf +#define M_2_PIf 0.63661977236758134308f /* 2/pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_2_SQRTPI +#define M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390 /* 2/sqrt(pi) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_2_SQRTPIf +#define M_2_SQRTPIf 1.12837916709551257390f /* 2/sqrt(pi) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2f +#define M_SQRT1_2f 0.70710678118654752440f /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2f +#define M_SQRT2f 1.41421356237309504880f /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + +/** + * 0th order modified bessel function of the first kind. + */ +double av_bessel_i0(double x); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc2eabdb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab7648ac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,607 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even + * if size is zero. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if + * nmemb is zero. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero. + */ +int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a Operand of multiplication + * @param[in] b Operand of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r); + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec2955638 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90bc2fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be189f765 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * There are two modes of access to members of AVOption and its child structs. + * One is called 'native access', and refers to access from the code that + * declares the AVOption in question. The other is 'foreign access', and refers + * to access from other code. + * + * Certain struct members in this header are documented as 'native access only' + * or similar - it means that only the code that declared the AVOption in + * question is allowed to access the field. This allows us to extend the + * semantics of those fields without breaking API compatibility. + * + * @section avoptions_scope Scope of AVOptions + * + * AVOptions is designed to support any set of multimedia configuration options + * that can be defined at compile-time. Although it is mainly used to expose + * FFmpeg options, you are welcome to adapt it to your own use case. + * + * No single approach can ever fully solve the problem of configuration, + * but please submit a patch if you believe you have found a problem + * that is best solved by extending AVOptions. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_iterate() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_iterate(void **iter) + * { + * const AVClass *c = *iter ? NULL : &child_class; + * *iter = (void*)(uintptr_t)c; + * return c; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_iterate() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_iterate() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_iterate() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_iterate() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_iterate() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +/** + * An option type determines: + * - for native access, the underlying C type of the field that an AVOption + * refers to; + * - for foreign access, the semantics of accessing the option through this API, + * e.g. which av_opt_get_*() and av_opt_set_*() functions can be called, or + * what format will av_opt_get()/av_opt_set() expect/produce. + */ +enum AVOptionType{ + /** + * Underlying C type is unsigned int. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 1, + /** + * Underlying C type is int. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + /** + * Underlying C type is int64_t. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + /** + * Underlying C type is double. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + /** + * Underlying C type is float. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + /** + * Underlying C type is a uint8_t* that is either NULL or points to a C + * string allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + /** + * Underlying C type is AVRational. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + /** + * Underlying C type is a uint8_t* that is either NULL or points to an array + * allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. The pointer is + * immediately followed by an int containing the array length in bytes. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, + /** + * Underlying C type is AVDictionary*. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + /** + * Underlying C type is uint64_t. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + /** + * Special option type for declaring named constants. Does not correspond to + * an actual field in the object, offset must be 0. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, + /** + * Underlying C type is two consecutive integers. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, + /** + * Underlying C type is enum AVPixelFormat. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, + /** + * Underlying C type is enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, + /** + * Underlying C type is AVRational. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, + /** + * Underlying C type is int64_t. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, + /** + * Underlying C type is uint8_t[4]. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, + /** + * Underlying C type is int. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, + /** + * Underlying C type is AVChannelLayout. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT, + /** + * Underlying C type is unsigned int. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT, + + /** + * May be combined with another regular option type to declare an array + * option. + * + * For array options, @ref AVOption.offset should refer to a pointer + * corresponding to the option type. The pointer should be immediately + * followed by an unsigned int that will store the number of elements in the + * array. + */ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAG_ARRAY = (1 << 16), +}; + +/** + * A generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM (1 << 0) +/** + * A generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM (1 << 1) +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM (1 << 3) +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM (1 << 4) +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM (1 << 5) +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT (1 << 6) +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 7) +/** + * A generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1 << 8) + +/** + * A generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1 << 15) +/** + * A generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1 << 16) +/** + * Set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for + * more information. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1 << 17) +/** + * Set if option constants can also reside in child objects. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1 << 18) + +/** + * May be set as default_val for AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAG_ARRAY options. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionArrayDef { + /** + * Native access only. + * + * Default value of the option, as would be serialized by av_opt_get() (i.e. + * using the value of sep as the separator). + */ + const char *def; + + /** + * Minimum number of elements in the array. When this field is non-zero, def + * must be non-NULL and contain at least this number of elements. + */ + unsigned size_min; + /** + * Maximum number of elements in the array, 0 when unlimited. + */ + unsigned size_max; + + /** + * Separator between array elements in string representations of this + * option, used by av_opt_set() and av_opt_get(). It must be a printable + * ASCII character, excluding alphanumeric and the backslash. A comma is + * used when sep=0. + * + * The separator and the backslash must be backslash-escaped in order to + * appear in string representations of the option value. + */ + char sep; +} AVOptionArrayDef; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * Native access only. + * + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * Native access only, except when documented otherwise. + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + + /** + * Used for AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAG_ARRAY options. May be NULL. + * + * Foreign access to some members allowed, as noted in AVOptionArrayDef + * documentation. + */ + const AVOptionArrayDef *arr; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + /** + * A combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_mng AVOption (un)initialization and inspection. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored. + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter); + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * May be used with av_opt_set_array() to signal that new elements should + * replace the existing ones in the indicated range. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ARRAY_REPLACE (1 << 3) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_write Setting and modifying option values + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee + * below does not apply if this is not fulfilled. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest + * no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free() + * on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * If the field is of a dictionary type, it has to be a ':' separated list of + * key=value parameters. Values containing ':' special characters must be + * escaped. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old chlayout present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns layout and is responsible for uninitializing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * Add, replace, or remove elements for an array option. Which of these + * operations is performed depends on the values of val and search_flags. + * + * @param start_elem Index of the first array element to modify; must not be + * larger than array size as returned by + * av_opt_get_array_size(). + * @param nb_elems number of array elements to modify; when val is NULL, + * start_elem+nb_elems must not be larger than array size as + * returned by av_opt_get_array_size() + * + * @param val_type Option type corresponding to the type of val, ignored when val is + * NULL. + * + * The effect of this function will will be as if av_opt_setX() + * was called for each element, where X is specified by type. + * E.g. AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING corresponds to av_opt_set(). + * + * Typically this should be the same as the scalarized type of + * the AVOption being set, but certain conversions are also + * possible - the same as those done by the corresponding + * av_opt_set*() function. E.g. any option type can be set from + * a string, numeric types can be set from int64, double, or + * rational, etc. + * + * @param val Array with nb_elems elements or NULL. + * + * When NULL, nb_elems array elements starting at start_elem are + * removed from the array. Any array elements remaining at the end + * are shifted by nb_elems towards the first element in order to keep + * the array contiguous. + * + * Otherwise (val is non-NULL), the type of val must match the + * underlying C type as documented for val_type. + * + * When AV_OPT_ARRAY_REPLACE is not set in search_flags, the array is + * enlarged by nb_elems, and the contents of val are inserted at + * start_elem. Previously existing array elements from start_elem + * onwards (if present) are shifted by nb_elems away from the first + * element in order to make space for the new elements. + * + * When AV_OPT_ARRAY_REPLACE is set in search_flags, the contents + * of val replace existing array elements from start_elem to + * start_elem+nb_elems (if present). New array size is + * max(start_elem + nb_elems, old array size). + */ +int av_opt_set_array(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, + unsigned int start_elem, unsigned int nb_elems, + enum AVOptionType val_type, const void *val); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_read Reading option values + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the + * option is of type AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY or AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT + * and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set to NULL instead of an allocated + * empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +/** + * @param[out] layout The returned layout is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_channel_layout_uninit() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); + +/** + * For an array-type option, get the number of elements in the array. + */ +int av_opt_get_array_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, + unsigned int *out_val); + +/** + * For an array-type option, retrieve the values of one or more array elements. + * + * @param start_elem index of the first array element to retrieve + * @param nb_elems number of array elements to retrieve; start_elem+nb_elems + * must not be larger than array size as returned by + * av_opt_get_array_size() + * + * @param out_type Option type corresponding to the desired output. + * + * The array elements produced by this function will + * will be as if av_opt_getX() was called for each element, + * where X is specified by out_type. E.g. AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING + * corresponds to av_opt_get(). + * + * Typically this should be the same as the scalarized type of + * the AVOption being retrieved, but certain conversions are + * also possible - the same as those done by the corresponding + * av_opt_get*() function. E.g. any option type can be retrieved + * as a string, numeric types can be retrieved as int64, double, + * or rational, etc. + * + * @param out_val Array with nb_elems members into which the output will be + * written. The array type must match the underlying C type as + * documented for out_type, and be zeroed on entry to this + * function. + * + * For dynamically allocated types (strings, binary, dicts, + * etc.), the result is owned and freed by the caller. + */ +int av_opt_get_array(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, + unsigned int start_elem, unsigned int nb_elems, + enum AVOptionType out_type, void *out_val); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_uint (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, unsigned *uint_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SEARCH_CHILDREN 0x00000004 ///< Serialize options in possible children of the given object. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad5c2775 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param rgba_color 4-elements array of uint8_t values, where the respective + * red, green, blue and alpha component values are written. + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log()). Can be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgb if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - `%%H`: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - `%%J`: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - `%%M`: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%S`: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%Y`: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - `%%m`: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - `%%d`: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - `%%T`: alias for `%%H:%%M:%%S` + * - `%%`: a literal `%` + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba2f63281 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always + * straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * The pixel format contains XYZ-like data (as opposed to YUV/RGB/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_XYZ (1 << 10) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component, + int dst_element_size); + +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size); + +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_RESOLUTION 0x0040 /**< loss due to unneeded extra resolution */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_DEPTH 0x0080 /**< loss due to unneeded extra color depth */ + + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a997cde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Maximum number of planes in any pixel format. + * This should be used when a maximum is needed, but code should not + * be written to require a maximum for no good reason. + */ +#define AV_VIDEO_MAX_PLANES 4 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)3R 3G 2B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + * + * Before FFmpeg 5.0: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing + * the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9 + * + * FFmpeg 5.0 and above: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair + * structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * D3D11: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the + * ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a + * normal texture. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + /** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + /** + * Vulkan hardware images. + * + * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN, + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA, ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX, ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P212BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 24bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P212LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 24bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P412BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 36bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P412LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 36bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 56bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 56bpp, little-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D 12. + * + * data[0] points to an AVD3D12VAFrame + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D12, + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP14BE, GBRAP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE, P012LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE, Y212LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE, XV30LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE, XV36LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P212BE, P212LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P412 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P412BE, P412LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65 + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC P22 group phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213, + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1 + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived from BT470 System M's primaries + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_IPT_C2 = 15, ///< SMPTE ST 2128, IPT-C2 + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO_RE = 16, ///< YCgCo-R, even addition of bits + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO_RO = 17, ///< YCgCo-R, odd addition of bits + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Visual content value range. + * + * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple + * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance + * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital + * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit + * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is + * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation. + * + * Common definitions: + * - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp, + * 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0. + * - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original + * value in range of -0.5 to 0.5. + * - 'n' is the output bit depth. + * - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n + * bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9). + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + + /** + * Narrow or limited range content. + * + * - For luma planes: + * + * (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, + + /** + * Full range content. + * + * - For RGB and luma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + * + * F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1) + * + * F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a47be967 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * Generate cryptographically secure random data, i.e. suitable for use as + * encryption keys and similar. + * + * @param buf buffer into which the random data will be written + * @param len size of buf in bytes + * + * @retval 0 success, len bytes of random data was written + * into buf + * @retval "a negative AVERROR code" random data could not be generated + */ +int av_random_bytes(uint8_t *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..849f47f38 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * In general rational numbers with |num| <= 1<<26 && |den| <= 1<<26 + * can be recovered exactly from their double representation. + * (no exceptions were found within 1B random ones) + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1 Rational to be tested + * @param q2 Rational to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it. + * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def. + */ +AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf0ca6e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param key buffer containig the key + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b49bf1a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9df9f905f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43a57a422 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on success, + * or a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t * const *dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t * const *audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e1220abd --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4a3f23db --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/spherical.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e90f7752 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_spherical + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, + + /** + * Video frame displays as a 180 degree equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_HALF_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame displays on a flat, rectangular 2D surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_RECTILINEAR, + + /** + * Fisheye projection (Apple). + * See: https://developer.apple.com/documentation/coremedia/cmprojectiontype/fisheye + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_FISHEYE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0a4ab3f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, + + /** + * Video is stereoscopic but the packing is unspecified. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_UNSPEC, +}; + +/** + * List of possible view types. + */ +enum AVStereo3DView { + /** + * Frame contains two packed views. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED, + + /** + * Frame contains only the left view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT, + + /** + * Frame contains only the right view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT, + + /** + * Content is unspecified. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_UNSPEC, +}; + +/** + * List of possible primary eyes. + */ +enum AVStereo3DPrimaryEye { + /** + * Neither eye. + */ + AV_PRIMARY_EYE_NONE, + + /** + * Left eye. + */ + AV_PRIMARY_EYE_LEFT, + + /** + * Right eye + */ + AV_PRIMARY_EYE_RIGHT, +}; + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * Determines which views are packed. + */ + enum AVStereo3DView view; + + /** + * Which eye is the primary eye when rendering in 2D. + */ + enum AVStereo3DPrimaryEye primary_eye; + + /** + * The distance between the centres of the lenses of the camera system, + * in micrometers. Zero if unset. + */ + uint32_t baseline; + + /** + * Relative shift of the left and right images, which changes the zero parallax plane. + * Range is -1.0 to 1.0. Zero if unset. + */ + AVRational horizontal_disparity_adjustment; + + /** + * Horizontal field of view, in degrees. Zero if unset. + */ + AVRational horizontal_field_of_view; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc_size(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d view. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d view value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d view value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_view_name(unsigned int view); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DView form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DView value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_view_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d primary eye. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d primary eye value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d primary eye value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_primary_eye_name(unsigned int eye); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DPrimaryEye form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DPrimaryEye value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_primary_eye_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd929bdaf --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42ce655f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Return the current number of messages in the queue. + * + * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built + * without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc169b064 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe0fc8357 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, multiples of 30 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid for multiples of NTSC 29.97 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * See SMPTE ST 314M-2005 Sec 4.4.2.2.1 "Time code pack (TC)" + * the format description as follows: + * bits 0-5: hours, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 6: BGF1 + * bits 7: BGF2 (NTSC) or FIELD (PAL) + * bits 8-14: minutes, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 15: BGF0 (NTSC) or BGF2 (PAL) + * bits 16-22: seconds, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 23: FIELD (NTSC) or BGF0 (PAL) + * bits 24-29: frames, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 30: drop frame flag (0: non drop, 1: drop) + * bits 31: color frame flag (0: unsync mode, 1: sync mode) + * @note BCD numbers (6 or 7 bits): 4 or 5 lower bits for units, 2 higher bits for tens. + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF) and binary group flags (BGF) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Convert sei info to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param drop drop flag + * @param hh hour + * @param mm minute + * @param ss second + * @param ff frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte(AVRational rate, int drop, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * In contrast to av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string this function supports 50/60 + * fps timecodes by using the field bit. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param rate frame rate of the timecode + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @param skip_field prevent the use of a field flag when it is known the field + * bit is arbitrary (e.g. because it is used as PC flag) + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string2(char *buf, AVRational rate, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df, int skip_field); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct from the passed timecode components. + * + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param hh hours + * @param mm minutes + * @param ss seconds + * @param ff frames + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_components(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa53a46b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +char *av_ts_make_time_string2(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational tb); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @see av_ts_make_time_string2 + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, + const AVRational *tb) +{ + return av_ts_make_time_string2(buf, ts, *tb); +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbb8fbb12 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f359e88 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tx.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tx.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4696988ca --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tx.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H +#define AVUTIL_TX_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext; + +typedef struct AVComplexFloat { + float re, im; +} AVComplexFloat; + +typedef struct AVComplexDouble { + double re, im; +} AVComplexDouble; + +typedef struct AVComplexInt32 { + int32_t re, im; +} AVComplexInt32; + +enum AVTXType { + /** + * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type of AVComplexFloat, + * AVComplexDouble or AVComplexInt32, for each respective variant. + * + * Output is not 1/len normalized. Scaling currently unsupported. + * The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_FFT = 2, + AV_TX_INT32_FFT = 4, + + /** + * Standard MDCT with a sample data type of float, double or int32_t, + * respecively. For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is + * 'float', while for the double variant, it's 'double'. + * If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used as a default. + * + * Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame). + * For forward transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the output array in bytes. The input must be a flat array. + * + * For inverse transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the input array in bytes. The output must be a flat array. + * + * NOTE: the inverse transform is half-length, meaning the output will not + * contain redundant data. This is what most codecs work with. To do a full + * inverse transform, set the AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT flag on init. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_MDCT = 3, + AV_TX_INT32_MDCT = 5, + + /** + * Real to complex and complex to real DFTs. + * For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is 'float', while for + * the double variant, it's a 'double'. If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used + * as a default. + * + * For forward transforms (R2C), stride must be the spacing between two + * samples in bytes. For inverse transforms, the stride must be set + * to the spacing between two complex values in bytes. + * + * The forward transform performs a real-to-complex DFT of N samples to + * N/2+1 complex values. + * + * The inverse transform performs a complex-to-real DFT of N/2+1 complex + * values to N real samples. The output is not normalized, but can be + * made so by setting the scale value to 1.0/len. + * NOTE: the inverse transform always overwrites the input. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT = 6, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_RDFT = 7, + AV_TX_INT32_RDFT = 8, + + /** + * Real to real (DCT) transforms. + * + * The forward transform is a DCT-II. + * The inverse transform is a DCT-III. + * + * The input array is always overwritten. DCT-III requires that the + * input be padded with 2 extra samples. Stride must be set to the + * spacing between two samples in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT = 9, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_DCT = 10, + AV_TX_INT32_DCT = 11, + + /** + * Discrete Cosine Transform I + * + * The forward transform is a DCT-I. + * The inverse transform is a DCT-I multiplied by 2/(N + 1). + * + * The input array is always overwritten. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT_I = 12, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_DCT_I = 13, + AV_TX_INT32_DCT_I = 14, + + /** + * Discrete Sine Transform I + * + * The forward transform is a DST-I. + * The inverse transform is a DST-I multiplied by 2/(N + 1). + * + * The input array is always overwritten. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_DST_I = 15, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_DST_I = 16, + AV_TX_INT32_DST_I = 17, + + /* Not part of the API, do not use */ + AV_TX_NB, +}; + +/** + * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform. + * + * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init() + * is not allowed. + * + * @param s the transform context + * @param out the output array + * @param in the input array + * @param stride the input or output stride in bytes + * + * The out and in arrays must be aligned to the maximum required by the CPU + * architecture unless the AV_TX_UNALIGNED flag was set in av_tx_init(). + * The stride must follow the constraints the transform type has specified. + */ +typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride); + +/** + * Flags for av_tx_init() + */ +enum AVTXFlags { + /** + * Allows for in-place transformations, where input == output. + * May be unsupported or slower for some transform types. + */ + AV_TX_INPLACE = 1ULL << 0, + + /** + * Relaxes alignment requirement for the in and out arrays of av_tx_fn(). + * May be slower with certain transform types. + */ + AV_TX_UNALIGNED = 1ULL << 1, + + /** + * Performs a full inverse MDCT rather than leaving out samples that can be + * derived through symmetry. Requires an output array of 'len' floats, + * rather than the usual 'len/2' floats. + * Ignored for all transforms but inverse MDCTs. + */ + AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT = 1ULL << 2, + + /** + * Perform a real to half-complex RDFT. + * Only the real, or imaginary coefficients will + * be output, depending on the flag used. Only available for forward RDFTs. + * Output array must have enough space to hold N complex values + * (regular size for a real to complex transform). + */ + AV_TX_REAL_TO_REAL = 1ULL << 3, + AV_TX_REAL_TO_IMAGINARY = 1ULL << 4, +}; + +/** + * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration + * (i)MDCTs with an odd length are currently not supported. + * + * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error + * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set + * @param type type the type of transform + * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform + * @param len the size of the transform in samples + * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type + * @param flags a bitmask of AVTXFlags or 0 + * + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type, + int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags); + +/** + * Frees a context and sets *ctx to NULL, does nothing when *ctx == NULL. + */ +void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/uuid.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/uuid.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748b7ed3c --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/uuid.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2022 Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * Zane van Iperen + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * UUID parsing and serialization utilities. + * The library treats the UUID as an opaque sequence of 16 unsigned bytes, + * i.e. ignoring the internal layout of the UUID, which depends on the type + * of the UUID. + * + * @author Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * @author Zane van Iperen + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_UUID_H +#define AVUTIL_UUID_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_PRI_UUID \ + "%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +#define AV_PRI_URN_UUID \ + "urn:uuid:%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +/* AV_UUID_ARG() is used together with AV_PRI_UUID() or AV_PRI_URN_UUID + * to print UUIDs, e.g. + * av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_DEBUG, "UUID: " AV_PRI_UUID, AV_UUID_ARG(uuid)); + */ +#define AV_UUID_ARG(x) \ + (x)[ 0], (x)[ 1], (x)[ 2], (x)[ 3], \ + (x)[ 4], (x)[ 5], (x)[ 6], (x)[ 7], \ + (x)[ 8], (x)[ 9], (x)[10], (x)[11], \ + (x)[12], (x)[13], (x)[14], (x)[15] + +#define AV_UUID_LEN 16 + +/* Binary representation of a UUID */ +typedef uint8_t AVUUID[AV_UUID_LEN]; + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 37 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in String representation of a UUID, + * e.g. 2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696 + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a URN representation of a UUID, as specified at IETF RFC 4122, + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 46 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "urn:uuid:2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in URN UUID + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_urn_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. + * + * @param[in] in_start Pointer to the first character of the string representation + * @param[in] in_end Pointer to the character after the last character of the + * string representation. That memory location is never + * accessed. It is an error if `in_end - in_start != 36`. + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse_range(const char *in_start, const char *in_end, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Serializes a AVUUID into a string representation according to IETF RFC 4122. + * The string is lowercase and always 37 characters long, including the + * terminating NUL character. + * + * @param[in] uu AVUUID + * @param[out] out Pointer to an array of no less than 37 characters. + */ +void av_uuid_unparse(const AVUUID uu, char *out); + +/** + * Compares two UUIDs for equality. + * + * @param[in] uu1 AVUUID + * @param[in] uu2 AVUUID + * @return Nonzero if uu1 and uu2 are identical, 0 otherwise + */ +static inline int av_uuid_equal(const AVUUID uu1, const AVUUID uu2) +{ + return memcmp(uu1, uu2, AV_UUID_LEN) == 0; +} + +/** + * Copies the bytes of src into dest. + * + * @param[out] dest AVUUID + * @param[in] src AVUUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_copy(AVUUID dest, const AVUUID src) +{ + memcpy(dest, src, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +/** + * Sets a UUID to the nil UUID, i.e. a UUID with have all + * its 128 bits set to zero. + * + * @param[in,out] uu UUID to be set to the nil UUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_nil(AVUUID uu) +{ + memset(uu, 0, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_UUID_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..753f85b91 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 59 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 39 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_API_HDR_VIVID_THREE_SPLINE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_FRAME_PKT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_INTERLACED_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_FRAME_KEY (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_PALETTE_HAS_CHANGED (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_VULKAN_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_H274_FILM_GRAIN_VCS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_MOD_UINTP2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_RISCV_FD_ZBA (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) +#define FF_API_VULKAN_FIXED_QUEUES (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62265a5c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/avassert.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" + +enum AVVideoEncParamsType { + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_NONE = -1, + /** + * VP9 stores: + * - per-frame base (luma AC) quantizer index, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * - deltas for luma DC, chroma AC and chroma DC, exported in the + * corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-segment delta, exported as for each block as AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp + * + * To compute the resulting quantizer index for a block: + * - for luma AC, add the base qp and the per-block delta_qp, saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + * - for luma DC and chroma AC/DC, add the corresponding + * AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp to the luma AC index, again saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_VP9, + + /** + * H.264 stores: + * - in PPS (per-picture): + * * initial QP_Y (luma) value, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * * delta(s) for chroma QP values (same for both, or each separately), + * exported as in the corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-slice QP delta, not exported directly, added to the per-MB value + * - per-MB delta; not exported directly; the final per-MB quantizer + * parameter - QP_Y - minus the value in AVVideoEncParams.qp is exported + * as AVVideoBlockParams.qp_delta. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H264, + + /* + * MPEG-2-compatible quantizer. + * + * Summing the frame-level qp with the per-block delta_qp gives the + * resulting quantizer for the block. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_MPEG2, +}; + +/** + * Video encoding parameters for a given frame. This struct is allocated along + * with an optional array of per-block AVVideoBlockParams descriptors. + * Must be allocated with av_video_enc_params_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideoEncParams { + /** + * Number of blocks in the array. + * + * May be 0, in which case no per-block information is present. In this case + * the values of blocks_offset / block_size are unspecified and should not + * be accessed. + */ + unsigned int nb_blocks; + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array + * of blocks starts. + */ + size_t blocks_offset; + /* + * Size of each block in bytes. May not match sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams). + */ + size_t block_size; + + /** + * Type of the parameters (the codec they are used with). + */ + enum AVVideoEncParamsType type; + + /** + * Base quantisation parameter for the frame. The final quantiser for a + * given block in a given plane is obtained from this value, possibly + * combined with {@code delta_qp} and the per-block delta in a manner + * documented for each type. + */ + int32_t qp; + + /** + * Quantisation parameter offset from the base (per-frame) qp for a given + * plane (first index) and AC/DC coefficients (second index). + */ + int32_t delta_qp[4][2]; +} AVVideoEncParams; + +/** + * Data structure for storing block-level encoding information. + * It is allocated as a part of AVVideoEncParams and should be retrieved with + * av_video_enc_params_block(). + * + * sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams) is not a part of the ABI and new fields may be + * added to it. + */ +typedef struct AVVideoBlockParams { + /** + * Distance in luma pixels from the top-left corner of the visible frame + * to the top-left corner of the block. + * Can be negative if top/right padding is present on the coded frame. + */ + int src_x, src_y; + /** + * Width and height of the block in luma pixels. + */ + int w, h; + + /** + * Difference between this block's final quantization parameter and the + * corresponding per-frame value. + */ + int32_t delta_qp; +} AVVideoBlockParams; + +/** + * Get the block at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_blocks - 1. + */ +static av_always_inline AVVideoBlockParams* +av_video_enc_params_block(AVVideoEncParams *par, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < par->nb_blocks); + return (AVVideoBlockParams *)((uint8_t *)par + par->blocks_offset + + idx * par->block_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVVideoEncParams of the given type, plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVVideoBlockParams and initializes the variables. Can be + * freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVVideoEncParams *av_video_enc_params_alloc(enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVEncodeInfoFrame plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVEncodeInfoBlock in the given AVFrame {@code frame} + * as AVFrameSideData of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS + * and initializes the variables. + */ +AVVideoEncParams* +av_video_enc_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/video_hint.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/video_hint.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b2196093 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/video_hint.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/** + * Copyright 2023 Elias Carotti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_HINT_H +#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_HINT_H + +#include +#include +#include "libavutil/avassert.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" + +typedef struct AVVideoRect { + uint32_t x, y; + uint32_t width, height; +} AVVideoRect; + +typedef enum AVVideoHintType { + /* rectangled delimit the constant areas (unchanged), default is changed */ + AV_VIDEO_HINT_TYPE_CONSTANT, + + /* rectangled delimit the constant areas (changed), default is not changed */ + AV_VIDEO_HINT_TYPE_CHANGED, +} AVVideoHintType; + +typedef struct AVVideoHint { + /** + * Number of AVVideoRect present. + * + * May be 0, in which case no per-rectangle information is present. In this + * case the values of rect_offset / rect_size are unspecified and should + * not be accessed. + */ + size_t nb_rects; + + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array + * of AVVideoRect starts. + */ + size_t rect_offset; + + /** + * Size in bytes of AVVideoRect. + */ + size_t rect_size; + + AVVideoHintType type; +} AVVideoHint; + +static av_always_inline AVVideoRect * +av_video_hint_rects(const AVVideoHint *hints) { + return (AVVideoRect *)((uint8_t *)hints + hints->rect_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVVideoRect * +av_video_hint_get_rect(const AVVideoHint *hints, size_t idx) { + return (AVVideoRect *)((uint8_t *)hints + hints->rect_offset + idx * hints->rect_size); +} + +/** + * Allocate memory for the AVVideoHint struct along with an nb_rects-sized + * arrays of AVVideoRect. + * + * The side data contains a list of rectangles for the portions of the frame + * which changed from the last encoded one (and the remainder are assumed to be + * changed), or, alternately (depending on the type parameter) the unchanged + * ones (and the remanining ones are those which changed). + * Macroblocks will thus be hinted either to be P_SKIP-ped or go through the + * regular encoding procedure. + * + * It's responsibility of the caller to fill the AVRects accordingly, and to set + * the proper AVVideoHintType field. + * + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here + * + * @return newly allocated AVVideoHint struct (must be freed by the caller using + * av_free()) on success, NULL on memory allocation failure + */ +AVVideoHint *av_video_hint_alloc(size_t nb_rects, + size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Same as av_video_hint_alloc(), except newly-allocated AVVideoHint is attached + * as side data of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_HINT_INFO to frame. + */ +AVVideoHint *av_video_hint_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + size_t nb_rects); + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_HINT_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..735427c10 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/swresample.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e1929b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,587 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr libswresample + * @{ + * + * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate + * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts2(). If you + * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. + * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some + * common options in the same statement. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_chlayout(swr, "in_chlayout", &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_chlayout(swr, "out_chlayout", &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts2() as well: + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = NULL; + * int ret = swr_alloc_set_opts2(&swr, // we're allocating a new context + * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt + * 44100, // out_sample_rate + * &(AVChannelLayout)AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt + * 48000, // in_sample_rate + * 0, // log_offset + * NULL); // log_ctx + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * using @ref avoptions, as described above in the first example; or by using + * swr_alloc_set_opts2(), but with the first argument the allocated context. + * You must then call swr_init() again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil + * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() + * function used in the following example. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for + * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. + * + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version_major.h" +#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version + * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including + * the full version information. */ +#include "libswresample/version.h" +#endif + +/** + * @name Option constants + * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. + * @{ + * + */ + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +/** Dithering algorithms */ +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + */ +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + * @return the AVClass of SwrContext + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * @name SwrContext constructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts2()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts2(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + */ +int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require *ps to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts2() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param ps Pointer to an existing Swr context if available, or to NULL if not. + * On success, *ps will be set to the allocated context. + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (e.g. AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on error. + * On error, the Swr context is freed and *ps set to NULL. + */ +int swr_alloc_set_opts2(struct SwrContext **ps, + const AVChannelLayout *out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + const AVChannelLayout *in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +/** + * @} + * + * @name SwrContext destructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + */ +void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Core conversion functions + * @{ + */ + +/** Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t * const *out, int out_count, + const uint8_t * const *in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. + * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. + * + * @param[in] s initialized Swr context + * @param[in] pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are + * function used internally for timestamp compensation. + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Low-level option setting functions + * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible + * with the AVOption API. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_build_matrix2(const AVChannelLayout *in_layout, const AVChannelLayout *out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + ptrdiff_t stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_context); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Sample handling functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + */ +int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Configuration accessors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name AVFrame based API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. + * + * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. + * + * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples + * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() + * is called to allocate the frame. + * + * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. + * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added + * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function + * or to swr_convert(). + * + * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal + * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of + * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or + * swr_convert() with NULL input. + * + * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and + * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on + * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED + * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. + * + * @see swr_delay() + * @see swr_convert() + * @see swr_get_delay() + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching + * configuration. + */ +int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, + AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); + +/** + * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information + * provided by the AVFrames. + * + * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. + * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. + * + * @see swr_close(); + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param out output AVFrame + * @param in input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1795b554 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#include "version_major.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 3 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version_major.h b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version_major.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd13f2bbe --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version_major.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 5 + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libavcodec.dll.a b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libavcodec.dll.a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a95d381a Binary files /dev/null and b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libavcodec.dll.a differ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libavutil.dll.a b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libavutil.dll.a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc14e83e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libavutil.dll.a differ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libswresample.dll.a b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libswresample.dll.a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00ef848aa Binary files /dev/null and b/crossplatform/windows-app/librepods-tray/vendor/ffmpeg/lib/libswresample.dll.a differ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.inf b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.inf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf2c276d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.inf differ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.sln b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.sln new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e953b60e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.sln @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + +Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 +# Visual Studio Version 16 +VisualStudioVersion = 16.0.31409.214 +MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "SamplesCommon", "SamplesCommon", "{0DF6D5E6-3B78-414B-B37B-85D9CA454487}" +EndProject +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "AudioCodec", "AudioCodec", "{0D3B6287-146E-4700-B2EE-11D520014FEA}" +EndProject +Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "SamplesCommon", "..\..\Common\SamplesCommon.vcxproj", "{6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}" +EndProject +Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "AudioCodec", "AudioCodec.vcxproj", "{C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}" + ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241} = {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241} + EndProjectSection +EndProject +Global + GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution + Debug|ARM64 = Debug|ARM64 + Debug|x64 = Debug|x64 + Release|ARM64 = Release|ARM64 + Release|x64 = Release|x64 + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Debug|ARM64.ActiveCfg = Debug|ARM64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Debug|ARM64.Build.0 = Debug|ARM64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Debug|ARM64.Deploy.0 = Debug|ARM64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Debug|x64.Deploy.0 = Debug|x64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Release|ARM64.ActiveCfg = Release|ARM64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Release|ARM64.Build.0 = Release|ARM64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Release|ARM64.Deploy.0 = Release|ARM64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A}.Release|x64.Deploy.0 = Release|x64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Debug|ARM64.ActiveCfg = Debug|ARM64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Debug|ARM64.Build.0 = Debug|ARM64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Debug|ARM64.Deploy.0 = Debug|ARM64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Debug|x64.Deploy.0 = Debug|x64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Release|ARM64.ActiveCfg = Release|ARM64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Release|ARM64.Build.0 = Release|ARM64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Release|ARM64.Deploy.0 = Release|ARM64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241}.Release|x64.Deploy.0 = Release|x64 + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution + HideSolutionNode = FALSE + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241} = {0DF6D5E6-3B78-414B-B37B-85D9CA454487} + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A} = {0D3B6287-146E-4700-B2EE-11D520014FEA} + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(ExtensibilityGlobals) = postSolution + SolutionGuid = {8E3043F2-1C76-4A4A-9C60-A645BD6CBF24} + EndGlobalSection +EndGlobal diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.vcxproj b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.vcxproj new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4370b5d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.vcxproj @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + + + + + Debug + x64 + + + Release + x64 + + + Debug + ARM64 + + + Release + ARM64 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 + 1 + 1 + 31 + {C575002D-5FDE-43C7-AB19-EE846A20083A} + {497e31cb-056b-4f31-abb8-447fd55ee5a5} + v4.5 + 12.0 + Debug + AudioCodec + $(LatestTargetPlatformVersion) + + + + Windows10 + true + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + Driver + KMDF + Windows Driver + + + Windows10 + false + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + Driver + KMDF + Windows Driver + + + Windows10 + true + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + Driver + KMDF + Windows Driver + + + Windows10 + false + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + Driver + KMDF + Windows Driver + + + + + + + + + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + + true + true + ..\..\common\trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR);..\..\common;..\..\inc;..\..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + $(DDK_LIB_PATH)\libcntpr.lib;wpprecorder.lib;acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR)\acxstub.lib;..\..\Common\$(IntDir)\SamplesCommon.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies) + + + + + true + true + ..\..\common\trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR);..\..\common;..\..\inc;..\..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + $(DDK_LIB_PATH)\libcntpr.lib;wpprecorder.lib;acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR)\acxstub.lib;..\..\Common\$(IntDir)\SamplesCommon.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies) + + + + + true + true + ..\..\common\trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR);..\..\common;..\..\inc;..\..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + $(DDK_LIB_PATH)\libcntpr.lib;wpprecorder.lib;acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR)\acxstub.lib;..\..\Common\$(IntDir)\SamplesCommon.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies) + + + + + true + true + ..\..\common\trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR);..\..\common;..\..\inc;..\..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + $(DDK_LIB_PATH)\libcntpr.lib;wpprecorder.lib;acx\km\$(ACX_VERSION_MAJOR).$(ACX_VERSION_MINOR)\acxstub.lib;..\..\Common\$(IntDir)\SamplesCommon.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies) + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.vcxproj.Filters b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.vcxproj.Filters new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b882019e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/AudioCodec.vcxproj.Filters @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + {4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF} + cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx + + + {93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB} + h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd + + + {67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01} + rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav;mfcribbon-ms + + + {8E41214B-6785-4CFE-B992-037D68949A14} + inf;inv;inx;mof;mc; + + + + + + + + Driver Files + + + + + Header Files + + + + + Source Files + + + Source Files + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Device.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Device.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bb68346a --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Device.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + +Module Name: + + Device.cpp - Device handling events for example driver. + +Abstract: + + This file contains the device entry points and callbacks. + +Environment: + + Kernel-mode Driver Framework + +--*/ + +#include +#include +#include "public.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "streamengine.h" +#include "MicPipe.h" +#include "DriverSettings.h" + +#ifndef __INTELLISENSE__ +#include "device.tmh" +#endif + +UNICODE_STRING g_RegistryPath = { 0 }; // This is used to store the registry settings path for the driver + +ULONG DeviceDriverTag = DRIVER_TAG; + +ULONG IdleTimeoutMsec = IDLE_TIMEOUT_MSEC; + +__drv_requiresIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CopyRegistrySettingsPath( + _In_ PUNICODE_STRING RegistryPath +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + +Copies the following registry path to a global variable. + +\REGISTRY\MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSetxxx\Services\\Parameters + +Arguments: + +RegistryPath - Registry path passed to DriverEntry + +Returns: + +NTSTATUS - SUCCESS if able to configure the framework + +--*/ + +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // Initializing the unicode string, so that if it is not allocated it will not be deallocated too. + // + RtlInitUnicodeString(&g_RegistryPath, nullptr); + + g_RegistryPath.MaximumLength = RegistryPath->Length + sizeof(WCHAR); + + g_RegistryPath.Buffer = (PWCH)ExAllocatePool2(POOL_FLAG_PAGED, g_RegistryPath.MaximumLength, DRIVER_TAG); + + if (g_RegistryPath.Buffer == nullptr) + { + return STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + + RtlAppendUnicodeToString(&g_RegistryPath, RegistryPath->Buffer); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_EvtBusDeviceAdd( + _In_ WDFDRIVER Driver, + _Inout_ PWDFDEVICE_INIT DeviceInit +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + EvtDeviceAdd is called by the framework in response to AddDevice + call from the PnP manager. We create and initialize a device object to + represent a new instance of the device. All the software resources + should be allocated in this callback. + +Arguments: + Driver - Handle to a framework driver object created in DriverEntry + + DeviceInit - Pointer to a framework-allocated WDFDEVICE_INIT structure. + +Return Value: + + NTSTATUS + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + WDF_DEVICE_PNP_CAPABILITIES pnpCaps; + ACX_DEVICEINIT_CONFIG devInitCfg; + ACX_DEVICE_CONFIG devCfg; + WDFDEVICE device = nullptr; + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + WDF_PNPPOWER_EVENT_CALLBACKS pnpPowerCallbacks; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Driver); + + // + // The driver calls this DDI in its AddDevice callback before creating the PnP device. + // ACX uses this call to add default/standard settings for the device to be created. + // + ACX_DEVICEINIT_CONFIG_INIT(&devInitCfg); + RETURN_IF_FAILED(AcxDeviceInitInitialize(DeviceInit, &devInitCfg)); + + // + // Initialize the pnpPowerCallbacks structure. Callback events for PNP + // and Power are specified here. If you don't supply any callbacks, + // the Framework will take appropriate default actions based on whether + // DeviceInit is initialized to be an FDO, a PDO or a filter device + // object. + // + WDF_PNPPOWER_EVENT_CALLBACKS_INIT(&pnpPowerCallbacks); + pnpPowerCallbacks.EvtDevicePrepareHardware = Codec_EvtDevicePrepareHardware; + pnpPowerCallbacks.EvtDeviceReleaseHardware = Codec_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware; + pnpPowerCallbacks.EvtDeviceD0Entry = Codec_EvtDeviceD0Entry; + pnpPowerCallbacks.EvtDeviceD0Exit = Codec_EvtDeviceD0Exit; + WdfDeviceInitSetPnpPowerEventCallbacks(DeviceInit, &pnpPowerCallbacks); + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, CODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT); + attributes.EvtCleanupCallback = Codec_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(WdfDeviceCreate(&DeviceInit, &attributes, &device)); + + // + // Init Codec's device context. + // + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + devCtx->Render = nullptr; + devCtx->Capture = nullptr; + devCtx->ExcludeD3Cold = WdfFalse; + + // + // The driver calls this DDI in its AddDevice callback after creating the PnP + // device. ACX uses this call to apply any post device settings. + // + ACX_DEVICE_CONFIG_INIT(&devCfg); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDeviceInitialize(device, &devCfg)); + + // + // Tell the framework to set the SurpriseRemovalOK in the DeviceCaps so + // that you don't get the popup in usermode (on Win2K) when you surprise + // remove the device. + // + WDF_DEVICE_PNP_CAPABILITIES_INIT(&pnpCaps); + pnpCaps.SurpriseRemovalOK = WdfTrue; + WdfDeviceSetPnpCapabilities(device, &pnpCaps); + + // + // Create a render circuit and capture circuit and add them to the current + // device context. These circuits will be added to the device when the + // prepare hardware callback is called. + // + // LibrePodsMic is capture-only (a virtual microphone). No render/speaker + // circuit — so Windows never exposes a phantom output device that could grab + // the default output. + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CodecC_AddStaticCapture(device, &CODEC_CAPTURE_COMPONENT_GUID, &MIC_CUSTOM_NAME, &captureCircuitName)); + + // + // LibrePods mic bridge (Phase 2): init the PCM ring and expose the control + // device (\\.\LibrePodsMic) so user mode can push the decoded AirPods audio + // into the capture stream. Best-effort — a failure here must not fail device + // add (the mic still enumerates, just without a user-mode feed). + // + MicPipeInit(); + (VOID)MicPipeCreateControlDevice(device); + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_EvtDevicePrepareHardware( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ WDFCMRESLIST ResourceList, + _In_ WDFCMRESLIST ResourceListTranslated +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + In this callback, the driver does whatever is necessary to make the + hardware ready to use. + +Arguments: + + Device - handle to a device + +Return Value: + + NT status value + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ResourceList); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ResourceListTranslated); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + // NOTE: Download firmware here. + + // NOTE: Register streaming h/w resources here. + + // + // Set power policy data. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(Codec_SetPowerPolicy(Device)); + + // + // Setting up the data saving (CSaveData) and wave file reader (CWaveReader) + // utility classes which will be used by the virtual streaming engine. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CSaveData::SetDeviceObject(WdfDeviceWdmGetDeviceObject(Device))); + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CSaveData::InitializeWorkItems(WdfDeviceWdmGetDeviceObject(Device))); + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CWaveReader::InitializeWorkItems(WdfDeviceWdmGetDeviceObject(Device))); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to associate a circuit to a device. After + // this call the circuit is not visible until the device goes in D0. + // For a real driver there should be a check here to make sure the + // circuit has not been added already (there could be a situation where + // prepareHardware is called multiple times and releaseHardware is only + // called once). + // + + ASSERT(devCtx->Capture); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDeviceAddCircuit(Device, devCtx->Capture)); + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ WDFCMRESLIST ResourceListTranslated +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + In this callback, the driver releases the h/w resources allocated in the + prepare h/w callback. + +Arguments: + + Device - handle to a device + +Return Value: + + NT status value + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status; + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Device); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ResourceListTranslated); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to delete a circuit from the current device. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDeviceRemoveCircuit(Device, devCtx->Capture)); + + // NOTE: Release streaming h/w resources here. + + CSaveData::DestroyWorkItems(); + CWaveReader::DestroyWorkItems(); + + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_EvtDeviceD0Entry( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ WDF_POWER_DEVICE_STATE PreviousState +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Device); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(PreviousState); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +NTSTATUS +Codec_EvtDeviceD0Exit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ WDF_POWER_DEVICE_STATE TargetState +) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + POWER_ACTION powerAction; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + powerAction = WdfDeviceGetSystemPowerAction(Device); + + // + // Update the power policy D3-cold info for Connected Standby. + // + if (TargetState == WdfPowerDeviceD3 && powerAction == PowerActionNone) + { + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + WDF_TRI_STATE excludeD3Cold = WdfTrue; + ACX_DX_EXIT_LATENCY latency; + + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + // + // Get the current exit latency. + // + latency = AcxDeviceGetCurrentDxExitLatency(Device, + WdfDeviceGetSystemPowerAction(Device), + TargetState); + + // + // If the current exit latency for the ACX device is responsive + // (not instant or fast) then D3-cold does not need to be excluded. + // Otherwise, D3-cold should be excluded because if the hardware + // goes into this state it will take too long to go back into D0 + // and respond. + // + if (latency == AcxDxExitLatencyResponsive) + { + excludeD3Cold = WdfFalse; + } + + if (devCtx->ExcludeD3Cold != excludeD3Cold) + { + devCtx->ExcludeD3Cold = excludeD3Cold; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(Codec_SetPowerPolicy(Device)); + } + } + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + // + // Init the idle policy structure. + // + WDF_DEVICE_POWER_POLICY_IDLE_SETTINGS idleSettings; + WDF_DEVICE_POWER_POLICY_IDLE_SETTINGS_INIT(&idleSettings, IdleCannotWakeFromS0); + idleSettings.IdleTimeout = IDLE_POWER_TIMEOUT; + idleSettings.IdleTimeoutType = SystemManagedIdleTimeoutWithHint; + idleSettings.ExcludeD3Cold = devCtx->ExcludeD3Cold; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(WdfDeviceAssignS0IdleSettings(Device, &idleSettings)); + + return status; +} + +VOID +Codec_EvtDeviceContextCleanup( + _In_ WDFOBJECT WdfDevice +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + In this callback, it cleans up device context. + +Arguments: + + WdfDevice - WDF device object + +Return Value: + + nullptr + +--*/ +{ + WDFDEVICE device; + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + + device = (WDFDEVICE)WdfDevice; + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + if (devCtx->Capture) + { + CodecC_CircuitCleanup(devCtx->Capture); + } +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Driver.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Driver.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aca3e86f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Driver.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + +Module Name: + + Driver.cpp + +Abstract: + + This file contains the driver entry points and callbacks. + +Environment: + + Kernel-mode Driver Framework + +--*/ + +#include "public.h" +#include "cpp_utils.h" + +#ifndef __INTELLISENSE__ +#include "driver.tmh" +#endif + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +void AudioCodecDriverUnload( + _In_ WDFDRIVER Driver +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (!Driver) + { + ASSERT(FALSE); + return; + } + + WPP_CLEANUP(WdfDriverWdmGetDriverObject(Driver)); + + if (g_RegistryPath.Buffer != nullptr) + { + ExFreePool(g_RegistryPath.Buffer); + RtlZeroMemory(&g_RegistryPath, sizeof(g_RegistryPath)); + } + + return; +} + +INIT_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +DriverEntry( + _In_ PDRIVER_OBJECT DriverObject, + _In_ PUNICODE_STRING RegistryPath +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + DriverEntry initializes the driver and is the first routine called by the + system after the driver is loaded. DriverEntry specifies the other entry + points in the function driver, such as EvtDevice and DriverUnload. + +Parameters Description: + + DriverObject - represents the instance of the function driver that is loaded + into memory. DriverEntry must initialize members of DriverObject before it + returns to the caller. DriverObject is allocated by the system before the + driver is loaded, and it is released by the system after the system unloads + the function driver from memory. + + RegistryPath - represents the driver specific path in the Registry. + The function driver can use the path to store driver related data between + reboots. The path does not store hardware instance specific data. + +Return Value: + + STATUS_SUCCESS if successful, + STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL otherwise. + +--*/ +{ + WDF_DRIVER_CONFIG wdfCfg; + ACX_DRIVER_CONFIG acxCfg; + WDFDRIVER driver; + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + + PAGED_CODE(); + WPP_INIT_TRACING(DriverObject, RegistryPath); + + auto exit = scope_exit([&status, &DriverObject]() { + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + WPP_CLEANUP(DriverObject); + + if (g_RegistryPath.Buffer != nullptr) + { + ExFreePool(g_RegistryPath.Buffer); + RtlZeroMemory(&g_RegistryPath, sizeof(g_RegistryPath)); + } + } + }); + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CopyRegistrySettingsPath(RegistryPath)); + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + + WDF_DRIVER_CONFIG_INIT(&wdfCfg, Codec_EvtBusDeviceAdd); + wdfCfg.EvtDriverUnload = AudioCodecDriverUnload; + + // + // Create a framework driver object to represent our driver. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(WdfDriverCreate(DriverObject, RegistryPath, &attributes, &wdfCfg, &driver)); + + // + // Initializing the ACX driver configuration struct which contains size and flags + // elements. + // + ACX_DRIVER_CONFIG_INIT(&acxCfg); + + // + // The driver calls this DDI in its DriverEntry callback after creating the WDF driver + // object. ACX uses this call to apply any post driver settings. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDriverInitialize(driver, &acxCfg)); + + return status; +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/DriverSettings.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/DriverSettings.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84ac730a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/DriverSettings.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + DriverSettings.h + +Abstract: + + Contains guid definitions and other definitions used by the render and capture circuits + for this specific driver. Driver developers should replace these definitions with their + own. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +// Defining the component ID for the capture circuit. This ID uniquely identifies the circuit instance (vendor specific): +DEFINE_GUID(CODEC_CAPTURE_COMPONENT_GUID, 0xc3ee9ec6, 0x8e8c, 0x49e9, 0xaf, 0x4b, 0xa7, 0xfc, 0x28, 0xe9, 0xd2, 0xe7); + +// Defines a custom name for the capture circuit bridge pin: +DEFINE_GUID(MIC_CUSTOM_NAME, 0xd5649dc4, 0x2fa2, 0x418b, 0xb2, 0x78, 0x39, 0x7, 0x64, 0x6b, 0x3, 0xe); + +// Defining the component ID for the render circuit. This ID uniquely identifies the circuit instance (vendor specific): +DEFINE_GUID(CODEC_RENDER_COMPONENT_GUID, 0xd03deb75, 0xe5b2, 0x45f7, 0x91, 0xfa, 0xf7, 0xae, 0x42, 0xdd, 0xf, 0xe0); + +// This is always the definition for the system container guid: +DEFINE_GUID(SYSTEM_CONTAINER_GUID, 0x00000000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF); + +// Driver developers should update this guid if the container is a device rather than a +// system. Otherwise, this GUID should stay the same: +DEFINE_GUID(DEVICE_CONTAINER_GUID, 0x00000000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF); + +// AudioCodec driver tag: +#define DRIVER_TAG (ULONG) 'CduA' + +// The idle timeout in msec for power policy structure: +#define IDLE_TIMEOUT_MSEC (ULONG) 10000 + +// The WPP control GUID defined in Trace.h should also be updated to be unique. + +// This string must match the string defined in AudioCodec.inf for the microphone name: +DECLARE_CONST_UNICODE_STRING(captureCircuitName, L"Microphone0"); + +// This string must match the string defined in AudioCodec.inf for the speaker name: +DECLARE_CONST_UNICODE_STRING(renderCircuitName, L"Speaker0"); diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/ReadMe.txt b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/ReadMe.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebc61c6da --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/ReadMe.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +======================================================================== + AudioCodec Project Overview +======================================================================== + +This file contains a summary of what you will find in each of the files that make up your project. + +AudioCodec.vcxproj + This is the main project file for projects generated using an Application Wizard. + It contains information about the version of the product that generated the file, and + information about the platforms, configurations, and project features selected with the + Application Wizard. + +AudioCodec.vcxproj.filters + This is the filters file for VC++ projects generated using an Application Wizard. + It contains information about the association between the files in your project + and the filters. This association is used in the IDE to show grouping of files with + similar extensions under a specific node (for e.g. ".cpp" files are associated with the + "Source Files" filter). + +Driver.cpp & Driver.h + DriverEntry and WDFDRIVER related functionality and callbacks. Driver developers should + make changes to these files for their specific driver as necessary. + +Device.cpp & Device.h + WDFDEVICE related functionality and callbacks. Driver developers should make changes to + these files for their specific driver as necessary. + +Trace.h + Definitions for WPP tracing. + +DriverSettings.h + Contains guid definitions and other definitions used by the render and capture circuits + for this specific driver. Driver developers should replace these definitions with their + own. + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +Learn more about Kernel Mode Driver Framework here: + +http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff544296(v=VS.85).aspx + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Resources.rc b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Resources.rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60cfd1939 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/AudioCodec/Driver/Resources.rc @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#include + +#include + +#define VER_FILETYPE VFT_DRV +#define VER_FILESUBTYPE VFT2_DRV_SYSTEM +#define VER_FILEDESCRIPTION_STR "Audio Codec Acx Sample Driver" +#define VER_INTERNALNAME_STR "AudioCodec.sys" +#define VER_ORIGINALFILENAME_STR "AudioCodec.sys" + +#include "common.ver" + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CaptureCircuit.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CaptureCircuit.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d4346d12 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CaptureCircuit.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,799 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + CaptureCircuit.cpp + +Abstract: + + Capture Circuit. This file contains routines to create and handle + capture circuit. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#include "private.h" +#include "public.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "AudioFormats.h" +#include "streamengine.h" +#include "cpp_utils.h" +#include "circuithelper.h" + +#ifndef __INTELLISENSE__ +#include "captureCircuit.tmh" +#endif + +// +// Controls how the custom name of the bridge pin is read. +// +BOOL g_UseCustomInfName = TRUE; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat( + _In_ ACXPIN Pin, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT DataFormat +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + This ACX pin callback sets the device/mixed format. + +Return Value: + + NTSTATUS + +--*/ +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Pin); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(DataFormat); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // NOTE: update device/mixed format here. + + return STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; +} + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// For more information on volume element see: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/audio/ksnodetype-volume +// +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtVolumeAssignLevelCallback( + _In_ ACXVOLUME Volume, + _In_ ULONG Channel, + _In_ LONG VolumeLevel +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(Volume); + PVOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT volumeCtx = GetVolumeElementContext(Volume); + ASSERT(volumeCtx); + + if (Channel != ALL_CHANNELS_ID) + { + volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[Channel] = VolumeLevel; + } + else + { + for (ULONG i = 0; i < MAX_CHANNELS; ++i) + { + volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[i] = VolumeLevel; + } + } + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevelCallback( + _In_ ACXVOLUME Volume, + _In_ ULONG Channel, + _Out_ LONG * VolumeLevel +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(Volume); + PVOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT volumeCtx = GetVolumeElementContext(Volume); + ASSERT(volumeCtx); + + if (Channel == ALL_CHANNELS_ID) + { + Channel = 0; + } + + *VolumeLevel = volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[Channel]; + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_CreateVolumeElement( + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _Out_ ACXVOLUME* Element +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + This routine creates a volume element. + +Return Value: + + NT status value +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + ACX_VOLUME_CALLBACKS volumeCallbacks; + ACX_VOLUME_CONFIG volumeCfg; + VOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT * volumeCtx; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to assign its volume element callbacks. + // + ACX_VOLUME_CALLBACKS_INIT(&volumeCallbacks); + volumeCallbacks.EvtAcxVolumeAssignLevel = CodecC_EvtVolumeAssignLevelCallback; + volumeCallbacks.EvtAcxVolumeRetrieveLevel = CodecC_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevelCallback; + + // + // Create Volume element + // + ACX_VOLUME_CONFIG_INIT(&volumeCfg); + volumeCfg.ChannelsCount = MAX_CHANNELS; + volumeCfg.Minimum = VOLUME_LEVEL_MINIMUM; + volumeCfg.Maximum = VOLUME_LEVEL_MAXIMUM; + volumeCfg.SteppingDelta = VOLUME_STEPPING; + volumeCfg.Callbacks = &volumeCallbacks; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, VOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT); + attributes.ParentObject = Circuit; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxVolumeCreate(Circuit, &attributes, &volumeCfg, Element)); + + ASSERT(*Element != nullptr); + volumeCtx = GetVolumeElementContext(*Element); + ASSERT(volumeCtx); + + // + // (max + min)/2 puts it in the middle of the valid range, divide that by the stepping to get the nearest + // valid step, multiply that by stepping to put it back at a level value. + // + volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[0] = (VOLUME_LEVEL_MAXIMUM + VOLUME_LEVEL_MINIMUM) / 2 / VOLUME_STEPPING * VOLUME_STEPPING; + volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[1] = (VOLUME_LEVEL_MAXIMUM + VOLUME_LEVEL_MINIMUM) / 2 / VOLUME_STEPPING * VOLUME_STEPPING; + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtAcxPinRetrieveName( + _In_ ACXPIN Pin, + _Out_ PUNICODE_STRING Name +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + If g_UseCustomInfName is false then the ACX + pin callback EvtAcxPinRetrieveName calls this + function in order to retrieve the pin name. + +Return Value: + + NTSTATUS + +--*/ +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Pin); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + return RtlUnicodeStringPrintf(Name, L"LibrePods"); +} + +VOID +CodecC_EvtPinContextCleanup( + _In_ WDFOBJECT WdfPin +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + In this callback, it cleans up pin context. + +Arguments: + + WdfDevice - WDF device object + +Return Value: + + nullptr + +--*/ +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(WdfPin); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_CircuitCleanup( + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit +) +{ + PCODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT circuitCtx; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // Remove the static capture circuit. + // + circuitCtx = GetCaptureCircuitContext(Circuit); + ASSERT(circuitCtx != nullptr); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_AddStaticCapture( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const GUID * MicCustomName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + Creates the static capture circuit (pictured below) + and adds it to the device context. This is called + when a new device is detected and the AddDevice + call is made by the pnp manager. + + ****************************************************** + * Capture Circuit * + * * + * +-----------------------+ * + * | | * + * | +-------------+ | * + * Host ------>| | Volume Node | |---> Bridge * + * Pin | +-------------+ | Pin * + * | | * + * +-----------------------+ * + * * + ****************************************************** + +Return Value: + + NTSTATUS + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + PCAPTURE_DEVICE_CONTEXT captureDevCtx; + ACXCIRCUIT captureCircuit = nullptr; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + // + // Alloc audio context to current device. + // + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, CAPTURE_DEVICE_CONTEXT); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(WdfObjectAllocateContext(Device, &attributes, (PVOID*)&captureDevCtx)); + ASSERT(captureDevCtx); + + // + // Create a capture circuit associated with this child device. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CodecC_CreateCaptureCircuit(Device, ComponentGuid, MicCustomName, CircuitName, &captureCircuit)); + + devCtx->Capture = captureCircuit; + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Capture_AllocateSupportedFormats( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_reads_bytes_(CodecCapturePinCount) ACXPIN Pin[], + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ size_t CodecCapturePinCount +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(CodecCapturePinCount); + + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ACXDATAFORMAT formatPcm48000c1; + ACXDATAFORMATLIST formatList; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Allocate the formats this circuit supports. + // + + // Offer 48000 Hz only: LibrePods always feeds decoded audio resampled to + // 48 kHz, so exposing 44100 too made apps (e.g. Voice Recorder) open at + // 44100 and play our 48 kHz samples ~8% slow (deep/robotic). + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AllocateFormat(Pcm48000c1, Circuit, Device, &formatPcm48000c1)); + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Define supported formats for the host pin. + // + + // + // The raw processing mode list is associated with each single circuit + // by ACX. A driver uses this DDI to retrieve the built-in raw + // data-format list. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE(CodecCaptureHostPin >= CodecCapturePinCount, STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER); + formatList = AcxPinGetRawDataFormatList(Pin[CodecCaptureHostPin]); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE(formatList == nullptr, STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to add data formats to the raw + // processing mode list associated with the current circuit. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDataFormatListAddDataFormat(formatList, formatPcm48000c1)); + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_CreateCaptureCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const GUID * MicCustomName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT* Circuit +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + This routine builds the CODEC capture circuit. + +Return Value: + + NT status value + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + ACXCIRCUIT circuit; + CODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT* circuitCtx; + ACXPIN pin[CodecCapturePinCount]; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // Init output value. + // + *Circuit = nullptr; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create a circuit. + // + { + PACXCIRCUIT_INIT circuitInit = nullptr; + ACX_CIRCUIT_PNPPOWER_CALLBACKS powerCallbacks; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to allocate an ACXCIRCUIT_INIT + // structure. This opaque structure is used when creating + // a standalone audio circuit representing an audio device. + // + circuitInit = AcxCircuitInitAllocate(Device); + + // + // A driver uses this DDI to free the allocated + // ACXCIRCUIT_INIT structure when an error is detected. + // Normally the structures is deleted/cleared by ACX when + // an ACX circuit is created successfully. + // + auto circuitInitScope = scope_exit([&circuitInit]() { + if (circuitInit) { + AcxCircuitInitFree(circuitInit); + } + }); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to specify the Component ID + // of the ACX circuit. This ID is a guid that uniquely + // identifies the circuit instance (vendor specific). + // + AcxCircuitInitSetComponentId(circuitInit, ComponentGuid); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to specify the circuit name. + // For standalone circuits, this is the audio device name + // which is used by clients to open handles to the audio devices. + // + (VOID)AcxCircuitInitAssignName(circuitInit, CircuitName); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to specify the circuit type. The + // circuit type can be AcxCircuitTypeRender, AcxCircuitTypeCapture, + // AcxCircuitTypeOther, or AcxCircuitTypeMaximum (for validation). + // + AcxCircuitInitSetCircuitType(circuitInit, AcxCircuitTypeCapture); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to assign its (if any) power callbacks. + // + ACX_CIRCUIT_PNPPOWER_CALLBACKS_INIT(&powerCallbacks); + powerCallbacks.EvtAcxCircuitPowerUp = CodecC_EvtCircuitPowerUp; + powerCallbacks.EvtAcxCircuitPowerDown = CodecC_EvtCircuitPowerDown; + AcxCircuitInitSetAcxCircuitPnpPowerCallbacks(circuitInit, &powerCallbacks); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to register for a stream-create callback. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitInitAssignAcxCreateStreamCallback(circuitInit, CodecC_EvtCircuitCreateStream)); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to create a new ACX circuit. + // + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, CODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitCreate(Device, &attributes, &circuitInit, &circuit)); + + circuitInitScope.release(); + + circuitCtx = GetCaptureCircuitContext(circuit); + ASSERT(circuitCtx); + } + + // + // Post circuit creation initialization. + // + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create volume element. + // + { + ACXELEMENT elements[CaptureElementCount] = { 0 }; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CodecC_CreateVolumeElement(circuit, (ACXVOLUME*)&elements[CaptureVolumeIndex])); + + // + // Saving the volume element in the circuit context. + // + circuitCtx->VolumeElement = (ACXVOLUME)elements[CaptureVolumeIndex]; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI post circuit creation to add ACXELEMENTs. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitAddElements(circuit, elements, SIZEOF_ARRAY(elements))); + } + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create the pins for the circuit. + // + { + ACX_PIN_CALLBACKS pinCallbacks; + ACX_PIN_CONFIG pinCfg; + CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT* pinCtx; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create capture streaming pin. + // + ACX_PIN_CALLBACKS_INIT(&pinCallbacks); + pinCallbacks.EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat = CodecC_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; + + ACX_PIN_CONFIG_INIT(&pinCfg); + pinCfg.Type = AcxPinTypeSource; + pinCfg.Communication = AcxPinCommunicationSink; + pinCfg.Category = &KSCATEGORY_AUDIO; + pinCfg.PinCallbacks = &pinCallbacks; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT); + attributes.EvtCleanupCallback = CodecC_EvtPinContextCleanup; + attributes.ParentObject = circuit; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to create one or more pins on the circuits. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxPinCreate(circuit, &attributes, &pinCfg, &(pin[CodecCaptureHostPin]))); + + ASSERT(pin[CodecCaptureHostPin] != nullptr); + pinCtx = GetCodecPinContext(pin[CodecCaptureHostPin]); + ASSERT(pinCtx); + pinCtx->CodecPinType = CodecPinTypeHost; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create capture endpoint pin. + // + ACX_PIN_CALLBACKS_INIT(&pinCallbacks); + ACX_PIN_CONFIG_INIT(&pinCfg); + + pinCfg.Type = AcxPinTypeSink; + pinCfg.Communication = AcxPinCommunicationNone; + pinCfg.Category = &KSNODETYPE_MICROPHONE; + pinCfg.PinCallbacks = &pinCallbacks; + + // Specify how to read the custom name. + if (g_UseCustomInfName) + { + pinCfg.Name = MicCustomName; + } + else + { + pinCallbacks.EvtAcxPinRetrieveName = CodecC_EvtAcxPinRetrieveName; + } + g_UseCustomInfName = !g_UseCustomInfName; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + attributes.ParentObject = circuit; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to create one or more pins on the circuits. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxPinCreate(circuit, &attributes, &pinCfg, &(pin[CodecCaptureBridgePin]))); + + ASSERT(pin[CodecCaptureBridgePin] != nullptr); + } + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Add audio jack to bridge pin. + // For more information on audio jack see: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/devicetopology/ns-devicetopology-ksjack_description + // + { + ACX_JACK_CONFIG jackCfg; + ACXJACK jack; + PJACK_CONTEXT jackCtx; + + ACX_JACK_CONFIG_INIT(&jackCfg); + jackCfg.Description.ChannelMapping = SPEAKER_FRONT_LEFT | SPEAKER_FRONT_RIGHT; + jackCfg.Description.Color = RGB(0, 0, 0); + jackCfg.Description.ConnectionType = AcxConnTypeAtapiInternal; + jackCfg.Description.GeoLocation = AcxGeoLocFront; + jackCfg.Description.GenLocation = AcxGenLocPrimaryBox; + jackCfg.Description.PortConnection = AcxPortConnIntegratedDevice; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, JACK_CONTEXT); + attributes.ParentObject = pin[CodecCaptureBridgePin]; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxJackCreate(pin[CodecCaptureBridgePin], &attributes, &jackCfg, &jack)); + + ASSERT(jack != nullptr); + + jackCtx = GetJackContext(jack); + ASSERT(jackCtx); + jackCtx->Dummy = 0; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxPinAddJacks(pin[CodecCaptureBridgePin], &jack, 1)); + } + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(Capture_AllocateSupportedFormats(Device, pin, circuit, CodecCapturePinCount)); + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // The driver uses this DDI post circuit creation to add ACXPINs. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitAddPins(circuit, pin, CodecCapturePinCount)); + + // + // Set output value. + // + *Circuit = circuit; + + // + // Done. + // + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtCircuitPowerUp( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ WDF_POWER_DEVICE_STATE PreviousState +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Device); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Circuit); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(PreviousState); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtCircuitPowerDown( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ WDF_POWER_DEVICE_STATE TargetState +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Device); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Circuit); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(TargetState); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtCircuitCreateStream( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ ACXPIN Pin, + _In_ PACXSTREAM_INIT StreamInit, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ const GUID * SignalProcessingMode, + _In_ ACXOBJECTBAG VarArguments +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + This routine creates a stream for the specified circuit. + +Return Value: + + NT status value + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status; + PCAPTURE_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + ACXSTREAM stream; + STREAMENGINE_CONTEXT * streamCtx; + ACX_STREAM_CALLBACKS streamCallbacks; + ACX_RT_STREAM_CALLBACKS rtCallbacks; + CCaptureStreamEngine * streamEngine = nullptr; + CODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT * circuitCtx; + CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT * pinCtx; + + auto streamEngineScope = scope_exit([&streamEngine]() { + + if (streamEngine) + { + delete streamEngine; + } + + }); + + PAGED_CODE(); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(SignalProcessingMode); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(VarArguments); + + ASSERT(IsEqualGUID(*SignalProcessingMode, AUDIO_SIGNALPROCESSINGMODE_RAW)); + + devCtx = GetCaptureDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + circuitCtx = GetCaptureCircuitContext(Circuit); + ASSERT(circuitCtx != nullptr); + + pinCtx = GetCodecPinContext(Pin); + ASSERT(pinCtx != nullptr); + + // + // Init streaming callbacks. + // + ACX_STREAM_CALLBACKS_INIT(&streamCallbacks); + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamPrepareHardware = EvtStreamPrepareHardware; + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamReleaseHardware = EvtStreamReleaseHardware; + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamRun = EvtStreamRun; + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamPause = EvtStreamPause; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxStreamInitAssignAcxStreamCallbacks(StreamInit, &streamCallbacks)); + + // + // Init RT streaming callbacks. + // + ACX_RT_STREAM_CALLBACKS_INIT(&rtCallbacks); + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamGetHwLatency = EvtStreamGetHwLatency; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamAllocateRtPackets = EvtStreamAllocateRtPackets; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamFreeRtPackets = EvtStreamFreeRtPackets; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamGetCapturePacket = CodecC_EvtStreamGetCapturePacket; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamGetCurrentPacket = EvtStreamGetCurrentPacket; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamGetPresentationPosition = EvtStreamGetPresentationPosition; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxStreamInitAssignAcxRtStreamCallbacks(StreamInit, &rtCallbacks)); + + // + // Buffer notifications are supported. + // + AcxStreamInitSetAcxRtStreamSupportsNotifications(StreamInit); + + // + // Create the stream. + // + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, STREAMENGINE_CONTEXT); + attributes.EvtDestroyCallback = EvtStreamDestroy; + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxRtStreamCreate(Device, Circuit, &attributes, &StreamInit, &stream)); + + streamCtx = GetStreamEngineContext(stream); + ASSERT(streamCtx); + + // + // Create the virtual streaming engine which will control + // streaming logic for the capture circuit. + // + streamEngine = new (POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, DeviceDriverTag) CCaptureStreamEngine(stream, StreamFormat); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE(streamEngine == nullptr, STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES); + + streamCtx->StreamEngine = (PVOID)streamEngine; + + streamEngine = nullptr; + + // + // Done. + // + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_EvtStreamGetCapturePacket( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _Out_ ULONG * LastCapturePacket, + _Out_ ULONGLONG * QPCPacketStart, + _Out_ BOOLEAN * MoreData +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CCaptureStreamEngine* streamEngine = nullptr; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = static_cast(ctx->StreamEngine); + + return streamEngine->GetCapturePacket(LastCapturePacket, QPCPacketStart, MoreData); +} + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CircuitHelper.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CircuitHelper.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..157b6fa2d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CircuitHelper.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,620 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + CircuitHelper.cpp + +Abstract: + + This module contains helper functions for circuits. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#include "private.h" +#include "public.h" +#include "CircuitHelper.h" + +#ifndef __INTELLISENSE__ +#include "CircuitHelper.tmh" +#endif + +const ULONG _DSP_STREAM_PROPERTY_UI4_VALUE = 1; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS AllocateFormat( + _In_ KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE WaveFormat, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _Out_ ACXDATAFORMAT* Format +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + + ACX_DATAFORMAT_CONFIG formatCfg; + ACX_DATAFORMAT_CONFIG_INIT_KS(&formatCfg, &WaveFormat); + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, FORMAT_CONTEXT); + attributes.ParentObject = Circuit; + + // + // Creates an ACXDATAFORMAT handle for the given wave format. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDataFormatCreate(Device, &attributes, &formatCfg, Format)); + + ASSERT((*Format) != NULL); + FORMAT_CONTEXT* formatCtx; + formatCtx = GetFormatContext(*Format); + ASSERT(formatCtx); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(formatCtx); + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateStreamBridge( + _In_ ACX_STREAM_BRIDGE_CONFIG StreamCfg, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ ACXPIN Pin, + _In_ DSP_PIN_CONTEXT* PinCtx, + _In_ BOOL Render) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + + attributes.ParentObject = Pin; + + ACX_OBJECTBAG_CONFIG objBagCfg; + ACXOBJECTBAG objBag = NULL; + ACX_OBJECTBAG_CONFIG_INIT(&objBagCfg); + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + attributes.ParentObject = Circuit; + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxObjectBagCreate(&attributes, &objBagCfg, &objBag)); + + DECLARE_CONST_ACXOBJECTBAG_DRIVER_PROPERTY_NAME(msft, TestUI4); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxObjectBagAddUI4(objBag, &TestUI4, _DSP_STREAM_PROPERTY_UI4_VALUE)); + + // + // Add a stream BRIDGE. + // + PCGUID inModes[] = { + &AUDIO_SIGNALPROCESSINGMODE_RAW, + &AUDIO_SIGNALPROCESSINGMODE_DEFAULT, + }; + + if (Render) + { + StreamCfg.InModesCount = SIZEOF_ARRAY(inModes); + StreamCfg.InModes = inModes; + } + + // + // Do not specify InModes for capture - this will prevent the ACX framework from adding created streams to this stream + // bridge automatically. We want to add the stream bridges manually since we don't want KWS streams added. + // + StreamCfg.OutMode = &AUDIO_SIGNALPROCESSINGMODE_RAW; + StreamCfg.OutStreamVarArguments = objBag; + + // + // Uncomment this line to reverse the change-state sequence notifications. + // + // streamCfg.Flags |= AcxStreamBridgeInvertChangeStateSequence; + + ACXSTREAMBRIDGE streamBridge = NULL; + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxStreamBridgeCreate(Circuit, &attributes, &StreamCfg, &streamBridge)); + + if (!Render) + { + PinCtx->HostStreamBridge = streamBridge; + } + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxPinAddStreamBridges(Pin, &streamBridge, 1)); + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS ConnectRenderCircuitElements( + _In_ ACXAUDIOENGINE AudioEngineElement, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + // + // Explicitly connect the circuit/elements. Note that driver doesn't + // need to perform this step when circuit/elements are connected in the + // same order as they were added to the circuit. By default ACX connects + // the elements starting from the sink circuit pin and ending with the + // source circuit pin for both render and capture devices. + // + // Circuit layout + // ----------------------------------------- + // | | + // | -------------------- | + // Host -0->|-----1->| |-0-------->|-3-> Bridge Pin + // | | Audio Engine | | + // Offload -1->|-----2->| Node |-3--| | + // | |------------------| | | + // | | | + // Loopback <-2-|<------------------------------ | | + // | | + // | | + // |---------------------------------------| + // + + ACX_CONNECTION connections[4]; + + ACX_CONNECTION_INIT(&connections[0], Circuit, AudioEngineElement); + connections[0].FromPin.Id = RenderHostPin; + connections[0].ToPin.Id = 1; + + ACX_CONNECTION_INIT(&connections[1], Circuit, AudioEngineElement); + connections[1].FromPin.Id = RenderOffloadPin; + connections[1].ToPin.Id = 2; + + ACX_CONNECTION_INIT(&connections[2], AudioEngineElement, Circuit); + connections[2].ToPin.Id = RenderLoopbackPin; + connections[2].FromPin.Id = 3; + + ACX_CONNECTION_INIT(&connections[3], AudioEngineElement, Circuit); + connections[3].ToPin.Id = RenderBridgePin; + connections[3].FromPin.Id = 0; + + // + // Add the connections linking circuit to elements. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitAddConnections(Circuit, connections, SIZEOF_ARRAY(connections))); + + return status; + +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_GetModeFromAttributeList( + _In_ const PKSMULTIPLE_ITEM Attributes, + _In_ ULONG AttributesSize, + _Out_ GUID * SignalProcessingMode + ) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_NO_MORE_ENTRIES; + PKSATTRIBUTE attributeHeader = NULL; + PAGED_CODE(); + *SignalProcessingMode = AUDIO_SIGNALPROCESSINGMODE_DEFAULT; + + status = FindKsAttributeById(Attributes, + AttributesSize, + &KSATTRIBUTEID_AUDIOSIGNALPROCESSING_MODE, + sizeof(KSATTRIBUTE_AUDIOSIGNALPROCESSING_MODE), + &attributeHeader); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto exit; + } + + ASSERT(attributeHeader->Attribute == KSATTRIBUTEID_AUDIOSIGNALPROCESSING_MODE); + ASSERT(attributeHeader->Size == sizeof(KSATTRIBUTE_AUDIOSIGNALPROCESSING_MODE)); + + KSATTRIBUTE_AUDIOSIGNALPROCESSING_MODE* signalProcessingModeAttribute; + signalProcessingModeAttribute = (KSATTRIBUTE_AUDIOSIGNALPROCESSING_MODE*)attributeHeader; + *SignalProcessingMode = signalProcessingModeAttribute->SignalProcessingMode; + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; +exit: + return status; +} + +struct AFX_FIND_KSATTRIBUTE_BY_ID +{ + const _GUID * Id; + ULONG Size; + PKSATTRIBUTE Attribute; +}; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +FindKsAttributeByIdVisitor( + _In_ PKSATTRIBUTE AttributeHeader, + _In_ PVOID Context, + _Out_ BOOLEAN * bContinue + ) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + AFX_FIND_KSATTRIBUTE_BY_ID * ctx = (AFX_FIND_KSATTRIBUTE_BY_ID *)Context; + PAGED_CODE(); + // Default: continue searching. + *bContinue = TRUE; + + if (IsEqualGUIDAligned(AttributeHeader->Attribute, *ctx->Id)) + { + // Validate its size. + if (AttributeHeader->Size < ctx->Size) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + + ctx->Attribute = AttributeHeader; + *bContinue = FALSE; + } +exit: + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +FindKsAttributeById( + _In_ const PKSMULTIPLE_ITEM Attributes, + _In_ ULONG AttributesSize, + _In_ const _GUID * AttributeId, + _In_ ULONG AttributeSize, + _Out_ PKSATTRIBUTE * AttributeHeader + ) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS status; + AFX_FIND_KSATTRIBUTE_BY_ID ctx = {0}; + *AttributeHeader = NULL; + ctx.Id = AttributeId; + ctx.Size = AttributeSize; + status = TraverseKsAttributeList(Attributes, AttributesSize, FindKsAttributeByIdVisitor, &ctx); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto exit; + } + if (ctx.Attribute == NULL) + { + status = STATUS_NO_MORE_ENTRIES; + goto exit; + } + *AttributeHeader = ctx.Attribute; +exit: + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +TraverseKsAttributeList( + _In_ const PKSMULTIPLE_ITEM Attributes, + _In_ ULONG AttributesSize, + _In_ PFN_KSATTRIBUTES_VISITOR Visitor, + _In_ PVOID Context + ) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ULONG cbRemaining = 0; + PKSATTRIBUTE attributeHeader = NULL; + ASSERT(Visitor); + // + // Note: multiple-item ptr must have a FILE_QUAD_ALIGNMENT only in relation to the Pin's format size. + // I.e., it is not guaranteed that the attributes are FILE_QUAD_ALIGNMENT in memory, unless the caller reallocates + // them before calling this function (which is currently not done by anyone in any driver/sample). + // + //ASSERT((ULONG_PTR)Attributes == (((ULONG_PTR)Attributes + FILE_QUAD_ALIGNMENT) & ~FILE_QUAD_ALIGNMENT)); + if (AttributesSize < sizeof(KSMULTIPLE_ITEM)) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + if (Attributes->Size < sizeof(KSMULTIPLE_ITEM)) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + if (AttributesSize < Attributes->Size) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + + cbRemaining = Attributes->Size; + // + // Init ptr / size of attributes of list. + // + cbRemaining -= sizeof(KSMULTIPLE_ITEM); + attributeHeader = (PKSATTRIBUTE)(Attributes + 1); + for (ULONG i = 0; i < Attributes->Count; i++) + { + BOOLEAN bContinue = TRUE; + size_t cbAttribute = 0; + + if (cbRemaining < sizeof(KSATTRIBUTE)) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + if (attributeHeader->Size < sizeof(KSATTRIBUTE)) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + if (cbRemaining < attributeHeader->Size) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + // + // Invoke the descriptor enumeration routine. + // + status = Visitor(attributeHeader, Context, &bContinue); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto exit; + } + + if (!bContinue) + { + break; + } + // + // Adjust pointer and buffer size to next attribute (QWORD aligned) + // + cbAttribute = CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_UP_CONSTANT(attributeHeader->Size, FILE_QUAD_ALIGNMENT); + if (cbRemaining < cbAttribute) + { + // + // Out of buffer, check if this was the last attribute. + // + if (i + 1 != Attributes->Count) + { + // + // This was not the last attribute, nevertheless there is no more buffer, error out. + // + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + // This was the final attribute. Exit loop with success status. + break; + } + // Check next attribute. + attributeHeader = (PKSATTRIBUTE)(((PBYTE)attributeHeader) + cbAttribute); + cbRemaining -= (ULONG)cbAttribute; + } + // Normalize success code. + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; +exit: + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtJackRetrievePresence( + _In_ ACXJACK Jack, + _In_ PBOOLEAN IsConnected +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Jack); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(IsConnected); + + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + // + // Because this is a sample we always return true (jack is present). A real driver should check + // if the device is actually present before returning true. + // + *IsConnected = true; + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CreateAudioJack( + _In_ ULONG ChannelMapping, + _In_ ULONG Color, + _In_ ACX_JACK_CONNECTION_TYPE ConnectionType, + _In_ ACX_JACK_GEO_LOCATION GeoLocation, + _In_ ACX_JACK_GEN_LOCATION GenLocation, + _In_ ACX_JACK_PORT_CONNECTION PortConnection, + _In_ ULONG Flags, + _In_ ACXPIN BridgePin + ) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ACX_JACK_CONFIG jackCfg; + ACXJACK jack; + PJACK_CONTEXT jackCtx; + ACX_JACK_CALLBACKS jackCallbacks; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + + ACX_JACK_CONFIG_INIT(&jackCfg); + jackCfg.Description.ChannelMapping = ChannelMapping; + jackCfg.Description.Color = Color; + jackCfg.Description.ConnectionType = ConnectionType; + jackCfg.Description.GeoLocation = GeoLocation; + jackCfg.Description.GenLocation = GenLocation; + jackCfg.Description.PortConnection = PortConnection; + jackCfg.Flags = Flags; + + ACX_JACK_CALLBACKS_INIT(&jackCallbacks); + jackCallbacks.EvtAcxJackRetrievePresenceState = EvtJackRetrievePresence; + jackCfg.Callbacks = &jackCallbacks; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, JACK_CONTEXT); + attributes.ParentObject = BridgePin; + + status = AcxJackCreate(BridgePin, &attributes, &jackCfg, &jack); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto exit; + } + + ASSERT(jack != nullptr); + + jackCtx = GetJackContext(jack); + ASSERT(jackCtx); + jackCtx->Dummy = 0; + + status = AcxPinAddJacks(BridgePin, &jack, 1); + +exit: + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID +CpuResourcesCallbackHelper +( + _In_ WDFOBJECT Object, + _In_ WDFREQUEST Request, + _In_ ACXELEMENT Element +) +{ + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; + ULONG_PTR outDataCb = 0; + ACX_REQUEST_PARAMETERS params; + ULONG minSize = sizeof(ULONG); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ACX_REQUEST_PARAMETERS_INIT(¶ms); + AcxRequestGetParameters(Request, ¶ms); + + if ((params.Type != AcxRequestTypeProperty) || + (params.Parameters.Property.ItemType != AcxItemTypeElement)) + { + // Return to acx + (VOID) AcxCircuitDispatchAcxRequest((ACXCIRCUIT)Object, Request); + Request = NULL; + goto exit; + } + + if (Element == NULL) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; + goto exit; + } + + ULONG elementId = params.Parameters.Property.ItemId; + ULONG currentElementId = AcxElementGetId(Element); + ULONG valueCb = params.Parameters.Property.ValueCb; + + if (valueCb != 0) + { + if (params.Parameters.Property.Value == NULL) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL; + goto exit; + } + } + + // + // Check to see if the current node is the peakmeter node, if not then return the call to ACX + // + if (elementId != currentElementId) + { + (VOID) AcxCircuitDispatchAcxRequest((ACXCIRCUIT)Object, Request); + Request = NULL; + goto exit; + } + + if (params.Parameters.Property.Verb == AcxPropertyVerbGet) + { + + if (valueCb == 0) + { + outDataCb = minSize; + ntStatus = STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW; + goto exit; + } + else if (valueCb < minSize) + { + outDataCb = 0; + ntStatus = STATUS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL; + goto exit; + } + else + { + *((PULONG)params.Parameters.Property.Value) = KSAUDIO_CPU_RESOURCES_NOT_HOST_CPU; + params.Parameters.Property.ValueCb = sizeof(ULONG); + outDataCb = params.Parameters.Property.ValueCb; + ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + } + } + else if (params.Parameters.Property.Verb == AcxPropertyVerbBasicSupport) + { + if ((valueCb != sizeof(ULONG)) && (valueCb != sizeof(KSPROPERTY_DESCRIPTION))) + { + outDataCb = minSize; + ntStatus = STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW; + goto exit; + } + + if (valueCb >= sizeof(KSPROPERTY_DESCRIPTION)) + { + // if return buffer can hold a KSPROPERTY_DESCRIPTION, return it + // + PKSPROPERTY_DESCRIPTION PropDesc = (PKSPROPERTY_DESCRIPTION)params.Parameters.Property.Value; + + PropDesc->AccessFlags = KSPROPERTY_TYPE_BASICSUPPORT | KSPROPERTY_TYPE_GET; + PropDesc->DescriptionSize = sizeof(KSPROPERTY_DESCRIPTION); + PropDesc->PropTypeSet.Set = KSPROPTYPESETID_General; + PropDesc->PropTypeSet.Id = VT_UI4; + PropDesc->PropTypeSet.Flags = 0; + PropDesc->MembersListCount = 0; + PropDesc->Reserved = 0; + outDataCb = sizeof(KSPROPERTY_DESCRIPTION); + ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + } + else if (valueCb >= sizeof(ULONG)) + { + // if return buffer can hold a ULONG, return the access flags + // + *((PULONG)params.Parameters.Property.Value) = KSPROPERTY_TYPE_BASICSUPPORT | KSPROPERTY_TYPE_GET; + outDataCb = minSize; + ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + } + else if (valueCb > 0) + { + outDataCb = 0; + ntStatus = STATUS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL; + } + else + { + outDataCb = minSize; + ntStatus = STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW; + } + } + else + { + // + // Just give it back to ACX. After this call the request is gone. + // + (VOID) AcxCircuitDispatchAcxRequest((ACXCIRCUIT)Object, Request); + Request = NULL; + goto exit; + } + +exit: + if (Request != NULL) + { + WdfRequestCompleteWithInformation(Request, ntStatus, outDataCb); + } +} // EvtAudioCpuResourcesCallback diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CircuitHelper.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CircuitHelper.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11863210d --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/CircuitHelper.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + CircuitHelper.h + +Abstract: + + This module contains helper functions for endpoints. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +// size_t +// __inline +// CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_DOWN_CONSTANT( +// IN size_t Length, +// IN size_t AlignTo +// ) +#define CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_DOWN_CONSTANT(Length, AlignTo) ((Length) & ~((AlignTo)-1)) + +#define CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_DOWN CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_DOWN_CONSTANT + +// size_t +// __inline +// CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_UP_CONSTANT( +// IN size_t Length, +// IN size_t AlignTo +// ) +#define CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_UP_CONSTANT(Length, AlignTo) CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_DOWN_CONSTANT((Length) + (AlignTo)-1, (AlignTo)) + +#define CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_UP CODEC_ALIGN_SIZE_UP_CONSTANT + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_GetModeFromAttributeList( + _In_ const PKSMULTIPLE_ITEM Attributes, + _In_ ULONG AttributesSize, + _Out_ GUID * SignalProcessingMode + ); + +// +// Enumeration visitor callback. +// +typedef +NTSTATUS +(EVT_KSATTRIBUTES_VISITOR)( + _In_ PKSATTRIBUTE AttributeHeader, + _In_ PVOID Context, + _Out_ BOOLEAN * bContinue + ); + +typedef EVT_KSATTRIBUTES_VISITOR *PFN_KSATTRIBUTES_VISITOR; + +static +PAGED_CODE_SEG +EVT_KSATTRIBUTES_VISITOR FindKsAttributeByIdVisitor; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +FindKsAttributeById( + _In_ const PKSMULTIPLE_ITEM Attributes, + _In_ ULONG AttributesSize, + _In_ const _GUID * AttributeId, + _In_ ULONG AttributeSize, + _Out_ PKSATTRIBUTE * AttributeHeader + ); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +TraverseKsAttributeList( + _In_ const PKSMULTIPLE_ITEM Attributes, + _In_ ULONG AttributesSize, + _In_ PFN_KSATTRIBUTES_VISITOR Visitor, + _In_ PVOID Context + ); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS AllocateFormat( + _In_ KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE WaveFormat, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _Out_ ACXDATAFORMAT* Format +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateStreamBridge( + _In_ ACX_STREAM_BRIDGE_CONFIG StreamCfg, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ ACXPIN Pin, + _In_ DSP_PIN_CONTEXT* PinCtx, + _In_ BOOL Render +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS ConnectRenderCircuitElements( + _In_ ACXAUDIOENGINE AudioEngineElement, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateAudioJack( + _In_ ULONG ChannelMapping, + _In_ ULONG Color, + _In_ ACX_JACK_CONNECTION_TYPE ConnectionType, + _In_ ACX_JACK_GEO_LOCATION GeoLocation, + _In_ ACX_JACK_GEN_LOCATION GenLocation, + _In_ ACX_JACK_PORT_CONNECTION PortConnection, + _In_ ULONG Flags, + _In_ ACXPIN BridgePin +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS EvtJackRetrievePresence( + _In_ ACXJACK Jack, + _In_ PBOOLEAN IsConnected +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID CpuResourcesCallbackHelper( + _In_ WDFOBJECT Object, + _In_ WDFREQUEST Request, + _In_ ACXELEMENT Element +); + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/KeywordDetector.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/KeywordDetector.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ca38f9eb --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/KeywordDetector.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ +/*++ + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + KeywordDetector.cpp + +Abstract: + + Sample keyword detector management. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#include "private.h" +#include "public.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "streamengine.h" +#include "KeywordDetector.h" + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CKeywordDetector::CKeywordDetector() + : + m_streamRunning(FALSE), + m_qpcStartCapture(0), + m_nLastQueuedPacket(-1), + m_SoundDetectorArmed1(FALSE), + m_SoundDetectorArmed2(FALSE), + m_SoundDetectorData1(0), + m_SoundDetectorData2(0), + m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp(0), + m_ullKeywordStopTimestamp(0) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // Initialize our pool of packets and the list structures + KeInitializeSpinLock(&PacketPoolSpinLock); + KeInitializeSpinLock(&PacketFifoSpinLock); + ResetFifo(); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +NTSTATUS CKeywordDetector::ReadKeywordTimestampRegistry() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus; + PDRIVER_OBJECT DriverObject; + HANDLE DriverKey; + + RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TABLE paramTable[] = { + // QueryRoutine Flags Name EntryContext DefaultType DefaultData DefaultLength + { NULL, RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_DIRECT | RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK, L"KeywordDetectorStartTimestamp", &m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp, (REG_QWORD << RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK_SHIFT) | REG_QWORD, &m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp, sizeof(ULONGLONG) }, + { NULL, RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_DIRECT | RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK, L"KeywordDetectorStopTimestamp", &m_ullKeywordStopTimestamp, (REG_QWORD << RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK_SHIFT) | REG_QWORD, &m_ullKeywordStopTimestamp, sizeof(ULONGLONG) }, + { NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } + }; + + DriverObject = WdfDriverWdmGetDriverObject(WdfGetDriver()); + DriverKey = NULL; + ntStatus = IoOpenDriverRegistryKey(DriverObject, + DriverRegKeyParameters, + KEY_READ, + 0, + &DriverKey); + + if (!NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + return ntStatus; + } + + ntStatus = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_HANDLE, + (PCWSTR) DriverKey, + ¶mTable[0], + NULL, + NULL); + if (DriverKey) + { + ZwClose(DriverKey); + } + + return ntStatus; +} + + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +NTSTATUS CKeywordDetector::ResetDetector(_In_ GUID eventId) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD1) + { + m_SoundDetectorData1 = 0; + m_SoundDetectorArmed1 = FALSE; + } + else if(eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD2) + { + m_SoundDetectorData2 = 0; + m_SoundDetectorArmed2 = FALSE; + } + else if(eventId == GUID_NULL) + { + // When DownloadDetectorData is called to set the pattern for multiple keywords + // at once, all keyword detectors must be reset. Also used during keyword detector + // initialization and cleanup to restore it back to initial state and power down. + m_SoundDetectorData1 = 0; + m_SoundDetectorArmed1 = FALSE; + m_SoundDetectorData2 = 0; + m_SoundDetectorArmed2 = FALSE; + } + else + { + return STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +NTSTATUS CKeywordDetector::DownloadDetectorData(_In_ GUID eventId, _In_ LONGLONG Data) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // reset the detector for this event Id + ResetDetector(eventId); + + // In this example, the driver supports detection data + // set with a single call for both detectors, or each + // detector set individually. + if (eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD1) + { + m_SoundDetectorData1 = Data; + } + else if(eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD2) + { + m_SoundDetectorData2 = Data; + } + else if(eventId == GUID_NULL) + { + // in this simplified example "Data" is set on both detectors, + // however in a real system "Data" could be a data structure which + // contains different values for each detector. + m_SoundDetectorData1 = m_SoundDetectorData2 = Data; + } + else + { + return STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +// The following function is only applicable to single keyword detection systems, +// and assumes keyword detector #1. +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +NTSTATUS CKeywordDetector::GetDetectorData(_In_ GUID eventId, _Out_ LONGLONG *Data) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD1) + { + *Data = m_SoundDetectorData1; + } + else if(eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD2) + { + *Data = m_SoundDetectorData2; + } + else + { + return STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +ULONGLONG CKeywordDetector::GetStartTimestamp() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + return m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +ULONGLONG CKeywordDetector::GetStopTimestamp() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + return m_ullKeywordStopTimestamp; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +VOID CKeywordDetector::ResetFifo() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_qpcStartCapture = 0; + m_nLastQueuedPacket = (-1); + InitializeListHead(&PacketPoolHead); + InitializeListHead(&PacketFifoHead); + + for (int i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE(PacketPool); i++) + { + InsertTailList(&PacketPoolHead, &PacketPool[i].ListEntry); + } + return; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +NTSTATUS CKeywordDetector::SetArmed(_In_ GUID eventId, _In_ BOOLEAN Arm) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + BOOL previousArming = FALSE; + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + // the previous state is "armed" if either detector is armed. + // this reflects the fact that both detectors are sharing the + // same stream. + previousArming = m_SoundDetectorArmed1 || m_SoundDetectorArmed2; + + if (eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD1) + { + m_SoundDetectorArmed1 = Arm; + } + else if(eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD2) + { + m_SoundDetectorArmed2 = Arm; + } + else + { + return STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + if (Arm && !previousArming && m_qpcStartCapture == 0) + { + StartBufferingStream(); + } + else if (!Arm && previousArming && !m_streamRunning) + { + // if it's not actively streaming and everything has been disarmed, + // then stop buffering. + ResetFifo(); + } + + return ntStatus; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +NTSTATUS CKeywordDetector::GetArmed(_In_ GUID eventId, _Out_ BOOLEAN *Arm) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + if (eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD1) + { + *Arm = m_SoundDetectorArmed1; + } + else if(eventId == CONTOSO_KEYWORD2) + { + *Arm = m_SoundDetectorArmed2; + } + else + { + return STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + return ntStatus; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +VOID CKeywordDetector::Run() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (m_qpcStartCapture == 0) + { + StartBufferingStream(); + } + + m_streamRunning = TRUE; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +VOID CKeywordDetector::Stop() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ResetFifo(); + m_streamRunning = FALSE; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +VOID CKeywordDetector::StartBufferingStream() +{ + LARGE_INTEGER qpc; + LARGE_INTEGER qpcFrequency; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + qpc = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(&qpcFrequency); + m_qpcStartCapture = qpc.QuadPart; + m_qpcFrequency = qpcFrequency.QuadPart; + + return; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +VOID CKeywordDetector::NotifyDetection() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // A detection will only happen if armed and the + // stream is already running. If there isn't a client + // running, then set the stream start time to align + // with this detection. + if (!m_streamRunning) + { + StartBufferingStream(); + + // The following code is for testing purposes only. + // m_qpcFrequency is defined to be the number of ticks in 1 second. + // Use the stream start time (the current time retrieved in StartBufferStream) to + // mark when the keyword ended, and the start time minus 1 second worth of ticks + // to mark when the keyword started. Also, adjust the stream start time to align + // to this new keyword start time, so that the simulated stream contains the full keyword. + + m_ullKeywordStopTimestamp = m_qpcStartCapture; // stop time is the current time + m_qpcStartCapture = m_qpcStartCapture - m_qpcFrequency; // buffer start time is 1 second ago + m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp = m_qpcStartCapture; // buffer start time = keyword start time + + } + else + { + // The following code is for testing purposes only. + // If the stream is running, we cannot modify qpcStartCapture to be in + // the past, so instead make the keyword start & stop times fit within the + // time period that the keyword has been running. If it has been running + // for more than 1 second, then set the keyword start time to be 1 second back + // into the stream, as though we just figured out there was a keyword there. + // If it has been running less than one second, then the keyword size ends + // up being however long the stream has been running. + + LARGE_INTEGER qpc; + qpc = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL); + + m_ullKeywordStopTimestamp = qpc.QuadPart; // stop time is the current time + + if (m_qpcStartCapture < (qpc.QuadPart - m_qpcFrequency)) + { + m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp = (qpc.QuadPart - m_qpcFrequency); + } + else + { + m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp = m_qpcStartCapture; + } + + } + + return; +} + +_IRQL_requires_min_(DISPATCH_LEVEL) +VOID CKeywordDetector::DpcRoutine(_In_ LONGLONG PerformanceCounter, _In_ LONGLONG PerformanceFrequency) +{ + LONGLONG currentPacket; + LONGLONG packetsToQueue; + + // TODO: the timer only runs when the stream is open, but really for KWS it should be building up a collection of burst data + // in the queue from 1.5 sec before the trigger happens. Is there some way to simulate that behavior here? Without doing that, + // there isn't really a burst that happens, just a trickle because while the timestamps will be right, the queue won't contain + // anything until the timer fires at the normal rate. + + if (m_qpcStartCapture <= 0) + { + return; + } + + currentPacket = (PerformanceCounter - m_qpcStartCapture) * (SamplesPerSecond / SamplesPerPacket) / PerformanceFrequency; + packetsToQueue = currentPacket - m_nLastQueuedPacket; + + while (packetsToQueue > 0) + { + LIST_ENTRY* packetListEntry; + PACKET_ENTRY* packetEntry; + + do + { + packetListEntry = ExInterlockedRemoveHeadList(&PacketPoolHead, &PacketPoolSpinLock); + if (packetListEntry != NULL) break; + + // Pool is empty, no room to buffer more, an overrun is occurring. Drop and reuse the + // oldest packet from head of fifo. + + // Since the pool is empty, the fifo should be full. However, although unlikely, the + // driver might empty the fifo before this routine removes a packet. In that case, the + // pool should have packets available again. Therefore this is a retry loop. + packetListEntry = ExInterlockedRemoveHeadList(&PacketFifoHead, &PacketFifoSpinLock); + if (packetListEntry != NULL) break; + } while (TRUE); + + packetEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(packetListEntry, PACKET_ENTRY, ListEntry); + + packetEntry->PacketNumber = ++m_nLastQueuedPacket; + packetEntry->QpcWhenSampled = m_qpcStartCapture + (packetEntry->PacketNumber * PerformanceFrequency * SamplesPerPacket / SamplesPerSecond); + + // TODO: this should really put something real in the buffer. Use the sine tone generator maybe? + RtlZeroMemory(&packetEntry->Samples[0], sizeof(packetEntry->Samples)); + + ExInterlockedInsertTailList(&PacketFifoHead, packetListEntry, &PacketFifoSpinLock); + + packetsToQueue -= 1; + } +} + +_IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +NTSTATUS CKeywordDetector::GetReadPacket +( + _In_ ULONG PacketCount, + _In_ ULONG PacketSize, + _Out_writes_(PacketSize) PVOID *Packets, + _Out_ ULONG *PacketNumber, + _Out_ ULONG64 *PerformanceCounterValue, + _Out_ BOOLEAN *MoreData +) +{ + NTSTATUS ntStatus; + BYTE *packetData; + PACKET_ENTRY *packetEntry; + LIST_ENTRY *packetListEntry = NULL; + + packetListEntry = ExInterlockedRemoveHeadList(&PacketFifoHead, &PacketFifoSpinLock); + if (packetListEntry == NULL) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_DEVICE_NOT_READY; + goto Exit; + } + packetEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(packetListEntry, PACKET_ENTRY, ListEntry); + + ntStatus = RtlLongLongToULong(packetEntry->PacketNumber, PacketNumber); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + goto Exit; + } + + packetData = (PBYTE) Packets[(*PacketNumber) % PacketCount]; + + *PerformanceCounterValue = packetEntry->QpcWhenSampled; + *MoreData = !IsListEmpty(&PacketFifoHead); + + // TODO: the packet size here needs to line up to the packet size allocated. + // Also, handle the first packet offset + RtlCopyMemory(packetData, packetEntry->Samples, min(sizeof(packetEntry->Samples), PacketSize)); + +Exit: + if (packetListEntry != NULL) + { + ExInterlockedInsertTailList(&PacketPoolHead, packetListEntry, &PacketPoolSpinLock); + } + + return ntStatus; +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/KeywordDetector.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/KeywordDetector.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d5b1311e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/KeywordDetector.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation All Rights Reserved + +Module Name: + + KeywordDetector.h + +Abstract: + + Sample Keyword Detector. + + +--*/ + +#pragma once + +typedef struct +{ + SOUNDDETECTOR_PATTERNHEADER Header; + LONGLONG ContosoDetectorConfigurationData; +} CONTOSO_KEYWORDCONFIGURATION; + +typedef struct +{ + SOUNDDETECTOR_PATTERNHEADER Header; + LONGLONG ContosoDetectorResultData; + ULONGLONG KeywordStartTimestamp; + ULONGLONG KeywordStopTimestamp; + GUID EventId; +} CONTOSO_KEYWORDDETECTIONRESULT; + +DEFINE_GUID(CONTOSO_KEYWORDCONFIGURATION_IDENTIFIER2, +0x207f3d0c, 0x5c79, 0x496f, 0xa9, 0x4c, 0xd3, 0xd2, 0x93, 0x4d, 0xbf, 0xa9); + +// {A537F559-2D67-463B-B10E-BEB750A21F31} +DEFINE_GUID(CONTOSO_KEYWORD1, +0xa537f559, 0x2d67, 0x463b, 0xb1, 0xe, 0xbe, 0xb7, 0x50, 0xa2, 0x1f, 0x31); +// {655E417A-80A5-4A77-B3F1-512EAF67ABCF} +DEFINE_GUID(CONTOSO_KEYWORD2, +0x655e417a, 0x80a5, 0x4a77, 0xb3, 0xf1, 0x51, 0x2e, 0xaf, 0x67, 0xab, 0xcf); + +#define KEYWORDDETECTOR_POOLTAG 'KWS0' + +class CKeywordDetector +{ +public: + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CKeywordDetector(); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS ResetDetector(_In_ GUID eventId); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS DownloadDetectorData(_In_ GUID eventId, _In_ LONGLONG Data); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS GetDetectorData(_In_ GUID eventId, _Out_ LONGLONG *Data); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ULONGLONG GetStartTimestamp(); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ULONGLONG GetStopTimestamp(); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS SetArmed(_In_ GUID eventId, _In_ BOOLEAN Arm); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID NotifyDetection(); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS GetArmed(_In_ GUID eventId, _Out_ BOOLEAN *Arm); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID Run(); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID Stop(); + + _IRQL_requires_min_(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID DpcRoutine(_In_ LONGLONG PerformanceCounter, _In_ LONGLONG PerformanceFrequency); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + NTSTATUS GetReadPacket(_In_ ULONG PacketCount, _In_ ULONG PacketSize, _Out_writes_(PacketSize) PVOID *Packets, _Out_ ULONG *PacketNumber, _Out_ ULONGLONG *PerformanceCount, _Out_ BOOLEAN *MoreData); + +private: + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID ResetFifo(); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS ReadKeywordTimestampRegistry(); + + _IRQL_requires_max_(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID StartBufferingStream(); + + // The Contoso keyword detector processes 10ms packets of 16KHz 16-bit PCM + // audio samples + static const int SamplesPerSecond = 16000; + static const int SamplesPerPacket = (10 * SamplesPerSecond / 1000); + + typedef struct + { + LIST_ENTRY ListEntry; + LONGLONG PacketNumber; + LONGLONG QpcWhenSampled; + UINT16 Samples[SamplesPerPacket]; + } PACKET_ENTRY; + + BOOLEAN m_streamRunning; + + BOOLEAN m_SoundDetectorArmed1; + BOOLEAN m_SoundDetectorArmed2; + LONGLONG m_SoundDetectorData1; + LONGLONG m_SoundDetectorData2; + + LONGLONG m_qpcStartCapture; + LONGLONG m_qpcFrequency; + LONGLONG m_nLastQueuedPacket; + + ULONGLONG m_ullKeywordStartTimestamp; + ULONGLONG m_ullKeywordStopTimestamp; + + KSPIN_LOCK PacketPoolSpinLock; + LIST_ENTRY PacketPoolHead; + PACKET_ENTRY PacketPool[1 * SamplesPerSecond / SamplesPerPacket]; // Enough storage for 1 second of audio data + + KSPIN_LOCK PacketFifoSpinLock; + LIST_ENTRY PacketFifoHead; + +}; + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/MicPipe.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/MicPipe.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdeea4195 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/MicPipe.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +/*++ + +Module Name: + + MicPipe.cpp + +Abstract: + + Implementation of the LibrePods hi-res microphone bridge. See MicPipe.h. + + Design: a single global byte ring buffer guarded by a spin lock (the virtual + mic is single-instance). User mode writes decoded PCM via the control device + IOCTL; the ACX capture stream engine reads a packet per tick. No WPP tracing + here (keeps the file self-contained). + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#include "MicPipe.h" + +// +// ~1.36 s of headroom @ 48 kHz mono 16-bit (96000 B/s). Lives in the driver's +// non-paged image data, so it's safe to touch at DISPATCH_LEVEL. +// +#define MIC_RING_BYTES 0x20000u + +static UCHAR g_Ring[MIC_RING_BYTES]; +static ULONG g_Head; // next write index +static ULONG g_Tail; // next read index +static ULONG g_Count; // bytes currently buffered +static KSPIN_LOCK g_Lock; +static BOOLEAN g_Inited = FALSE; + +static WDFDEVICE g_ControlDevice = NULL; + +// Advances on every capture pull (MicPipeRead). The tray polls it to tell when +// an app is actually recording from the mic, and auto-enables/disables the +// hi-res stream accordingly. +static volatile LONG g_ReadTick = 0; + +EXTERN_C_START + +VOID +MicPipeInit( + VOID +) +{ + if (g_Inited) { + return; + } + KeInitializeSpinLock(&g_Lock); + g_Head = g_Tail = g_Count = 0; + g_Inited = TRUE; +} + +VOID +MicPipeWrite( + _In_reads_bytes_(Len) PVOID Data, + _In_ ULONG Len +) +{ + KIRQL irql; + PUCHAR src = (PUCHAR)Data; + ULONG i; + + if (!g_Inited || Data == NULL || Len == 0) { + return; + } + + KeAcquireSpinLock(&g_Lock, &irql); + for (i = 0; i < Len; i++) { + if (g_Count == MIC_RING_BYTES) { + // Full: drop the oldest byte so the newest audio always wins. + g_Tail = (g_Tail + 1u) % MIC_RING_BYTES; + g_Count--; + } + g_Ring[g_Head] = src[i]; + g_Head = (g_Head + 1u) % MIC_RING_BYTES; + g_Count++; + } + KeReleaseSpinLock(&g_Lock, irql); +} + +VOID +MicPipeRead( + _Out_writes_bytes_(Len) PVOID Out, + _In_ ULONG Len +) +{ + KIRQL irql; + PUCHAR dst = (PUCHAR)Out; + ULONG i; + + if (Out == NULL || Len == 0) { + return; + } + // A capture is pulling data: mark activity so the tray can auto-enable. + InterlockedIncrement(&g_ReadTick); + if (!g_Inited) { + RtlZeroMemory(Out, Len); + return; + } + + KeAcquireSpinLock(&g_Lock, &irql); + for (i = 0; i < Len; i++) { + if (g_Count == 0) { + dst[i] = 0; // underrun -> silence + } else { + dst[i] = g_Ring[g_Tail]; + g_Tail = (g_Tail + 1u) % MIC_RING_BYTES; + g_Count--; + } + } + KeReleaseSpinLock(&g_Lock, irql); +} + +// +// IOCTL handler: copy the pushed PCM into the ring. +// +static VOID +MicPipe_EvtIoDeviceControl( + _In_ WDFQUEUE Queue, + _In_ WDFREQUEST Request, + _In_ size_t OutputBufferLength, + _In_ size_t InputBufferLength, + _In_ ULONG IoControlCode +) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_INVALID_DEVICE_REQUEST; + ULONG_PTR info = 0; + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Queue); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(OutputBufferLength); + + if (IoControlCode == IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM && InputBufferLength > 0) { + PVOID buf = NULL; + size_t len = 0; + status = WdfRequestRetrieveInputBuffer(Request, 1, &buf, &len); + if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) { + MicPipeWrite(buf, (ULONG)len); + info = len; + } + } else if (IoControlCode == IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_STATUS) { + PVOID buf = NULL; + size_t len = 0; + status = WdfRequestRetrieveOutputBuffer(Request, sizeof(LONG), &buf, &len); + if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) { + *(LONG *)buf = InterlockedCompareExchange(&g_ReadTick, 0, 0); + info = sizeof(LONG); + } + } + + WdfRequestCompleteWithInformation(Request, status, info); +} + +NTSTATUS +MicPipeCreateControlDevice( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Parent +) +{ + NTSTATUS status; + PWDFDEVICE_INIT init = NULL; + WDFDEVICE ctl = NULL; + WDFQUEUE queue; + WDF_IO_QUEUE_CONFIG qCfg; + + // SYSTEM: all, Builtin Admins: RWX, Everyone: RW (so a non-elevated app can + // open \\.\LibrePodsMic and push audio). + DECLARE_CONST_UNICODE_STRING(sddl, + L"D:P(A;;GA;;;SY)(A;;GRGWGX;;;BA)(A;;GRGW;;;WD)"); + DECLARE_CONST_UNICODE_STRING(ntName, L"\\Device\\LibrePodsMic"); + DECLARE_CONST_UNICODE_STRING(symLink, L"\\DosDevices\\LibrePodsMic"); + + // Driver-scoped, created once. Survives PnP device remove/re-add. + if (g_ControlDevice != NULL) { + return STATUS_SUCCESS; + } + + init = WdfControlDeviceInitAllocate(WdfDeviceGetDriver(Parent), &sddl); + if (init == NULL) { + return STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + + WdfDeviceInitSetDeviceType(init, FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN); + WdfDeviceInitSetIoType(init, WdfDeviceIoBuffered); + + // Single audio source: only one process may feed the mic at a time. Two + // writers interleaving in the ring sound like static, so refuse a second + // open (a stuck feeder is freed on its process exit / a driver reload). + WdfDeviceInitSetExclusive(init, TRUE); + + status = WdfDeviceInitAssignName(init, &ntName); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) { + WdfDeviceInitFree(init); + return status; + } + + status = WdfDeviceCreate(&init, WDF_NO_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES, &ctl); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) { + WdfDeviceInitFree(init); // WdfDeviceCreate only consumes init on success + return status; + } + + status = WdfDeviceCreateSymbolicLink(ctl, &symLink); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) { + WdfObjectDelete(ctl); + return status; + } + + WDF_IO_QUEUE_CONFIG_INIT_DEFAULT_QUEUE(&qCfg, WdfIoQueueDispatchParallel); + qCfg.EvtIoDeviceControl = MicPipe_EvtIoDeviceControl; + status = WdfIoQueueCreate(ctl, &qCfg, WDF_NO_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES, &queue); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) { + WdfObjectDelete(ctl); + return status; + } + + WdfControlFinishInitializing(ctl); + g_ControlDevice = ctl; + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +EXTERN_C_END diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/MicPipe.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/MicPipe.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aab435dc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/MicPipe.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/*++ + +Module Name: + + MicPipe.h + +Abstract: + + LibrePods hi-res microphone bridge (Phase 2). A global ring buffer that + user mode fills with decoded PCM over an IOCTL, and the ACX capture stream + engine drains one packet per notification tick (see StreamEngine.cpp + ProcessPacket). Exposed to user mode through a control device + (\\.\LibrePodsMic). + + PCM format: mono, 16-bit, 44100 or 48000 Hz (whatever the client opens the + capture endpoint with — see Capture_AllocateSupportedFormats). + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +// +// IOCTL: user mode pushes raw PCM bytes into the mic ring buffer. +// Value (precomputed for the user-mode side): 0x0022A000. +// CTL_CODE(FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN, 0x800, METHOD_BUFFERED, FILE_WRITE_DATA) +// +#define IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM \ + CTL_CODE(FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN, 0x800, METHOD_BUFFERED, FILE_WRITE_DATA) + +// +// IOCTL: user mode reads a capture-activity counter (ULONG). It advances every +// time an app pulls a capture packet, so the tray can tell when the mic is +// actually being recorded and auto-enable/disable the hi-res stream. +// Value (precomputed): 0x00226004. +// CTL_CODE(FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN, 0x801, METHOD_BUFFERED, FILE_READ_DATA) +// +#define IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_STATUS \ + CTL_CODE(FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN, 0x801, METHOD_BUFFERED, FILE_READ_DATA) + +EXTERN_C_START + +// +// Initialize the global ring buffer. Call once, early (device add), before any +// read/write. Idempotent. +// +VOID +MicPipeInit( + VOID +); + +// +// Create the control device (\Device\LibrePodsMic + \DosDevices\LibrePodsMic) +// that exposes IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM. Driver-scoped and created once; +// safe to call again (returns STATUS_SUCCESS if already created). Best-effort: +// a failure here must not fail device add (the mic still enumerates, just with +// no user-mode feed yet). +// +NTSTATUS +MicPipeCreateControlDevice( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Parent +); + +// +// Append PCM bytes to the ring (called from the IOCTL handler, PASSIVE_LEVEL). +// On overflow the oldest bytes are dropped so we always keep the newest audio. +// +VOID +MicPipeWrite( + _In_reads_bytes_(Len) PVOID Data, + _In_ ULONG Len +); + +// +// Fill Out with Len bytes from the ring (called from ProcessPacket, up to +// DISPATCH_LEVEL). Any underrun is zero-filled (silence). +// +VOID +MicPipeRead( + _Out_writes_bytes_(Len) PVOID Out, + _In_ ULONG Len +); + +EXTERN_C_END diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/NewDelete.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/NewDelete.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2bee67dd --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/NewDelete.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/*++ + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. +Module Name: + newdelete.cpp +Abstract: + Contains overloaded placement new and delete operators +Environment: + Kernel mode +--*/ + +#include "private.h" +#include "NewDelete.h" + +/***************************************************************************** + * ::new(POOL_FLAGS) + ***************************************************************************** + * New function for creating objects with a specified pool flags. + */ +PVOID operator new( + _In_ size_t size, + _In_ POOL_FLAGS poolFlags +) +{ + PVOID result = ExAllocatePool2(poolFlags, size, 'wNwS'); + + return result; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * ::new(POOL_FLAGS, TAG) + ***************************************************************************** + * New function for creating objects with specified pool flags and allocation tag. + */ +PVOID operator new( + _In_ size_t size, + _In_ POOL_FLAGS poolFlags, + _In_ ULONG tag +) +{ + PVOID result = ExAllocatePool2(poolFlags, size, tag); + + return result; +} + +void __cdecl operator delete(PVOID buffer) +{ + if (buffer) + { + ExFreePool(buffer); + } +} + +void __cdecl operator delete(PVOID buffer, ULONG tag) +{ + if (buffer) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(buffer, tag); + } +} + +void __cdecl operator delete(_Pre_maybenull_ __drv_freesMem(Mem) PVOID buffer, _In_ size_t cbSize) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(cbSize); + + if (buffer) + { + ExFreePool(buffer); + } +} + +void __cdecl operator delete[](_Pre_maybenull_ __drv_freesMem(Mem) PVOID buffer) +{ + if (buffer) + { + ExFreePool(buffer); + } +} + +void __cdecl operator delete[](_Pre_maybenull_ __drv_freesMem(Mem) PVOID buffer, _In_ size_t cbSize) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(cbSize); + + if (buffer) + { + ExFreePool(buffer); + } +} + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/NewDelete.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/NewDelete.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee6d8bdd --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/NewDelete.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/*++ +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. +Module Name: + NewDelete.h +Abstract: + Contains overloaded placement new and delete operators +Environment: + Kernel mode +--*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * ::new(POOL_FLAGS) + ***************************************************************************** + * New function for creating objects with a specified pool flags. + */ +PVOID operator new( + _In_ size_t size, + _In_ POOL_FLAGS poolFlags +); + +/***************************************************************************** + * ::new(POOL_FLAGS, TAG) + ***************************************************************************** + * New function for creating objects with specified pool flags and allocation tag. + */ +PVOID operator new( + _In_ size_t size, + _In_ POOL_FLAGS poolFlags, + _In_ ULONG tag +); + +/***************************************************************************** + * ::delete() + ***************************************************************************** + * Delete function. + */ +void __cdecl operator delete(PVOID buffer); + +/***************************************************************************** + * ::delete() + ***************************************************************************** + * Delete function. + */ +void __cdecl operator delete(PVOID buffer, ULONG tag); + +void __cdecl operator delete[](PVOID pVoid, _In_ size_t cbSize); + +void __cdecl operator delete(_Pre_maybenull_ __drv_freesMem(Mem) PVOID buffer, _In_ size_t cbSize); + +void __cdecl operator delete[](_Pre_maybenull_ __drv_freesMem(Mem) PVOID buffer); + +void __cdecl operator delete[](_Pre_maybenull_ __drv_freesMem(Mem) PVOID buffer, _In_ size_t cbSize); + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/Private.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/Private.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..677cc3a10 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/Private.h @@ -0,0 +1,922 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + Private.h + +Abstract: + + Contains structure definitions and function prototypes private to + the Common library. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#ifndef _PRIVATE_H_ +#define _PRIVATE_H_ + + +#include +#include +#include "cpp_utils.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "NewDelete.h" + +/* make prototypes usable from C++ */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "Trace.h" + +#include +#include + +#define PAGED_CODE_SEG __declspec(code_seg("PAGE")) +#define INIT_CODE_SEG __declspec(code_seg("INIT")) + +extern const GUID DSP_CIRCUIT_SPEAKER_GUID; +extern const GUID DSP_CIRCUIT_MICROPHONE_GUID; +extern const GUID DSP_CIRCUIT_UNIVERSALJACK_RENDER_GUID; +extern const GUID DSP_CIRCUIT_UNIVERSALJACK_CAPTURE_GUID; + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Driver wide definitions +// + +// Copied from cfgmgr32.h +#if !defined(MAX_DEVICE_ID_LEN) +#define MAX_DEVICE_ID_LEN 200 +#endif + +// Number of millisecs per sec. +#define MS_PER_SEC 1000 + +// Number of hundred nanosecs per sec. +#define HNS_PER_SEC 10000000 + +#define REQUEST_TIMEOUT_SECONDS 5 + +#undef MIN +#undef MAX +#define MIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) + +#ifndef BOOL +typedef int BOOL; +#endif + +#ifndef SIZEOF_ARRAY +#define SIZEOF_ARRAY(ar) (sizeof(ar)/sizeof((ar)[0])) +#endif // !defined(SIZEOF_ARRAY) + +#ifndef RGB +#define RGB(r, g, b) (DWORD)(r << 16 | g << 8 | b) +#endif + +#define ALL_CHANNELS_ID UINT32_MAX +#define MAX_CHANNELS 2 + +// +// Ks support. +// +#define KSPROPERTY_TYPE_ALL KSPROPERTY_TYPE_BASICSUPPORT | \ + KSPROPERTY_TYPE_GET | \ + KSPROPERTY_TYPE_SET + +// +// Define struct to hold signal processing mode and corresponding +// list of supported formats. +// +typedef struct +{ + GUID SignalProcessingMode; + KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE* FormatList; + ULONG FormatListCount; +} SUPPORTED_FORMATS_LIST; + +// +// Define CAPTURE device context. +// +typedef struct _CAPTURE_DEVICE_CONTEXT { + ACXCIRCUIT Circuit; + BOOLEAN FirstTimePrepareHardware; +} CAPTURE_DEVICE_CONTEXT, * PCAPTURE_DEVICE_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(CAPTURE_DEVICE_CONTEXT, GetCaptureDeviceContext) + +// +// Define RENDER device context. +// +typedef struct _RENDER_DEVICE_CONTEXT { + ACXCIRCUIT Circuit; + BOOLEAN FirstTimePrepareHardware; +} RENDER_DEVICE_CONTEXT, * PRENDER_DEVICE_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(RENDER_DEVICE_CONTEXT, GetRenderDeviceContext) + +// +// Define circuit/stream element context. +// +typedef struct _ELEMENT_CONTEXT { + BOOLEAN Dummy; +} ELEMENT_CONTEXT, *PELEMENT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(ELEMENT_CONTEXT, GetElementContext) + +// +// Define circuit/stream element context. +// +typedef struct _MUTE_ELEMENT_CONTEXT { + BOOL MuteState[MAX_CHANNELS]; +} MUTE_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, *PMUTE_ELEMENT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(MUTE_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, GetMuteElementContext) + +// +// Define circuit/stream element context. +// +typedef struct _VOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT { + LONG VolumeLevel[MAX_CHANNELS]; +} VOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, *PVOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(VOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, GetVolumeElementContext) + +#define VOLUME_STEPPING 0x8000 +#define VOLUME_LEVEL_MAXIMUM 0x00000000 +#define VOLUME_LEVEL_MINIMUM (-96 * 0x10000) + +// +// Define mute timer context. +// +typedef struct _MUTE_TIMER_CONTEXT { + ACXELEMENT MuteElement; + ACXEVENT Event; +} MUTE_TIMER_CONTEXT, *PMUTE_TIMER_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(MUTE_TIMER_CONTEXT, GetMuteTimerContext) + +// +// Define format context. +// +typedef struct _FORMAT_CONTEXT { + BOOLEAN Dummy; +} FORMAT_CONTEXT, *PFORMAT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(FORMAT_CONTEXT, GetFormatContext) + +// +// Define jack context. +// +typedef struct _JACK_CONTEXT { + ULONG Dummy; +} JACK_CONTEXT, * PJACK_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(JACK_CONTEXT, GetJackContext) + +// +// Define audio engine context. +// +typedef struct _ENGINE_CONTEXT { + ACXDATAFORMAT MixFormat; +} ENGINE_CONTEXT, * PENGINE_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(ENGINE_CONTEXT, GetEngineContext) + +// +// Define stream audio engine context. +// +typedef struct _STREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT { + BOOLEAN Dummy; +} STREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT, * PSTREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(STREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT, GetStreamAudioEngineContext) + +// +// Define keyword spotter context +// +typedef struct _KEYWORDSPOTTER_CONTEXT { + ACXPNPEVENT Event; + PVOID KeywordDetector; +} KEYWORDSPOTTER_CONTEXT, * PKEYWORDSPOTTER_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(KEYWORDSPOTTER_CONTEXT, GetKeywordSpotterContext) + +// +// Define pnp event context. +// +typedef struct _PNPEVENT_CONTEXT { + BOOLEAN Dummy; +} PNPEVENT_CONTEXT, * PPNPEVENT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(PNPEVENT_CONTEXT, GetPnpEventContext) + +// +// Define peakmeter element context. +// +typedef struct _PEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT { + LONG PeakMeterLevel[MAX_CHANNELS]; +} PEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, * PPEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(PEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, GetPeakMeterElementContext) + +// +// Define DSP circuit's peakmeter element context. +// +typedef struct _DSP_PEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT +{ + PVOID peakMeter; +} DSP_PEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, *PDSP_PEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_PEAKMETER_ELEMENT_CONTEXT, GetDspPeakMeterElementContext) + +// +// Define stream engine context. +// +typedef struct _STREAMENGINE_CONTEXT { + PVOID StreamEngine; +} STREAMENGINE_CONTEXT, * PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(STREAMENGINE_CONTEXT, GetStreamEngineContext) + +#define PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA 0x1000 +#define PEAKMETER_MAXIMUM LONG_MAX +#define PEAKMETER_MINIMUM LONG_MIN + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Codec driver defintions +// + +typedef enum _CODEC_PIN_TYPE { + CodecPinTypeHost, + CodecPinTypeOffload, + CodecPinTypeLoopback, + CodecPinTypeKeyword, + CodecPinTypeDevice +} CODEC_PIN_TYPE, * PCODEC_PIN_TYPE; + +typedef struct _CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT { + CODEC_PIN_TYPE CodecPinType; +} CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT, * PCODEC_PIN_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT, GetCodecPinContext) + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Dsp driver definitions +// + +typedef enum { + CaptureHostPin = 0, + CaptureBridgePin = 1, + CaptureKWSPin = 2, + CapturePinCount = 3 +} CAPTURE_PIN_TYPE; + +typedef enum { + RenderHostPin = 0, + RenderOffloadPin = 1, + RenderLoopbackPin = 2, + RenderBridgePin = 3, + RenderPinCount = 4 +} RENDER_PIN_TYPE; + +typedef struct _DSP_PIN_CONTEXT { + ACXTARGETCIRCUIT TargetCircuit; + ULONG TargetPinId; + RENDER_PIN_TYPE RenderPinType; + CAPTURE_PIN_TYPE CapturePinType; + + // The stream bridge below will only be valid for the Capture circuit Bridge Pin + + // Host stream bridge will be used to ensure host stream creations are passed + // to the downlevel circuits. Since the HostStreamBridge won't have InModes set, + // the ACX framework will not add streams automatically. We will add streams for + // non KWS pin. + ACXSTREAMBRIDGE HostStreamBridge; +} DSP_PIN_CONTEXT, * PDSP_PIN_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_PIN_CONTEXT, GetDspPinContext) + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Multicircuit Dsp driver definitions +// + +// +// Circuit context for multi circuit dsp circuits. +// +typedef struct _DSP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT +{ + ACXAUDIOENGINE AudioEngineElement; + ACXPEAKMETER PeakMeterElement; + PVOID peakMeter; + ACXKEYWORDSPOTTER KeywordSpotter; + BOOLEAN IsRenderCircuit; +} DSP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, *PDSP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, GetDspCircuitContext) + +typedef struct _DSP_ENGINE_CONTEXT +{ + ACXDATAFORMAT MixFormat; + BOOLEAN GFxEnabled; +} DSP_ENGINE_CONTEXT, *PDSP_ENGINE_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_ENGINE_CONTEXT, GetDspEngineContext) + +typedef struct _DSP_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT +{ + BOOLEAN LFxEnabled; +} DSP_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT, *PDSP_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_CONTEXT, GetDspStreamAudioEngineContext) + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Codec Render (speaker) definitions +// + +// +// Define render circuit context. +// +typedef struct _CODEC_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT { + ACXVOLUME VolumeElement; + ACXMUTE MuteElement; + ACXPEAKMETER PeakMeterElement; + ACXAUDIOENGINE AudioEngineElement; +} CODEC_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, * PCODEC_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(CODEC_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, GetRenderCircuitContext) + +typedef enum { + CodecRenderHostPin = 0, + CodecRenderBridgePin = 1, + CodecRenderPinCount = 2 +} CODEC_RENDER_PINS; + +typedef enum { + RenderVolumeIndex = 0, + RenderMuteIndex = 1, + RenderElementCount = 2 +} CODEC_RENDER_ELEMENTS; + +// Render callbacks. + +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM CodecR_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP CodecR_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN CodecR_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_SET_RENDER_PACKET CodecR_EvtStreamSetRenderPacket; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET CodecR_EvtStreamGetLoopbackPacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT CodecR_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP CodecR_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_ASSIGN_STATE CodecR_EvtMuteAssignState; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_RETRIEVE_STATE CodecR_EvtMuteRetrieveState; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL CodecR_EvtVolumeAssignLevel; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL CodecR_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevel; +EVT_ACX_PEAKMETER_RETRIEVE_LEVEL CodecR_EvtPeakMeterRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_RAMPED_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL CodecR_EvtRampedVolumeAssignLevel; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_BUFFER_SIZE_LIMITS CodecR_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveBufferSizeLimits; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_EFFECTS_STATE CodecR_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_EFFECTS_STATE CodecR_EvtAcxAudioEngineAssignEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_ENGINE_FORMAT CodecR_EvtAcxAudioEngineAssignEngineDeviceFormat; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_ENGINE_FORMAT CodecR_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveEngineMixFormat; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_EFFECTS_STATE CodecR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrieveEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_EFFECTS_STATE CodecR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_PRESENTATION_POSITION CodecR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrievePresentationPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_CURRENT_WRITE_POSITION CodecR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignCurrentWritePosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_LINEAR_BUFFER_POSITION CodecR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrieveLinearBufferPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_LAST_BUFFER_POSITION CodecR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignLastBufferPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_LOOPBACK_PROTECTION CodecR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignLoopbackProtection; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecR_CreateRenderCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Codec Capture (microphone) definitions +// + +// +// Define capture circuit context. +// +typedef struct _CODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT { + ACXVOLUME BoostElement; + ACXVOLUME VolumeElement; + ACXKEYWORDSPOTTER KeywordSpotter; +} CODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, * PCODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(CODEC_CAPTURE_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, GetCaptureCircuitContext) + +typedef enum { + CodecCaptureHostPin = 0, + CodecCaptureBridgePin = 1, + CodecCapturePinCount = 2 +} CODEC_CAPTURE_PINS; + +typedef enum { + CaptureVolumeIndex = 0, + CaptureElementCount = 1 +} CAPTURE_ELEMENTS; + +// Capture callbacks. + +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM CodecC_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP CodecC_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN CodecC_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL CodecC_EvtVolumeAssignLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL CodecC_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL CodecC_EvtBoostAssignLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL CodecC_EvtBoostRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET CodecC_EvtStreamGetCapturePacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT CodecC_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_ACX_PIN_RETRIEVE_NAME CodecC_EvtAcxPinRetrieveName; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP CodecC_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_RETRIEVE_ARM CodecC_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterRetrieveArm; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_ASSIGN_ARM CodecC_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterAssignArm; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_ASSIGN_PATTERNS CodecC_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterAssignPatterns; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_ASSIGN_RESET CodecC_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterAssignReset; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_CreateCaptureCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const GUID * MicCustomName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// MicArray definitions +// + +// +// Define MicArray circuit context. +// +typedef struct _MICARRAY_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT { + ACXMUTE MuteElement; + ACXVOLUME VolumeElement; + ACXPEAKMETER PeakMeterElement; + ACXKEYWORDSPOTTER KeywordSpotter; +} MICARRAY_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, * PMICARRAY_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(MICARRAY_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, GetMicArrayCircuitContext) + +typedef enum { + MicArrayVolumeIndex = 0, + MicArrayMuteIndex = 1, + MicArrayPeakmeterIndex = 2, + MicArrayKWSIndex = 3, + MicArrayElementCount = 4 +} MICARRAY_ELEMENTS; + +// MicArray callbacks. + +EVT_ACX_MUTE_ASSIGN_STATE MicArray_EvtMuteAssignState; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_RETRIEVE_STATE MicArray_EvtMuteRetrieveState; +EVT_ACX_PEAKMETER_RETRIEVE_LEVEL MicArray_EvtPeakMeterRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM MicArray_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP MicArray_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN MicArray_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL MicArray_EvtVolumeAssignLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL MicArray_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET MicArray_EvtStreamGetCapturePacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT MicArray_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_ACX_PIN_RETRIEVE_NAME MicArray_EvtAcxPinRetrieveName; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP MicArray_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_RETRIEVE_ARM MicArray_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterRetrieveArm; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_ASSIGN_ARM MicArray_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterAssignArm; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_ASSIGN_PATTERNS MicArray_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterAssignPatterns; +EVT_ACX_KEYWORDSPOTTER_ASSIGN_RESET MicArray_EvtAcxKeywordSpotterAssignReset; +EVT_ACX_PIN_CONNECTED MicArray_EvtPinConnected; +EVT_ACX_PIN_DISCONNECTED MicArray_EvtPinDisconnected; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP MicArray_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_OBJECT_PROCESS_REQUEST MicArray_EvtPinProposeDataFormat2Callback; +EVT_ACX_OBJECT_PREPROCESS_REQUEST MicArray_EvtAudioCpuResourcesCallback; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +MicArray_CreateCaptureCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ GUID MicCustomName, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +MicArray_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Microphone (external: headphone) definitions +// + +// +// Define MicrophoneHp circuit context. +// +typedef struct _MICROPHONEHP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT { + ACXMUTE MuteElement; + ACXVOLUME VolumeElement; + ACXPEAKMETER PeakMeterElement; +} MICROPHONEHP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, * PMICROPHONEHP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(MICROPHONEHP_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, GetMicrophoneHpCircuitContext) + +typedef enum { + MicrophoneHpVolumeIndex = 0, + MicrophoneHpMuteIndex = 1, + MicrophoneHpPeakmeterIndex = 2, + MicrophoneHpElementCount = 3 +} MICROPHONEHP_ELEMENTS; + +// MicrophoneHp callbacks. + +EVT_ACX_MUTE_ASSIGN_STATE MicrophoneHp_EvtMuteAssignState; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_RETRIEVE_STATE MicrophoneHp_EvtMuteRetrieveState; +EVT_ACX_PEAKMETER_RETRIEVE_LEVEL MicrophoneHp_EvtPeakMeterRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM MicrophoneHp_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP MicrophoneHp_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN MicrophoneHp_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL MicrophoneHp_EvtVolumeAssignLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL MicrophoneHp_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET MicrophoneHp_EvtStreamGetCapturePacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT MicrophoneHp_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_ACX_PIN_RETRIEVE_NAME MicrophoneHp_EvtAcxPinRetrieveName; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP MicrophoneHp_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_PIN_CONNECTED MicrophoneHp_EvtPinConnected; +EVT_ACX_PIN_DISCONNECTED MicrophoneHp_EvtPinDisconnected; +EVT_ACX_OBJECT_PREPROCESS_REQUEST MicrophoneHp_EvtAudioCpuResourcesCallback; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +MicrophoneHp_CreateCaptureCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ GUID MicCustomName, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +MicrophoneHp_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Speaker definitions +// + +// +// Define circuit context for Speaker and SpeakerHp. +// +typedef struct _DSP_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT { + ACXPEAKMETER PeakMeterElement; + ACXAUDIOENGINE AudioEngineElement; + PVOID PeakMeter; +} DSP_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, * PDSP_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, GetSpeakerCircuitContext) + +// Speaker callbacks. + +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM Speaker_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP Speaker_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN Speaker_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_SET_RENDER_PACKET Speaker_EvtStreamSetRenderPacket; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET Speaker_EvtStreamGetLoopbackPacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT Speaker_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP Speaker_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_PIN_CONNECTED Speaker_EvtPinConnected; +EVT_ACX_PIN_DISCONNECTED Speaker_EvtPinDisconnected; + +//Render Audio Engine callbacks. + +EVT_ACX_MUTE_ASSIGN_STATE Speaker_EvtMuteAssignState; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_RETRIEVE_STATE Speaker_EvtMuteRetrieveState; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL Speaker_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevel; +EVT_ACX_PEAKMETER_RETRIEVE_LEVEL Speaker_EvtPeakMeterRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_RAMPED_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL Speaker_EvtRampedVolumeAssignLevel; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_BUFFER_SIZE_LIMITS Speaker_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveBufferSizeLimits; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_EFFECTS_STATE Speaker_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_EFFECTS_STATE Speaker_EvtAcxAudioEngineAssignEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_ENGINE_FORMAT Speaker_EvtAcxAudioEngineAssignEngineDeviceFormat; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_ENGINE_FORMAT Speaker_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveEngineMixFormat; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_EFFECTS_STATE Speaker_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrieveEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_EFFECTS_STATE Speaker_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_PRESENTATION_POSITION Speaker_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrievePresentationPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_CURRENT_WRITE_POSITION Speaker_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignCurrentWritePosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_LINEAR_BUFFER_POSITION Speaker_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrieveLinearBufferPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_LAST_BUFFER_POSITION Speaker_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignLastBufferPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_LOOPBACK_PROTECTION Speaker_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignLoopbackProtection; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Speaker_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Speaker_CreateRenderCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName, + _In_ BOOLEAN IsHeadphones, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// HDMI definitions +// + +// +// Define HDMI circuit context. +// +typedef struct _DSP_HDMI_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT { + ACXVOLUME VolumeElement; + ACXMUTE MuteElement; + ACXPEAKMETER PeakmeterElement; +} DSP_HDMI_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, * PDSP_HDMI_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_HDMI_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT, GetHDMICircuitContext) + +typedef enum { + HDMIVolumeIndex = 0, + HDMIMuteIndex = 1, + HDMIPeakmeterIndex = 2, + HDMIElementCount = 3 +} HDMI_ELEMENTS; + +typedef enum { + HDMIHostPin = 0, + HDMILoopbackPin = 1, + HDMIBridgePin = 2, + HDMIPinCount = 3 +} HDMI_PIN_TYPE; + +typedef struct _HDMI_PIN_CONTEXT { + ACXTARGETCIRCUIT TargetCircuit; + ULONG TargetPinId; + HDMI_PIN_TYPE PinType; + CAPTURE_PIN_TYPE CapturePinType; +} HDMI_PIN_CONTEXT, * PHDMI_PIN_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(HDMI_PIN_CONTEXT, GetHDMIPinContext) + +typedef struct _HDMI_STREAM_CONTEXT { + HDMI_PIN_TYPE PinType; + CAPTURE_PIN_TYPE CapturePinType; +} HDMI_STREAM_CONTEXT, * PHDMI_STREAM_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(HDMI_STREAM_CONTEXT, GetHDMIStreamContext) + +// HDMI callbacks. +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM HDMI_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP HDMI_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN HDMI_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_SET_RENDER_PACKET HDMI_EvtStreamSetRenderPacket; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET HDMI_EvtStreamGetLoopbackPacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT HDMI_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP HDMI_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_PIN_CONNECTED HDMI_EvtPinConnected; +EVT_ACX_PIN_DISCONNECTED HDMI_EvtPinDisconnected; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP HDMI_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_ASSIGN_STATE HDMI_EvtMuteAssignState; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_RETRIEVE_STATE HDMI_EvtMuteRetrieveState; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL HDMI_EvtRampedVolumeAssignLevel; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL HDMI_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevel; +EVT_ACX_PEAKMETER_RETRIEVE_LEVEL HDMI_EvtPeakMeterRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_OBJECT_PREPROCESS_REQUEST HDMI_EvtAudioCpuResourcesCallback; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +HDMI_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +HDMI_CreateRenderCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Multi circuit codec Render (speaker) definitions +// + +// Uses the same circuit context, render pin, and render element definitions as Codec Render. + +// Render callbacks. +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM RenderMC_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP RenderMC_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN RenderMC_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT RenderMC_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP RenderMC_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_ASSIGN_STATE RenderMC_EvtMuteAssignState; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_RETRIEVE_STATE RenderMC_EvtMuteRetrieveState; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL RenderMC_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevel; +EVT_ACX_RAMPED_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL RenderMC_EvtRampedVolumeAssignLevel; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +RenderMC_CreateRenderCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * Uri, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Multi circuit codec Capture (microphone) definitions +// + +// Uses the same circuit context, render pin, and render element definitions as Codec Capture. + +// Capture callbacks. +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM CaptureMC_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP CaptureMC_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN CaptureMC_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET CaptureMC_EvtStreamGetCapturePacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT CaptureMC_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_ACX_PIN_RETRIEVE_NAME CaptureMC_EvtAcxPinRetrieveName; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP CaptureMC_EvtPinContextCleanup; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CaptureMC_CreateCaptureCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const GUID * MicCustomName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * Uri, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT * Circuit +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Multi circuit dsp Render (speaker) definitions +// + +// Uses the same circuit context, render pin, and render element definitions as Codec Render. + +// Render callbacks. +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_COMPOSITE_CIRCUIT_INITIALIZE RenderMCDsp_EvtCircuitCompositeCircuitInitialize; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_COMPOSITE_INITIALIZE RenderMCDsp_EvtCircuitCompositeInitialize; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP RenderMCDsp_EvtCircuitContextCleanup; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_PREPARE_HARDWARE RenderMCDsp_EvtDevicePrepareHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_RELEASE_HARDWARE RenderMCDsp_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_SELF_MANAGED_IO_INIT RenderMCDsp_EvtDeviceSelfManagedIoInit; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP RenderMCDsp_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM RenderMCDsp_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP RenderMCDsp_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN RenderMCDsp_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_SET_RENDER_PACKET RenderMCDsp_EvtStreamSetRenderPacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT RenderMCDsp_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP RenderMCDsp_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_PIN_CONNECTED RenderMCDsp_EvtPinConnected; +EVT_ACX_PIN_DISCONNECTED RenderMCDsp_EvtPinDisconnected; + +// Render Audio Engine +EVT_ACX_MUTE_ASSIGN_STATE DspR_EvtMuteAssignState; +EVT_ACX_MUTE_RETRIEVE_STATE DspR_EvtMuteRetrieveState; +EVT_ACX_VOLUME_RETRIEVE_LEVEL DspR_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevel; +EVT_ACX_PEAKMETER_RETRIEVE_LEVEL DspR_EvtPeakMeterRetrieveLevelCallback; +EVT_ACX_RAMPED_VOLUME_ASSIGN_LEVEL DspR_EvtRampedVolumeAssignLevel; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_BUFFER_SIZE_LIMITS DspR_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveBufferSizeLimits; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_EFFECTS_STATE DspR_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_EFFECTS_STATE DspR_EvtAcxAudioEngineAssignEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_ENGINE_FORMAT DspR_EvtAcxAudioEngineRetrieveEngineMixFormat; +EVT_ACX_AUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_ENGINE_FORMAT DspR_EvtAcxAudioEngineAssignEngineDeviceFormat; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_EFFECTS_STATE DspR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrieveEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_EFFECTS_STATE DspR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignEffectsState; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_PRESENTATION_POSITION DspR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrievePresentationPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_CURRENT_WRITE_POSITION DspR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignCurrentWritePosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_RETRIEVE_LINEAR_BUFFER_POSITION DspR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineRetrieveLinearBufferPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_LAST_BUFFER_POSITION DspR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignLastBufferPosition; +EVT_ACX_STREAMAUDIOENGINE_ASSIGN_LOOPBACK_PROTECTION DspR_EvtAcxStreamAudioEngineAssignLoopbackProtection; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +RenderMCDsp_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateRenderCircuit( + _In_ PACXCIRCUIT_INIT CircuitInit, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName, + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT* Circuit +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateRenderMCDspPin( + _In_ ACX_PIN_TYPE PinType, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ ACX_PIN_COMMUNICATION Communication, + _In_ const GUID* Category, + _In_ ACX_PIN_CALLBACKS* PinCallbacks, + _In_ bool Mic, + _Out_ ACXPIN* Pin +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateAudioEngine( + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_reads_(PinCount) ACXPIN* Pins, + _In_ ULONG PinCount, + _Out_ ACXAUDIOENGINE* AudioEngineElement +); + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Multi circuit dsp Capture (microphone) definitions +// + +// Uses the same circuit context, capture pin and capture element definitions as Codec Capture. + +// Capture callbacks. +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_COMPOSITE_CIRCUIT_INITIALIZE CaptureMCDsp_EvtCircuitCompositeCircuitInitialize; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_COMPOSITE_INITIALIZE CaptureMCDsp_EvtCircuitCompositeInitialize; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_PREPARE_HARDWARE CaptureMCDsp_EvtDevicePrepareHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_RELEASE_HARDWARE CaptureMCDsp_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_SELF_MANAGED_IO_INIT CaptureMCDsp_EvtDeviceSelfManagedIoInit; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP CaptureMCDsp_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_CREATE_STREAM CaptureMCDsp_EvtCircuitCreateStream; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_UP CaptureMCDsp_EvtCircuitPowerUp; +EVT_ACX_CIRCUIT_POWER_DOWN CaptureMCDsp_EvtCircuitPowerDown; +EVT_ACX_STREAM_GET_CAPTURE_PACKET CaptureMCDsp_EvtStreamGetCapturePacket; +EVT_ACX_PIN_SET_DATAFORMAT CaptureMCDsp_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP CaptureMCDsp_EvtPinContextCleanup; +EVT_ACX_PIN_CONNECTED CaptureMCDsp_EvtPinConnected; +EVT_ACX_PIN_DISCONNECTED CaptureMCDsp_EvtPinDisconnected; + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CaptureMCDsp_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateCaptureCircuit( + _In_ PACXCIRCUIT_INIT CircuitInit, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName, + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT* Circuit +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CreateCaptureMCDspPin( + _In_ ACX_PIN_TYPE PinType, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ ACX_PIN_COMMUNICATION Communication, + _In_ const GUID* Category, + _In_ ACX_PIN_CALLBACKS* PinCallbacks, + _In_ bool Mic, + _Out_ ACXPIN* Pin +); + +/* make internal prototypes usable from C++ */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + + +#endif // _PRIVATE_H_ diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/RenderCircuit.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/RenderCircuit.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89434a81a --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/RenderCircuit.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,807 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + RenderCircuit.cpp + +Abstract: + + Render Circuit. This file contains routines to create and handle + render circuit with no offload. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#include "private.h" +#include "public.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "AudioFormats.h" +#include "streamengine.h" +#include "cpp_utils.h" +#include "circuithelper.h" + +#ifndef __INTELLISENSE__ +#include "renderCircuit.tmh" +#endif + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecR_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat( + _In_ ACXPIN Pin, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT DataFormat +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + This ACX pin callback sets the device/mixed format. + +Return Value: + + NTSTATUS + +--*/ +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Pin); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(DataFormat); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // NOTE: update device/mixed format here. + + return STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; +} + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// For more information on mute element see: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/audio/ksnodetype-mute +// +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +NTAPI +CodecR_EvtMuteAssignState( + _In_ ACXMUTE Mute, + _In_ ULONG Channel, + _In_ ULONG State +) +{ + PMUTE_ELEMENT_CONTEXT muteCtx; + ULONG i; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + muteCtx = GetMuteElementContext(Mute); + ASSERT(muteCtx); + + // + // Use first channel for all channels setting. + // + if (Channel != ALL_CHANNELS_ID) + { + muteCtx->MuteState[Channel] = State; + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHANNELS; ++i) + { + muteCtx->MuteState[i] = State; + } + } + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +NTAPI +CodecR_EvtMuteRetrieveState( + _In_ ACXMUTE Mute, + _In_ ULONG Channel, + _Out_ ULONG * State +) +{ + PMUTE_ELEMENT_CONTEXT muteCtx; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + muteCtx = GetMuteElementContext(Mute); + ASSERT(muteCtx); + + // + // Use first channel for all channels setting. + // + if (Channel != ALL_CHANNELS_ID) + { + *State = muteCtx->MuteState[Channel]; + } + else + { + *State = muteCtx->MuteState[0]; + } + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// For more information on volume element see: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/audio/ksnodetype-volume +// +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +NTAPI +CodecR_EvtRampedVolumeAssignLevel( + _In_ ACXVOLUME Volume, + _In_ ULONG Channel, + _In_ LONG VolumeLevel, + _In_ ACX_VOLUME_CURVE_TYPE CurveType, + _In_ ULONGLONG CurveDuration +) +{ + PVOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT volumeCtx; + ULONG i; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(CurveType); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(CurveDuration); + + volumeCtx = GetVolumeElementContext(Volume); + ASSERT(volumeCtx); + + if (Channel != ALL_CHANNELS_ID) + { + volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[Channel] = VolumeLevel; + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < MAX_CHANNELS; ++i) + { + volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[i] = VolumeLevel; + } + } + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +NTAPI +CodecR_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevel( + _In_ ACXVOLUME Volume, + _In_ ULONG Channel, + _Out_ LONG * VolumeLevel +) +{ + PVOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT volumeCtx; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + volumeCtx = GetVolumeElementContext(Volume); + ASSERT(volumeCtx); + + if (Channel != ALL_CHANNELS_ID) + { + *VolumeLevel = volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[Channel]; + } + else + { + *VolumeLevel = volumeCtx->VolumeLevel[0]; + } + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +VOID +CodecR_EvtPinContextCleanup( + _In_ WDFOBJECT WdfPin +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + In this callback, it cleans up pin context. + +Arguments: + + WdfDevice - WDF device object + +Return Value: + + nullptr + +--*/ +{ + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(WdfPin); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecR_AddStaticRender( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + Creates the static render circuit (pictured below) and + adds it to the device context. This is called when a + new device is detected and the AddDevice call is made + by the pnp manager. + + *************************************************************************** + * Render Circuit * + * * + * +--------------------------------------------+ * + * | | * + * | +-------------+ +-------------+ | * + * Host ------>| | Volume Node | | Mute Node | |---> Bridge * + * Pin | +-------------+ +-------------+ | Pin * + * | | * + * +--------------------------------------------+ * + * * + *************************************************************************** + +Return Value: + + NTSTATUS + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + PRENDER_DEVICE_CONTEXT renderDevCtx; + ACXCIRCUIT renderCircuit = nullptr; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + devCtx = GetCodecDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + + // + // Alloc audio context to current device. + // + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, RENDER_DEVICE_CONTEXT); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(WdfObjectAllocateContext(Device, &attributes, (PVOID*)&renderDevCtx)); + ASSERT(renderDevCtx); + + // + // Create a render circuit associated with this child device. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(CodecR_CreateRenderCircuit(Device, ComponentGuid, CircuitName, &renderCircuit)); + + devCtx->Render = renderCircuit; + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Render_AllocateSupportedFormats( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_reads_bytes_(CodecRenderPinCount) ACXPIN Pin[], + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ size_t CodecRenderPinCount +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(CodecRenderPinCount); + + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ACXDATAFORMAT formatPcm44100c2; + ACXDATAFORMAT formatPcm48000c2; + ACXDATAFORMATLIST formatList; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&attributes); + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Allocate the formats this circuit supports. + // + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AllocateFormat(Pcm44100c2, Circuit, Device, &formatPcm44100c2)); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AllocateFormat(Pcm48000c2, Circuit, Device, &formatPcm48000c2)); + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Define supported formats for the host pin. + // + + // + // The raw processing mode list is associated with each single circuit + // by ACX. The driver uses this DDI to retrieve the built-in raw + // data-format list. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE(CodecRenderHostPin >= CodecRenderPinCount, STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER); + formatList = AcxPinGetRawDataFormatList(Pin[CodecRenderHostPin]); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE(formatList == nullptr, STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to add data formats to the raw + // processing mode list associated with the current circuit. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDataFormatListAddDataFormat(formatList, formatPcm44100c2)); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxDataFormatListAddDataFormat(formatList, formatPcm48000c2)); + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecR_CreateRenderCircuit( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _Out_ ACXCIRCUIT* Circuit +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + This routine builds the CODEC render circuit. + +Return Value: + + NT status value + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + ACXCIRCUIT circuit; + CODEC_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT* circuitCtx; + ACXPIN pin[CodecRenderPinCount]; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // Init output value. + // + *Circuit = nullptr; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create a circuit. + // + { + PACXCIRCUIT_INIT circuitInit = nullptr; + ACX_CIRCUIT_PNPPOWER_CALLBACKS powerCallbacks; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to allocate an ACXCIRCUIT_INIT + // structure. This opaque structure is used when creating + // a standalone audio circuit representing an audio device. + // + circuitInit = AcxCircuitInitAllocate(Device); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to free the allocated + // ACXCIRCUIT_INIT structure when an error is detected. + // Normally the structures is deleted/cleared by ACX when + // an ACX circuit is created successfully. + // + auto circuitInitScope = scope_exit([&circuitInit]() { + if (circuitInit) { + AcxCircuitInitFree(circuitInit); + } + }); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to specify the Component ID + // of the ACX circuit. This ID is a guid that uniquely + // identifies the circuit instance (vendor specific). + // + AcxCircuitInitSetComponentId(circuitInit, ComponentGuid); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to specify the circuit name. + // For standalone circuits, this is the audio device name + // which is used by clients to open handles to the audio devices. + // + (VOID)AcxCircuitInitAssignName(circuitInit, CircuitName); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to specify the circuit type. The + // circuit type can be AcxCircuitTypeRender, AcxCircuitTypeCapture, + // AcxCircuitTypeOther, or AcxCircuitTypeMaximum (for validation). + // + AcxCircuitInitSetCircuitType(circuitInit, AcxCircuitTypeRender); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to assign its (if any) power callbacks. + // + ACX_CIRCUIT_PNPPOWER_CALLBACKS_INIT(&powerCallbacks); + powerCallbacks.EvtAcxCircuitPowerUp = CodecR_EvtCircuitPowerUp; + powerCallbacks.EvtAcxCircuitPowerDown = CodecR_EvtCircuitPowerDown; + AcxCircuitInitSetAcxCircuitPnpPowerCallbacks(circuitInit, &powerCallbacks); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to register for a stream-create callback. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitInitAssignAcxCreateStreamCallback(circuitInit, CodecR_EvtCircuitCreateStream)); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to create a new ACX circuit. + // + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, CODEC_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitCreate(Device, &attributes, &circuitInit, &circuit)); + + circuitInitScope.release(); + + circuitCtx = GetRenderCircuitContext(circuit); + ASSERT(circuitCtx); + } + + // + // Post circuit creation initialization. + // + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create mute and volume elements. + // + { + ACXELEMENT elements[RenderElementCount] = { 0 }; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to assign its volume element callbacks. + // + ACX_VOLUME_CALLBACKS volumeCallbacks; + ACX_VOLUME_CALLBACKS_INIT(&volumeCallbacks); + volumeCallbacks.EvtAcxRampedVolumeAssignLevel = CodecR_EvtRampedVolumeAssignLevel; + volumeCallbacks.EvtAcxVolumeRetrieveLevel = CodecR_EvtVolumeRetrieveLevel; + + // + // Create Volume element + // + ACX_VOLUME_CONFIG volumeCfg; + ACX_VOLUME_CONFIG_INIT(&volumeCfg); + volumeCfg.ChannelsCount = MAX_CHANNELS; + volumeCfg.Minimum = VOLUME_LEVEL_MINIMUM; + volumeCfg.Maximum = VOLUME_LEVEL_MAXIMUM; + volumeCfg.SteppingDelta = VOLUME_STEPPING; + volumeCfg.Name = &KSAUDFNAME_VOLUME_CONTROL; + volumeCfg.Callbacks = &volumeCallbacks; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, VOLUME_ELEMENT_CONTEXT); + attributes.ParentObject = circuit; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxVolumeCreate(circuit, &attributes, &volumeCfg, (ACXVOLUME*)&elements[RenderVolumeIndex])); + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to assign its mute element callbacks. + // + ACX_MUTE_CALLBACKS muteCallbacks; + ACX_MUTE_CALLBACKS_INIT(&muteCallbacks); + muteCallbacks.EvtAcxMuteAssignState = CodecR_EvtMuteAssignState; + muteCallbacks.EvtAcxMuteRetrieveState = CodecR_EvtMuteRetrieveState; + + // + // Create Mute element + // + ACX_MUTE_CONFIG muteCfg; + ACX_MUTE_CONFIG_INIT(&muteCfg); + muteCfg.ChannelsCount = MAX_CHANNELS; + muteCfg.Name = &KSAUDFNAME_WAVE_MUTE; + muteCfg.Callbacks = &muteCallbacks; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, MUTE_ELEMENT_CONTEXT); + attributes.ParentObject = circuit; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxMuteCreate(circuit, &attributes, &muteCfg, (ACXMUTE*)&elements[RenderMuteIndex])); + + // + // Saving the volume and mute elements in the circuit context. + // + circuitCtx->VolumeElement = (ACXVOLUME)elements[RenderVolumeIndex]; + circuitCtx->MuteElement = (ACXMUTE)elements[RenderMuteIndex]; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI post circuit creation to add ACXELEMENTs. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitAddElements(circuit, elements, SIZEOF_ARRAY(elements))); + } + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create the pins for the circuit. + // + { + ACX_PIN_CONFIG pinCfg; + CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT* pinCtx; + ACX_PIN_CALLBACKS pinCallbacks; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create Render Pin. + // + + ACX_PIN_CALLBACKS_INIT(&pinCallbacks); + pinCallbacks.EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat = CodecR_EvtAcxPinSetDataFormat; + + ACX_PIN_CONFIG_INIT(&pinCfg); + pinCfg.Type = AcxPinTypeSink; + pinCfg.Communication = AcxPinCommunicationSink; + pinCfg.Category = &KSCATEGORY_AUDIO; + pinCfg.PinCallbacks = &pinCallbacks; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT); + attributes.EvtCleanupCallback = CodecR_EvtPinContextCleanup; + attributes.ParentObject = circuit; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to create one or more pins on the circuits. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxPinCreate(circuit, &attributes, &pinCfg, &pin[CodecRenderHostPin])); + + ASSERT(pin[CodecRenderHostPin] != nullptr); + pinCtx = GetCodecPinContext(pin[CodecRenderHostPin]); + ASSERT(pinCtx); + pinCtx->CodecPinType = CodecPinTypeHost; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Create Device Bridge Pin. + // + + ACX_PIN_CONFIG_INIT(&pinCfg); + pinCfg.Type = AcxPinTypeSource; + pinCfg.Communication = AcxPinCommunicationNone; + pinCfg.Category = &KSNODETYPE_SPEAKER; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, CODEC_PIN_CONTEXT); + attributes.EvtCleanupCallback = CodecR_EvtPinContextCleanup; + attributes.ParentObject = circuit; + + // + // The driver uses this DDI to create one or more pins on the circuits. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxPinCreate(circuit, &attributes, &pinCfg, &pin[CodecRenderBridgePin])); + + ASSERT(pin[CodecRenderBridgePin] != nullptr); + pinCtx = GetCodecPinContext(pin[CodecRenderBridgePin]); + ASSERT(pinCtx); + pinCtx->CodecPinType = CodecPinTypeDevice; + } + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // Add audio jack to bridge pin. + // For more information on audio jack see: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/devicetopology/ns-devicetopology-ksjack_description + // + { + ACX_JACK_CONFIG jackCfg; + ACXJACK jack; + PJACK_CONTEXT jackCtx; + + ACX_JACK_CONFIG_INIT(&jackCfg); + jackCfg.Description.ChannelMapping = SPEAKER_FRONT_LEFT | SPEAKER_FRONT_RIGHT; + jackCfg.Description.Color = RGB(0, 0, 0); + jackCfg.Description.ConnectionType = AcxConnTypeAtapiInternal; + jackCfg.Description.GeoLocation = AcxGeoLocFront; + jackCfg.Description.GenLocation = AcxGenLocPrimaryBox; + jackCfg.Description.PortConnection = AcxPortConnIntegratedDevice; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, JACK_CONTEXT); + attributes.ParentObject = pin[CodecRenderBridgePin]; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxJackCreate(pin[CodecRenderBridgePin], &attributes, &jackCfg, &jack)); + + ASSERT(jack != nullptr); + + jackCtx = GetJackContext(jack); + ASSERT(jackCtx); + jackCtx->Dummy = 0; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxPinAddJacks(pin[CodecRenderBridgePin], &jack, 1)); + } + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(Render_AllocateSupportedFormats(Device, pin, circuit, CodecRenderPinCount)); + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // + // The driver uses this DDI post circuit creation to add ACXPINs. + // + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxCircuitAddPins(circuit, pin, CodecRenderPinCount)); + + // + // Set output value. + // + *Circuit = circuit; + + // + // Done. + // + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +CodecR_EvtCircuitPowerUp( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ WDF_POWER_DEVICE_STATE PreviousState +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Device); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Circuit); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(PreviousState); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +NTSTATUS +CodecR_EvtCircuitPowerDown( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ WDF_POWER_DEVICE_STATE TargetState +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Device); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Circuit); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(TargetState); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecR_EvtCircuitCreateStream( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Circuit, + _In_ ACXPIN Pin, + _In_ PACXSTREAM_INIT StreamInit, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ const GUID* SignalProcessingMode, + _In_ ACXOBJECTBAG VarArguments +) +/*++ + +Routine Description: + + This routine creates a stream for the specified circuit. + +Return Value: + + NT status value + +--*/ +{ + NTSTATUS status; + PRENDER_DEVICE_CONTEXT devCtx; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES attributes; + ACXSTREAM stream; + STREAMENGINE_CONTEXT * streamCtx; + ACX_STREAM_CALLBACKS streamCallbacks; + ACX_RT_STREAM_CALLBACKS rtCallbacks; + CRenderStreamEngine* renderStreamEngine = nullptr; + CODEC_PIN_TYPE codecPinType; + PCODEC_PIN_CONTEXT pinCtx; + ACX_PIN_TYPE pinType; + CODEC_RENDER_CIRCUIT_CONTEXT* circuitCtx; + + auto streamEngineScope = scope_exit([&renderStreamEngine]() { + + delete renderStreamEngine; + + }); + + PAGED_CODE(); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(SignalProcessingMode); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(VarArguments); + + ASSERT(IsEqualGUID(*SignalProcessingMode, AUDIO_SIGNALPROCESSINGMODE_RAW)); + + ASSERT(Circuit != nullptr); + circuitCtx = GetRenderCircuitContext(Circuit); + ASSERT(circuitCtx); + + devCtx = GetRenderDeviceContext(Device); + ASSERT(devCtx != nullptr); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(devCtx); + + pinCtx = GetCodecPinContext(Pin); + codecPinType = pinCtx->CodecPinType; + + pinType = AcxPinGetType(Pin); + + // + // Init streaming callbacks. + // + ACX_STREAM_CALLBACKS_INIT(&streamCallbacks); + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamPrepareHardware = EvtStreamPrepareHardware; + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamReleaseHardware = EvtStreamReleaseHardware; + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamRun = EvtStreamRun; + streamCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamPause = EvtStreamPause; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxStreamInitAssignAcxStreamCallbacks(StreamInit, &streamCallbacks)); + + // + // Init RT streaming callbacks. + // + ACX_RT_STREAM_CALLBACKS_INIT(&rtCallbacks); + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamGetHwLatency = EvtStreamGetHwLatency; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamAllocateRtPackets = EvtStreamAllocateRtPackets; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamFreeRtPackets = EvtStreamFreeRtPackets; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamSetRenderPacket = CodecR_EvtStreamSetRenderPacket; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamGetCurrentPacket = EvtStreamGetCurrentPacket; + rtCallbacks.EvtAcxStreamGetPresentationPosition = EvtStreamGetPresentationPosition; + + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxStreamInitAssignAcxRtStreamCallbacks(StreamInit, &rtCallbacks)); + + // + // Buffer notifications are supported. + // + AcxStreamInitSetAcxRtStreamSupportsNotifications(StreamInit); + + // + // Create the stream. + // + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&attributes, STREAMENGINE_CONTEXT); + attributes.EvtDestroyCallback = EvtStreamDestroy; + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(AcxRtStreamCreate(Device, Circuit, &attributes, &StreamInit, &stream)); + + // + // Create the virtual streaming engine which will control + // streaming logic for the render circuit. + // + renderStreamEngine = new (POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, DeviceDriverTag) CRenderStreamEngine(stream, StreamFormat, FALSE, NULL); + RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE(renderStreamEngine == nullptr, STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES); + + streamCtx = GetStreamEngineContext(stream); + ASSERT(streamCtx); + streamCtx->StreamEngine = (PVOID)renderStreamEngine; + + renderStreamEngine = nullptr; + + // + // Done. + // + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + return status; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecR_EvtStreamSetRenderPacket( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ULONG Packet, + _In_ ULONG Flags, + _In_ ULONG EosPacketLength +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CRenderStreamEngine* streamEngine = nullptr; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = static_cast(ctx->StreamEngine); + + return streamEngine->SetRenderPacket(Packet, Flags, EosPacketLength); +} + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SamplesCommon.vcxproj b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SamplesCommon.vcxproj new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72ee8f0f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SamplesCommon.vcxproj @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + + + + + Debug + x64 + + + Release + x64 + + + Debug + ARM64 + + + Release + ARM64 + + + + {6A946D59-6690-4ED0-A77D-7D4C3D4B3241} + {497e31cb-056b-4f31-abb8-447fd55ee5a5} + v4.5 + 12.0 + Debug + SamplesCommon + $(LatestTargetPlatformVersion) + + + + Windows10 + true + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + StaticLibrary + KMDF + Windows Driver + 1 + 31 + + + Windows10 + false + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + StaticLibrary + KMDF + Windows Driver + 1 + 31 + + + Windows10 + true + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + StaticLibrary + KMDF + Windows Driver + 1 + 31 + + + Windows10 + false + WindowsKernelModeDriver10.0 + StaticLibrary + KMDF + Windows Driver + 1 + 31 + + + + + + + + + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + DbgengKernelDebugger + $(IntDir) + + + + true + true + trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\1.1;..\inc;..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + + + true + true + trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\1.1;..\inc;..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + + + true + true + trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\1.1;..\inc;..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + + + true + true + trace_macros.h + true + $(SDK_INC_PATH);$(DDK_INC_PATH)\acx\km\1.1;..\inc;..\shared;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories) + ACX_VERSION_MAJOR=1;ACX_VERSION_MINOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MAJOR=1;KMDF_VERSION_MINOR=31;%(PreprocessorDefinitions) + + + sha256 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SaveData.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SaveData.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96b9493b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SaveData.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1103 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + SaveData.cpp + +Abstract: + + Implementation of data saving class for ACX driver samples. + + To save the playback data to disk, this class maintains a circular data + buffer, associated frame structures and worker items to save frames to + disk. + Each frame structure represents a portion of buffer. When that portion + of frame is full, a workitem is scheduled to save it to disk. + + + +--*/ +#pragma warning (disable : 4127) +#pragma warning (disable : 26165) + + +#include "private.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "savedata.h" +#include // This is for using RtlStringCbPrintf + +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG 'TDVS' +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG1 '1DVS' +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG2 '2DVS' +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG3 '3DVS' +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG4 '4DVS' +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG5 '5DVS' +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG6 '6DVS' +#define SAVEDATA_POOLTAG7 '7DVS' + +//============================================================================= +// Defines +//============================================================================= +#define RIFF_TAG 0x46464952; +#define WAVE_TAG 0x45564157; +#define FMT__TAG 0x20746D66; +#define DATA_TAG 0x61746164; + +#define DEFAULT_FRAME_COUNT 4 +#define DEFAULT_FRAME_SIZE PAGE_SIZE * 4 +#define DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE DEFAULT_FRAME_SIZE * DEFAULT_FRAME_COUNT + +#define DEFAULT_FILE_FOLDER1 L"\\DriverData\\Audio_Samples" +#define DEFAULT_FILE_FOLDER2 L"\\DriverData\\Audio_Samples\\AudioCodec" +#define DEFAULT_FILE_NAME L"\\DriverData\\Audio_Samples\\AudioCodec\\STREAM" +#define OFFLOAD_FILE_NAME L"OFFLOAD" +#define HOST_FILE_NAME L"HOST" + +#define MAX_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT 15 + + +PSAVEWORKER_PARAM CSaveData::m_pWorkItems = NULL; +PDEVICE_OBJECT CSaveData::m_pDeviceObject = NULL; + +//============================================================================= +// Statics +//============================================================================= +ULONG CSaveData::m_ulStreamId = 0; +ULONG CSaveData::m_ulOffloadStreamId = 0; + +//============================================================================= +// CSaveData +//============================================================================= + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CSaveData::CSaveData() +: m_pDataBuffer(NULL), + m_FileHandle(NULL), + m_ulFrameCount(DEFAULT_FRAME_COUNT), + m_ulBufferSize(DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE), + m_ulFrameSize(DEFAULT_FRAME_SIZE), + m_ulBufferOffset(0), + m_ulFrameIndex(0), + m_fFrameUsed(NULL), + m_waveFormat(NULL), + m_pFilePtr(NULL), + m_fWriteDisabled(FALSE), + m_bInitialized(FALSE) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_FileHeader.dwRiff = RIFF_TAG; + m_FileHeader.dwFileSize = 0; + m_FileHeader.dwWave = WAVE_TAG; + m_FileHeader.dwFormat = FMT__TAG; + m_FileHeader.dwFormatLength = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX); + + m_DataHeader.dwData = DATA_TAG; + m_DataHeader.dwDataLength = 0; + + RtlZeroMemory(&m_objectAttributes, sizeof(m_objectAttributes)); +} // CSaveData + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CSaveData::~CSaveData() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + Cleanup(); +} // CSaveData + +void +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CSaveData::Cleanup +( + void +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // Update the wave header in data file with real file size. + // + if(m_pFilePtr) + { + // RIFF header, whose size is the whole file size minus RIFF header. + m_FileHeader.dwFileSize = + (DWORD)m_pFilePtr->QuadPart - 2 * sizeof(DWORD); + // The data length is the size of all the audio that was written. + // It gets calculated by taking: + m_DataHeader.dwDataLength = (DWORD)m_pFilePtr->QuadPart - // the whole file size, + sizeof(m_FileHeader) - // minus the file header, + m_FileHeader.dwFormatLength - // minus the format, + sizeof(m_DataHeader); // minus the data header itself. + + if (STATUS_SUCCESS == KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &m_FileSync, + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + NULL + )) + { + if (NT_SUCCESS(FileOpen(FALSE))) + { + FileWriteHeader(); + + FileClose(); + } + + KeReleaseMutex(&m_FileSync, FALSE); + } + + m_FileHeader.dwRiff = RIFF_TAG; + m_FileHeader.dwFileSize = 0; + m_FileHeader.dwWave = WAVE_TAG; + m_FileHeader.dwFormat = FMT__TAG; + m_FileHeader.dwFormatLength = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX); + + m_DataHeader.dwData = DATA_TAG; + m_DataHeader.dwDataLength = 0; + m_pFilePtr = NULL; + } + + if (m_waveFormat) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_waveFormat, SAVEDATA_POOLTAG1); + m_waveFormat = NULL; + } + + if (m_fFrameUsed) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_fFrameUsed, SAVEDATA_POOLTAG2); + m_fFrameUsed = NULL; + } + + if (m_FileName.Buffer) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_FileName.Buffer, SAVEDATA_POOLTAG3); + m_FileName.Buffer = NULL; + } + + if (m_pDataBuffer) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_pDataBuffer, SAVEDATA_POOLTAG4); + m_pDataBuffer = NULL; + } +} + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +void +CSaveData::DestroyWorkItems +( + void +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (m_pWorkItems) + { + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + if (m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem!=NULL) + { + IoFreeWorkItem(m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem); + m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem = NULL; + } + } + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_pWorkItems, SAVEDATA_POOLTAG); + m_pWorkItems = NULL; + } + +} // DestroyWorkItems + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +void +CSaveData::Disable +( + _In_ BOOL fDisable +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_fWriteDisabled = fDisable; +} // Disable + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::FileClose(void) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + if (m_FileHandle) + { + ntStatus = ZwClose(m_FileHandle); + m_FileHandle = NULL; + } + + return ntStatus; +} // FileClose + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::FileOpen +( + _In_ BOOL fOverWrite +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock; + + if( FALSE == m_bInitialized ) + { + return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL; + } + + if(!m_FileHandle) + { + ntStatus = + ZwCreateFile + ( + &m_FileHandle, + GENERIC_WRITE | SYNCHRONIZE, + &m_objectAttributes, + &ioStatusBlock, + NULL, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + 0, + fOverWrite ? FILE_OVERWRITE_IF : FILE_OPEN_IF, + FILE_NON_DIRECTORY_FILE | FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT, + NULL, + 0 + ); + } + + return ntStatus; +} // FileOpen + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::FileWrite +( + _In_reads_bytes_(ulDataSize) PBYTE pData, + _In_ ULONG ulDataSize +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(pData); + ASSERT(m_pFilePtr); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus; + + if (m_FileHandle) + { + IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock; + + ntStatus = ZwWriteFile( m_FileHandle, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + &ioStatusBlock, + pData, + ulDataSize, + m_pFilePtr, + NULL); + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + ASSERT(ioStatusBlock.Information == ulDataSize); + + m_pFilePtr->QuadPart += ulDataSize; + } + } + else + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INVALID_HANDLE; + } + + return ntStatus; +} // FileWrite + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::FileWriteHeader(void) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus; + + if (m_FileHandle && m_waveFormat) + { + IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock; + + m_pFilePtr->QuadPart = 0; + + m_FileHeader.dwFormatLength = (m_waveFormat->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) ? + sizeof( PCMWAVEFORMAT ) : + sizeof( WAVEFORMATEX ) + m_waveFormat->cbSize; + + ntStatus = ZwWriteFile( m_FileHandle, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + &ioStatusBlock, + &m_FileHeader, + sizeof(m_FileHeader), + m_pFilePtr, + NULL); + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + m_pFilePtr->QuadPart += sizeof(m_FileHeader); + + ntStatus = ZwWriteFile( m_FileHandle, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + &ioStatusBlock, + m_waveFormat, + m_FileHeader.dwFormatLength, + m_pFilePtr, + NULL); + } + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + m_pFilePtr->QuadPart += m_FileHeader.dwFormatLength; + + ntStatus = ZwWriteFile( m_FileHandle, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + &ioStatusBlock, + &m_DataHeader, + sizeof(m_DataHeader), + m_pFilePtr, + NULL); + } + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + m_pFilePtr->QuadPart += sizeof(m_DataHeader); + } + } + else + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INVALID_HANDLE; + } + + + return ntStatus; +} // FileWriteHeader + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::SetDeviceObject +( + _In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(DeviceObject); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + m_pDeviceObject = DeviceObject; + return ntStatus; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +PDEVICE_OBJECT +CSaveData::GetDeviceObject +( + void +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + return m_pDeviceObject; +} + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PSAVEWORKER_PARAM +CSaveData::GetNewWorkItem +( + void +) +{ + LARGE_INTEGER timeOut = { 0 }; + NTSTATUS ntStatus; + + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + ntStatus = + KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &m_pWorkItems[i].EventDone, + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + &timeOut + ); + if (STATUS_SUCCESS == ntStatus) + { + if (m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem) + return &(m_pWorkItems[i]); + else + return NULL; + } + } + + return NULL; +} // GetNewWorkItem + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::Initialize +( + _In_ BOOL _bOffloaded +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + WCHAR szTemp[MAX_PATH]; + size_t cLen = 0; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock = {0}; + HANDLE fileHandle; + OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES objectAttributes; + UNICODE_STRING fileName; + + if (_bOffloaded) + { + m_ulOffloadStreamId++; + } + else + { + m_ulStreamId++; + } + + RtlInitUnicodeString(&fileName, DEFAULT_FILE_FOLDER1); + InitializeObjectAttributes( + &objectAttributes, + &fileName, + OBJ_KERNEL_HANDLE | OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE, + NULL, + NULL); + + // Create the folder. + ntStatus = ZwCreateFile( + &fileHandle, + 0, + &objectAttributes, + &ioStatusBlock, + NULL, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + 0, + FILE_OPEN_IF, + FILE_DIRECTORY_FILE | FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT, + NULL, + 0); + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + ZwClose(fileHandle); + fileHandle = NULL; + + RtlInitUnicodeString(&fileName, DEFAULT_FILE_FOLDER2); + InitializeObjectAttributes( + &objectAttributes, + &fileName, + OBJ_KERNEL_HANDLE | OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE, + NULL, + NULL); + + // Create the folder. + ntStatus = ZwCreateFile( + &fileHandle, + 0, + &objectAttributes, + &ioStatusBlock, + NULL, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + 0, + FILE_OPEN_IF, + FILE_DIRECTORY_FILE | FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT, + NULL, + 0); + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + ZwClose(fileHandle); + fileHandle = NULL; + } + } + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + // Allocate data file name. + // + RtlStringCchPrintfW(szTemp, MAX_PATH, L"%s_%s_%d.wav", DEFAULT_FILE_NAME, _bOffloaded ? OFFLOAD_FILE_NAME : HOST_FILE_NAME, _bOffloaded ? m_ulOffloadStreamId : m_ulStreamId); + m_FileName.Length = 0; + ntStatus = RtlStringCchLengthW (szTemp, sizeof(szTemp)/sizeof(szTemp[0]), &cLen); + } + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + m_FileName.MaximumLength = (USHORT)((cLen * sizeof(WCHAR)) + sizeof(WCHAR));//convert to wchar and add room for NULL + m_FileName.Buffer = (PWSTR) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_PAGED, + m_FileName.MaximumLength, + SAVEDATA_POOLTAG3 + ); + if (!m_FileName.Buffer) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + } + + // Allocate memory for data buffer. + // + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + RtlStringCbCopyW(m_FileName.Buffer, m_FileName.MaximumLength, szTemp); + m_FileName.Length = (USHORT)wcslen(m_FileName.Buffer) * sizeof(WCHAR); + + m_pDataBuffer = (PBYTE) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + m_ulBufferSize, + SAVEDATA_POOLTAG4 + ); + if (!m_pDataBuffer) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + } + + // Allocate memory for frame usage flags and m_pFilePtr. + // + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + m_fFrameUsed = (PBOOL) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + m_ulFrameCount * sizeof(BOOL) + + sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER), + SAVEDATA_POOLTAG2 + ); + if (!m_fFrameUsed) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + } + + // Initialize the spinlock to synchronize access to the frames + // + KeInitializeSpinLock ( &m_FrameInUseSpinLock ) ; + + // Initialize the file mutex + // + KeInitializeMutex( &m_FileSync, 1 ) ; + + // Open the data file. + // + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + // m_fFrameUsed has additional memory to hold m_pFilePtr + // + m_pFilePtr = (PLARGE_INTEGER) + (((PBYTE) m_fFrameUsed) + m_ulFrameCount * sizeof(BOOL)); + + // Create data file. + InitializeObjectAttributes + ( + &m_objectAttributes, + &m_FileName, + OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE | OBJ_KERNEL_HANDLE, + NULL, + NULL + ); + + m_bInitialized = TRUE; + + // Write wave header information to data file. + ntStatus = KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &m_FileSync, + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + NULL + ); + + if (STATUS_SUCCESS == ntStatus) + { + ntStatus = FileOpen(TRUE); + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + ntStatus = FileWriteHeader(); + + FileClose(); + } + + KeReleaseMutex( &m_FileSync, FALSE ); + } + } + + return ntStatus; +} // Initialize + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::InitializeWorkItems +( + _In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(DeviceObject); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + if (m_pWorkItems != NULL) + { + return ntStatus; + } + + m_pWorkItems = (PSAVEWORKER_PARAM) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + sizeof(SAVEWORKER_PARAM) * MAX_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT, + SAVEDATA_POOLTAG + ); + if (m_pWorkItems) + { + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + + m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem = IoAllocateWorkItem(DeviceObject); + if(m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem == NULL) + { + return STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + KeInitializeEvent + ( + &m_pWorkItems[i].EventDone, + NotificationEvent, + TRUE + ); + } + } + else + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + + return ntStatus; +} // InitializeWorkItems + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID +SaveFrameWorkerCallback +( + _In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT pDeviceObject, + _In_opt_ PVOID Context +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pDeviceObject); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(Context); + + PSAVEWORKER_PARAM pParam = (PSAVEWORKER_PARAM) Context; + PCSaveData pSaveData; + + if (NULL == pParam) + { + // This is completely unexpected, assert here. + // + ASSERT(pParam); + return; + } + + ASSERT(pParam->pSaveData); + ASSERT(pParam->pSaveData->m_fFrameUsed); + + if (pParam->WorkItem) + { + pSaveData = pParam->pSaveData; + + if (STATUS_SUCCESS == KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &pSaveData->m_FileSync, + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + NULL + )) + { + if (NT_SUCCESS(pSaveData->FileOpen(FALSE))) + { + pSaveData->FileWrite(pParam->pData, pParam->ulDataSize); + pSaveData->FileClose(); + } + InterlockedExchange( (LONG *)&(pSaveData->m_fFrameUsed[pParam->ulFrameNo]), FALSE ); + + KeReleaseMutex( &pSaveData->m_FileSync, FALSE ); + } + } + + KeSetEvent(&pParam->EventDone, 0, FALSE); +} // SaveFrameWorkerCallback + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::SetDataFormat +( + _In_ PKSDATAFORMAT pDataFormat +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + ASSERT(pDataFormat); + + PWAVEFORMATEX pwfx = NULL; + + if (IsEqualGUIDAligned(pDataFormat->Specifier, + KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_DSOUND)) + { + pwfx = + &(((PKSDATAFORMAT_DSOUND) pDataFormat)->BufferDesc.WaveFormatEx); + } + else if (IsEqualGUIDAligned(pDataFormat->Specifier, + KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX)) + { + pwfx = &((PKSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEX) pDataFormat)->WaveFormatEx; + } + + if (pwfx) + { + // Free the previously allocated waveformat + if (m_waveFormat) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_waveFormat, SAVEDATA_POOLTAG1); + } + + m_waveFormat = (PWAVEFORMATEX) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) ? + sizeof( PCMWAVEFORMAT ) : + sizeof( WAVEFORMATEX ) + pwfx->cbSize, + SAVEDATA_POOLTAG1 + ); + + if(m_waveFormat) + { + RtlCopyMemory( m_waveFormat, + pwfx, + (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) ? + sizeof( PCMWAVEFORMAT ) : + sizeof( WAVEFORMATEX ) + pwfx->cbSize); + } + else + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + } + return ntStatus; +} // SetDataFormat + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CSaveData::SetMaxWriteSize +( + _In_ ULONG ulMaxWriteSize +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ULONG bufferSize = 0; + PBYTE buffer = NULL; + + // + // Compute new buffer size. + // + ntStatus = RtlULongMult(ulMaxWriteSize, DEFAULT_FRAME_COUNT, &bufferSize); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Alloc memory for buffer. + // + buffer = (PBYTE) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + bufferSize, + SAVEDATA_POOLTAG4 + ); + if (!buffer) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Free old one. + // + if (m_pDataBuffer) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_pDataBuffer, SAVEDATA_POOLTAG4); + m_pDataBuffer = NULL; + } + + // + // Init new buffer settings. + // + m_pDataBuffer = buffer; + m_ulBufferSize = bufferSize; + m_ulFrameSize = ulMaxWriteSize; + + ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + +Done: + return ntStatus; +} // SetDataFormat + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +void +CSaveData::ReadData +( + _Inout_updates_bytes_all_(ulByteCount) PBYTE pBuffer, + _In_ ULONG ulByteCount +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pBuffer); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ulByteCount); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // Not implemented yet. +} // ReadData + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +void +CSaveData::SaveFrame +( + _In_ ULONG ulFrameNo, + _In_ ULONG ulDataSize +) +{ + PSAVEWORKER_PARAM pParam = NULL; + + pParam = GetNewWorkItem(); + if (pParam) + { + pParam->pSaveData = this; + pParam->ulFrameNo = ulFrameNo; + pParam->ulDataSize = ulDataSize; + pParam->pData = m_pDataBuffer + ulFrameNo * m_ulFrameSize; + KeResetEvent(&pParam->EventDone); + IoQueueWorkItem(pParam->WorkItem, SaveFrameWorkerCallback, + CriticalWorkQueue, (PVOID)pParam); + } +} // SaveFrame + +//============================================================================= +void +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CSaveData::WaitAllWorkItems +( + void +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // Save the last partially-filled frame + if (m_ulBufferOffset > m_ulFrameIndex * m_ulFrameSize) + { + ULONG size; + + size = m_ulBufferOffset - m_ulFrameIndex * m_ulFrameSize; + SaveFrame(m_ulFrameIndex, size); + } + + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &(m_pWorkItems[i].EventDone), + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + NULL + ); + } +} // WaitAllWorkItems + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +void +CSaveData::WriteData +( + _In_reads_bytes_(ulByteCount) PBYTE pBuffer, + _In_ ULONG ulByteCount +) +{ + ASSERT(pBuffer); + + BOOL fSaveFrame = FALSE; + ULONG ulSaveFrameIndex = 0; + KIRQL oldIrql; + + // If stream writing is disabled, then exit. + // + if (m_fWriteDisabled) + { + return; + } + + if( 0 == ulByteCount ) + { + return; + } + + // The logic below assumes that write size is <= than frame size. + if (ulByteCount > m_ulFrameSize) + { + ulByteCount = m_ulFrameSize; + } + + // Check to see if this frame is available. + KeAcquireSpinLock(&m_FrameInUseSpinLock, &oldIrql); + if (!m_fFrameUsed[m_ulFrameIndex]) + { + KeReleaseSpinLock(&m_FrameInUseSpinLock, oldIrql ); + + ULONG ulWriteBytes = ulByteCount; + + if( (m_ulBufferSize - m_ulBufferOffset) < ulWriteBytes ) + { + ulWriteBytes = m_ulBufferSize - m_ulBufferOffset; + } + + RtlCopyMemory(m_pDataBuffer + m_ulBufferOffset, pBuffer, ulWriteBytes); + m_ulBufferOffset += ulWriteBytes; + + // Check to see if we need to save this frame + if (m_ulBufferOffset >= ((m_ulFrameIndex + 1) * m_ulFrameSize)) + { + fSaveFrame = TRUE; + } + + // Loop the buffer, if we reached the end. + if (m_ulBufferOffset == m_ulBufferSize) + { + fSaveFrame = TRUE; + m_ulBufferOffset = 0; + } + + if (fSaveFrame) + { + InterlockedExchange( (LONG *)&(m_fFrameUsed[m_ulFrameIndex]), TRUE ); + ulSaveFrameIndex = m_ulFrameIndex; + m_ulFrameIndex = (m_ulFrameIndex + 1) % m_ulFrameCount; + } + + // Write the left over if the next frame is available. + if (ulWriteBytes != ulByteCount) + { + KeAcquireSpinLock(&m_FrameInUseSpinLock, &oldIrql ); + if (!m_fFrameUsed[m_ulFrameIndex]) + { + KeReleaseSpinLock(&m_FrameInUseSpinLock, oldIrql ); + RtlCopyMemory + ( + m_pDataBuffer + m_ulBufferOffset, + pBuffer + ulWriteBytes, + ulByteCount - ulWriteBytes + ); + + m_ulBufferOffset += ulByteCount - ulWriteBytes; + } + else + { + KeReleaseSpinLock(&m_FrameInUseSpinLock, oldIrql); + } + } + + if (fSaveFrame) + { + SaveFrame(ulSaveFrameIndex, m_ulFrameSize); + } + } + else + { + KeReleaseSpinLock(&m_FrameInUseSpinLock, oldIrql ); + } + +} // WriteData + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SaveData.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SaveData.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21beab4ad --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SaveData.h @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + SaveData.h + +Abstract: + + Declaration of data saving class for ACX driver samples. This class supplies services +to save data to disk. + + +--*/ + +#pragma once + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Forward declaration +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +class CSaveData; +typedef CSaveData *PCSaveData; + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Structs +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Parameter to workitem. +#include +typedef struct _SAVEWORKER_PARAM { + PIO_WORKITEM WorkItem; + ULONG ulFrameNo; + ULONG ulDataSize; + PBYTE pData; + PCSaveData pSaveData; + KEVENT EventDone; +} SAVEWORKER_PARAM; +typedef SAVEWORKER_PARAM *PSAVEWORKER_PARAM; +#include + +// wave file header. +#include +typedef struct _OUTPUT_FILE_HEADER +{ + DWORD dwRiff; + DWORD dwFileSize; + DWORD dwWave; + DWORD dwFormat; + DWORD dwFormatLength; +} OUTPUT_FILE_HEADER; +typedef OUTPUT_FILE_HEADER *POUTPUT_FILE_HEADER; + +typedef struct _OUTPUT_DATA_HEADER +{ + DWORD dwData; + DWORD dwDataLength; +} OUTPUT_DATA_HEADER; +typedef OUTPUT_DATA_HEADER *POUTPUT_DATA_HEADER; + +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// CSaveData +// Saves the wave data to disk. +// +__drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +PAGED_CODE_SEG +IO_WORKITEM_ROUTINE SaveFrameWorkerCallback; + +class CSaveData +{ +protected: + UNICODE_STRING m_FileName; // DataFile name. + HANDLE m_FileHandle; // DataFile handle. + PBYTE m_pDataBuffer; // Data buffer. + ULONG m_ulBufferSize; // Total buffer size. + + ULONG m_ulFrameIndex; // Current Frame. + ULONG m_ulFrameCount; // Frame count. + ULONG m_ulFrameSize; + ULONG m_ulBufferOffset; // index in buffer. + PBOOL m_fFrameUsed; // Frame usage table. + KSPIN_LOCK m_FrameInUseSpinLock; // Spinlock for synch. + KMUTEX m_FileSync; // Synchronizes file access + + OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES m_objectAttributes; // Used for opening file. + + OUTPUT_FILE_HEADER m_FileHeader; + PWAVEFORMATEX m_waveFormat; + OUTPUT_DATA_HEADER m_DataHeader; + PLARGE_INTEGER m_pFilePtr; + + static PDEVICE_OBJECT m_pDeviceObject; + static ULONG m_ulStreamId; + static ULONG m_ulOffloadStreamId; + static PSAVEWORKER_PARAM m_pWorkItems; + + BOOL m_fWriteDisabled; + + BOOL m_bInitialized; + +public: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CSaveData(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~CSaveData(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + void + Cleanup( + void + ); + + static + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + InitializeWorkItems( + _In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject + ); + + static + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + void + DestroyWorkItems( + void + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + void + Disable( + _In_ BOOL fDisable + ); + + static + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + PSAVEWORKER_PARAM + GetNewWorkItem( + void + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + Initialize( + _In_ BOOL _bOffloaded + ); + + static + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + SetDeviceObject( + _In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject + ); + + static + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + PDEVICE_OBJECT + GetDeviceObject( + void + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + void + ReadData( + _Inout_updates_bytes_all_(ulByteCount) PBYTE pBuffer, + _In_ ULONG ulByteCount + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + SetDataFormat( + _In_ PKSDATAFORMAT pDataFormat + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + SetMaxWriteSize( + _In_ ULONG ulMaxWriteSize + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + void + WaitAllWorkItems( + void + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + void + WriteData( + _In_reads_bytes_(ulByteCount) PBYTE pBuffer, + _In_ ULONG ulByteCount + ); + +private: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + FileClose( + void + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + FileOpen( + _In_ BOOL fOverWrite + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + FileWrite( + _In_reads_bytes_(ulDataSize) PBYTE pData, + _In_ ULONG ulDataSize + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + FileWriteHeader( + void + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + void + SaveFrame( + _In_ ULONG ulFrameNo, + _In_ ULONG ulDataSize + ); + + friend + IO_WORKITEM_ROUTINE SaveFrameWorkerCallback; +}; +typedef CSaveData *PCSaveData; + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SimPeakMeter.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SimPeakMeter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05f7fe05e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SimPeakMeter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/*++ + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + SimPeakMeter.cpp + +Abstract: + + Virtual Peakmeter - aggregates all streams + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#include "private.h" +#include "SimPeakMeter.h" + +#ifndef __INTELLISENSE__ +#include "SimPeakMeter.tmh" +#endif + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CSimPeakMeter::CSimPeakMeter() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + m_NumStreams = 0; + m_PeakMeterIndex = 0; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CSimPeakMeter::~CSimPeakMeter() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +LONG CSimPeakMeter::GetValue(ULONG Channel) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // Ignore channel + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Channel); + +#define PEAKMETER_VALUE_FULL (PEAKMETER_MAXIMUM / PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA * PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA) +#define PEAKMETER_VALUE_HALF (PEAKMETER_MAXIMUM / 2 / PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA * PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA) +#define PEAKMETER_VALUE_QUARTER (PEAKMETER_MAXIMUM / 4 / PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA * PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA) +#define PEAKMETER_VALUE_ONE_EIGTH (PEAKMETER_MAXIMUM / 8 / PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA * PEAKMETER_STEPPING_DELTA) + + LONG PeakMeterValues[] = { + PEAKMETER_VALUE_ONE_EIGTH, + PEAKMETER_VALUE_QUARTER, + PEAKMETER_VALUE_HALF, + PEAKMETER_VALUE_FULL, + PEAKMETER_VALUE_HALF, + PEAKMETER_VALUE_QUARTER + }; + + if (m_NumStreams) + { + LONG pmi = InterlockedIncrement(&m_PeakMeterIndex); + if (pmi == ARRAYSIZE(PeakMeterValues)) + { + pmi = 0; + InterlockedExchange(&m_PeakMeterIndex, 0); + } + + return PeakMeterValues[pmi]; + } + + // + // No active streams. Peak meter = 0 + // + return 0; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CSimPeakMeter::StartStream() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + InterlockedIncrement(&m_NumStreams); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CSimPeakMeter::StopStream() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(m_NumStreams); + InterlockedDecrement(&m_NumStreams); + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SimPeakMeter.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SimPeakMeter.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f0828572 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/SimPeakMeter.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/*++ + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + SimPeakMeter.h + +Abstract: + + Virtual Peakmeter - aggregates all streams + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#pragma once + +class CSimPeakMeter +{ +public: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CSimPeakMeter(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~CSimPeakMeter(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + LONG GetValue(_In_ ULONG Channel); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS StartStream(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS StopStream(); + +private: + LONG m_NumStreams; + LONG m_PeakMeterIndex; +}; + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/StreamEngine.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/StreamEngine.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f1b2afe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/StreamEngine.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1343 @@ +/*++ + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + StreamEngine.cpp + +Abstract: + + Virtual Streaming Engine - this module controls streaming logic for + the device. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#include "private.h" +#include "public.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "streamengine.h" +#include "MicPipe.h" + +#ifndef __INTELLISENSE__ +#include "streamengine.tmh" +#endif + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CStreamEngine::CStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ BOOL Offload, + _In_opt_ CSimPeakMeter *CircuitPeakmeter +) + : m_PacketsCount(0), + m_PacketSize(0), + m_FirstPacketOffset(0), + m_NotificationTimer(NULL), + m_CurrentState(AcxStreamStateStop), + m_CurrentPacket(0), + m_Position(0), + m_Stream(Stream), + m_StreamFormat(StreamFormat), + m_StartTime(0), + m_StartPosition(0), + m_GlitchAdjust(0), + m_ToneFrequency(DEFAULT_FREQUENCY), + m_Offload(Offload), + m_pCircuitPeakmeter(CircuitPeakmeter) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + KeQueryPerformanceCounter(&m_PerformanceCounterFrequency); + RtlZeroMemory(m_Packets, sizeof(m_Packets)); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CStreamEngine::~CStreamEngine() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::AllocateRtPackets( + _In_ ULONG PacketCount, + _In_ ULONG PacketSize, + _Out_ PACX_RTPACKET* Packets +) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + PACX_RTPACKET packets = NULL; + PVOID packetBuffer = NULL; + ULONG i; + ULONG packetAllocSizeInPages = 0; + ULONG packetAllocSizeInBytes = 0; + ULONG firstPacketOffset = 0; + size_t packetsSize = 0; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (PacketCount > MAX_PACKET_COUNT) + { + ASSERT(FALSE); + status = STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto exit; + } + + status = RtlSizeTMult(PacketCount, sizeof(ACX_RTPACKET), &packetsSize); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + ASSERT(FALSE); + goto exit; + } + + packets = (PACX_RTPACKET)ExAllocatePool2(POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, packetsSize, DeviceDriverTag); + if (!packets) + { + status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY; + ASSERT(FALSE); + goto exit; + } + + // + // We need to allocate page-aligned buffers, to ensure no kernel memory leaks + // to user space. Round up the packet size to page aligned, then calculate + // the first packet's buffer offset so packet 0 ends on a page boundary and + // packet 1 begins on a page boundary. + // + status = RtlULongAdd(PacketSize, PAGE_SIZE - 1, &packetAllocSizeInPages); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + ASSERT(FALSE); + goto exit; + } + packetAllocSizeInPages = packetAllocSizeInPages / PAGE_SIZE; + packetAllocSizeInBytes = PAGE_SIZE * packetAllocSizeInPages; + firstPacketOffset = packetAllocSizeInBytes - PacketSize; + + for (i = 0; i < PacketCount; ++i) + { + PMDL pMdl = NULL; + + ACX_RTPACKET_INIT(&packets[i]); + + packetBuffer = ExAllocatePool2(POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, packetAllocSizeInBytes, DeviceDriverTag); + if (packetBuffer == NULL) + { + status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY; + goto exit; + } + + pMdl = IoAllocateMdl(packetBuffer, packetAllocSizeInBytes, FALSE, TRUE, NULL); + if (pMdl == NULL) + { + status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY; + goto exit; + } + + MmBuildMdlForNonPagedPool(pMdl); + + WDF_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR_INIT_MDL(&((packets)[i].RtPacketBuffer), pMdl, packetAllocSizeInBytes); + + packets[i].RtPacketSize = PacketSize; + if (i == 0) + { + packets[i].RtPacketOffset = firstPacketOffset; + } + else + { + packets[i].RtPacketOffset = 0; + } + m_Packets[i] = packetBuffer; + + packetBuffer = NULL; + } + + *Packets = packets; + packets = NULL; + m_PacketsCount = PacketCount; + m_PacketSize = PacketSize; + m_FirstPacketOffset = firstPacketOffset; + +exit: + if (packetBuffer) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(packetBuffer, DeviceDriverTag); + } + if (packets) + { + FreeRtPackets(packets, PacketCount); + } + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID +CStreamEngine::FreeRtPackets( + _Frees_ptr_ PACX_RTPACKET Packets, + _In_ ULONG PacketCount +) +{ + ULONG i; + PVOID buffer; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + for (i = 0; i < PacketCount; ++i) + { + if (Packets[i].RtPacketBuffer.u.MdlType.Mdl) + { + buffer = MmGetMdlVirtualAddress(Packets[i].RtPacketBuffer.u.MdlType.Mdl); + IoFreeMdl(Packets[i].RtPacketBuffer.u.MdlType.Mdl); + ExFreePool(buffer); + } + } + + ExFreePool(Packets); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::PrepareHardware() +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL; + WDF_TIMER_CONFIG timerConfig; + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES timerAttributes; + PSTREAM_TIMER_CONTEXT timerCtx; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // If already in this state, do nothing. + // + if (m_CurrentState == AcxStreamStatePause) + { + // Nothing to do. + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + goto exit; + } + + if (m_CurrentState != AcxStreamStateStop) + { + // Error out. + status = STATUS_INVALID_STATE_TRANSITION; + goto exit; + } + + // + // Stop to Pause. + // + WDF_TIMER_CONFIG_INIT(&timerConfig, CStreamEngine::s_EvtStreamPassCallback); + timerConfig.AutomaticSerialization = TRUE; + timerConfig.UseHighResolutionTimer = WdfTrue; + timerConfig.Period = 0; + + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT(&timerAttributes); + WDF_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES_INIT_CONTEXT_TYPE(&timerAttributes, STREAM_TIMER_CONTEXT); + timerAttributes.ParentObject = m_Stream; + + status = WdfTimerCreate(&timerConfig, &timerAttributes, &m_NotificationTimer); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto exit; + } + + timerCtx = GetStreamTimerContext(m_NotificationTimer); + timerCtx->StreamEngine = this; + + m_CurrentState = AcxStreamStatePause; + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + +exit: + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::ReleaseHardware() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // If already in this state, do nothing. + // + if (m_CurrentState == AcxStreamStateStop) + { + // Nothing to do. + goto exit; + } + + // + // Just assert we are in the correct state. + // On the way down we always want to succeed. + // + ASSERT(m_CurrentState == AcxStreamStatePause); + + // + // Pause to Stop. + // + if (m_NotificationTimer) + { + WdfTimerStop(m_NotificationTimer, TRUE); + WdfObjectDelete(m_NotificationTimer); + m_NotificationTimer = NULL; + } + + KeFlushQueuedDpcs(); + + m_Position = 0; + m_GlitchAdjust = 0; + m_CurrentPacket = 0; + + m_CurrentState = AcxStreamStateStop; + +exit: + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::Pause() +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (m_CurrentState == AcxStreamStatePause) + { + // Nothing to do. + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + goto exit; + } + + if (m_CurrentState != AcxStreamStateRun) + { + // Error out. + status = STATUS_INVALID_STATE_TRANSITION; + goto exit; + } + + m_PeakMeter.StopStream(); + if (m_pCircuitPeakmeter) + { + m_pCircuitPeakmeter->StopStream(); + } + + // + // Run to Pause. + // + WdfTimerStop(m_NotificationTimer, TRUE); + + // Save the position we paused at. + UpdatePosition(); + + m_CurrentState = AcxStreamStatePause; + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + +exit: + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::Run() +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (m_CurrentState == AcxStreamStateRun) + { + // Nothing to do. + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + goto exit; + } + + if (m_CurrentState != AcxStreamStatePause) + { + status = STATUS_INVALID_STATE_TRANSITION; + goto exit; + } + + m_PeakMeter.StartStream(); + if (m_pCircuitPeakmeter) + { + m_pCircuitPeakmeter->StartStream(); + } + + // + // Pause to Run. + // + // Save the time and position - if we ran and paused previously, the StartTime and StartPosition will allow + // us to continue scheduling packet completions correctly, while still reporting absolute position from the + // start of the stream. + // + m_StartTime = KSCONVERT_PERFORMANCE_TIME(m_PerformanceCounterFrequency.QuadPart, KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL)); + m_StartPosition = m_Position; + + // Reset time we've lost to glitches + m_GlitchAdjust = 0; + + ScheduleNextPass(); + + m_CurrentState = AcxStreamStateRun; + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + +exit: + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::GetPresentationPosition( + _Out_ PULONGLONG PositionInBlocks, + _Out_ PULONGLONG QPCPosition +) +{ + ULONG blockAlign; + LARGE_INTEGER qpc; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + blockAlign = AcxDataFormatGetBlockAlign(m_StreamFormat); + + // Update the position based on the current time + UpdatePosition(); + qpc = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL); + + *PositionInBlocks = m_Position / blockAlign; + *QPCPosition = (ULONGLONG)qpc.QuadPart; + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::GetLinearBufferPosition( + _Out_ PULONGLONG Position +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Position); + PAGED_CODE(); + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::SetCurrentWritePosition( + _In_ ULONG Position +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Position); + PAGED_CODE(); + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::SetLastBufferPosition( + _In_ ULONG Position +) +{ + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Position); + PAGED_CODE(); + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::AssignDrmContentId( + ULONG DrmContentId, + PACXDRMRIGHTS DrmRights +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(DrmContentId); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(DrmRights); + + // + // At this point the driver should enforce the new DrmRights. + // + // HDMI render: if DigitalOutputDisable or CopyProtect is true, enable HDCP. + // + // From MSDN: + // + // This sample doesn't forward protected content, but if your driver uses + // lower layer drivers or a different stack to properly work, please see the + // following info from MSDN: + // + // "Before allowing protected content to flow through a data path, the system + // verifies that the data path is secure. To do so, the system authenticates + // each module in the data path beginning at the upstream end of the data path + // and moving downstream. As each module is authenticated, that module gives + // the system information about the next module in the data path so that it + // can also be authenticated. To be successfully authenticated, a module's + // binary file must be signed as DRM-compliant. + // + // Two adjacent modules in the data path can communicate with each other in + // one of several ways. If the upstream module calls the downstream module + // through IoCallDriver, the downstream module is part of a WDM driver. In + // this case, the upstream module calls the AcxDrmForwardContentToDeviceObject + // function to provide the system with the device object representing the + // downstream module. (If the two modules communicate through the downstream + // module's content handlers, the upstream module calls AcxDrmAddContentHandlers + // instead.) + // + // For more information, see MSDN's DRM Functions and Interfaces. + // + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::GetHWLatency( + _Out_ ULONG* FifoSize, + _Out_ ULONG* Delay +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + *FifoSize = 128; + *Delay = 0; + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CSimPeakMeter * +CStreamEngine::GetPeakMeter() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + return &m_PeakMeter; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID +CStreamEngine::s_EvtStreamPassCallback( + _In_ WDFTIMER Timer +) +{ + CStreamEngine* This; + PSTREAM_TIMER_CONTEXT timerCtx; + + // Get our stream engine pointer from the timer context + timerCtx = GetStreamTimerContext(Timer); + This = timerCtx->StreamEngine; + + // Call the StreamPassCallback for the engine + This->StreamPassCallback(); +} + +// This is run every time the stream timer fires +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID +CStreamEngine::StreamPassCallback() +{ + ULONGLONG completedPacket; + ULONGLONG qpcCompleted; + + // Process the packet (e.g. save render to file/generate capture data) + ProcessPacket(); + + // We've completed a packet! Increment our currently active packet + completedPacket = (ULONG)InterlockedIncrement((LONG*)&m_CurrentPacket) - 1; + // Save the time at which we moved to the next packet + qpcCompleted = (ULONGLONG)KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL).QuadPart; + + InterlockedExchange64(&m_LastPacketStart.QuadPart, m_CurrentPacketStart.QuadPart); + InterlockedExchange64(&m_CurrentPacketStart.QuadPart, qpcCompleted); + + // Tell ACX we've completed the packet. + (void)AcxRtStreamNotifyPacketComplete(m_Stream, completedPacket, qpcCompleted); + + // Schedule when our new current packet will finish + ScheduleNextPass(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID +CStreamEngine::ScheduleNextPass() +{ + LONGLONG delay = 0; + ULONG bytesPerSecond; + ULONGLONG nextPacket = 0; + ULONGLONG nextPacketStartPosition = 0; + ULONGLONG nextPacketPositionFromLastPause = 0; + ULONGLONG nextPacketTimeFromLastPauseHns = 0; + ULONGLONG nextPacketTime = 0; + ULONGLONG currentTime; + BOOLEAN inTimerQueue = FALSE; + + // Get the number of bytes per second from our stored stream format + bytesPerSecond = GetBytesPerSecond(); + + // Calculate the absolute position of the beginning of the next packet from the beginning of the stream + nextPacket = m_CurrentPacket + 1; + nextPacketStartPosition = nextPacket * m_PacketSize; + + // Adjust next packet position to account for the last time we resumed from Pause + nextPacketPositionFromLastPause = nextPacketStartPosition - m_StartPosition; + + // Convert from bytes to HNS (to prevent truncation, multiply first then divide) + nextPacketTimeFromLastPauseHns = nextPacketPositionFromLastPause * HNS_PER_SEC / bytesPerSecond; + + // Next packet time is Time @ resume from Pause, offset for lost time due to glitch, with next packet time added + nextPacketTime = m_StartTime + m_GlitchAdjust + nextPacketTimeFromLastPauseHns; + + currentTime = KSCONVERT_PERFORMANCE_TIME(m_PerformanceCounterFrequency.QuadPart, KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL)); + + // Determine how long we want to wait, in HNS. Negative since it's a relative wait + delay = -(LONGLONG)(nextPacketTime - currentTime); + + // If the delay isn't negative, this means we lost some time (e.g. broken into kernel debugger). Update + // our glitch adjust to account for that lost time, and attempt to schedule again + if (delay >= 0) + { + // Glitch!!! + // Update the glitch adjustment and set the new delay. + m_GlitchAdjust += delay; + + StreamPassCallback(); + + return; + } + + // Start the timer for our next pass! Note the timer isn't periodic. + inTimerQueue = WdfTimerStart(m_NotificationTimer, delay); + + // We shouldn't be scheduling our next pass if the timer was previously still pending + ASSERT(inTimerQueue == FALSE); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID +CStreamEngine::UpdatePosition() +{ + ULONGLONG currentTime; + ULONG bytesPerSecond; + + if (m_CurrentState != AcxStreamStateRun) + { + return; + } + bytesPerSecond = GetBytesPerSecond(); + currentTime = KSCONVERT_PERFORMANCE_TIME(m_PerformanceCounterFrequency.QuadPart, KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL)); + + // Update position + m_Position = m_StartPosition - m_GlitchAdjust + (currentTime - m_StartTime) * bytesPerSecond / HNS_PER_SEC; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +ULONG +CStreamEngine::GetBytesPerSecond() +{ + ULONG bytesPerSecond; + + bytesPerSecond = AcxDataFormatGetAverageBytesPerSec(m_StreamFormat); + + return bytesPerSecond; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CStreamEngine::GetCurrentPacket( + _Out_ PULONG CurrentPacket +) +{ + ULONG currentPacket; + PAGED_CODE(); + + currentPacket = (ULONG)InterlockedCompareExchange((LONG*)&m_CurrentPacket, -1, -1); + + *CurrentPacket = currentPacket; + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CRenderStreamEngine::CRenderStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ BOOL Offload, + _In_ CSimPeakMeter * CircuitPeakmeter + +) + : CStreamEngine(Stream, StreamFormat, Offload, CircuitPeakmeter) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CRenderStreamEngine::~CRenderStreamEngine() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CRenderStreamEngine::PrepareHardware() +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + status = CStreamEngine::PrepareHardware(); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto exit; + } + + status = m_SaveData.SetDataFormat((PKSDATAFORMAT)AcxDataFormatGetKsDataFormat(m_StreamFormat)); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + goto exit; + } + + status = m_SaveData.Initialize(m_Offload); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + goto exit; + } + + status = m_SaveData.SetMaxWriteSize(m_PacketSize * m_PacketsCount * 16); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + goto exit; + } + +exit: + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CRenderStreamEngine::ReleaseHardware() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_SaveData.WaitAllWorkItems(); + m_SaveData.Cleanup(); + + return CStreamEngine::ReleaseHardware(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CRenderStreamEngine::AssignDrmContentId( + ULONG DrmContentId, + PACXDRMRIGHTS DrmRights + ) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(DrmContentId); + + // + // At this point the driver should enforce the new DrmRights. + // The sample driver handles DrmRights per stream basis, and + // stops writing the stream to disk, if CopyProtect = TRUE. + // + // HDMI render: if DigitalOutputDisable or CopyProtect is true, enable HDCP. + // Loopback: if CopyProtect is true, disable loopback stream. + // + + // + // Sample writes each stream seperately to disk. If the rights for this + // stream indicates that the stream is CopyProtected, stop writing to disk. + // + m_SaveData.Disable(DrmRights->CopyProtect); + + // + // From MSDN: + // + // This sample doesn't forward protected content, but if your driver uses + // lower layer drivers or a different stack to properly work, please see the + // following info from MSDN: + // + // "Before allowing protected content to flow through a data path, the system + // verifies that the data path is secure. To do so, the system authenticates + // each module in the data path beginning at the upstream end of the data path + // and moving downstream. As each module is authenticated, that module gives + // the system information about the next module in the data path so that it + // can also be authenticated. To be successfully authenticated, a module's + // binary file must be signed as DRM-compliant. + // + // Two adjacent modules in the data path can communicate with each other in + // one of several ways. If the upstream module calls the downstream module + // through IoCallDriver, the downstream module is part of a WDM driver. In + // this case, the upstream module calls the AcxDrmForwardContentToDeviceObject + // function to provide the system with the device object representing the + // downstream module. (If the two modules communicate through the downstream + // module's content handlers, the upstream module calls AcxDrmAddContentHandlers + // instead.) + // + // For more information, see MSDN's DRM Functions and Interfaces. + // + + return STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CRenderStreamEngine::SetRenderPacket( + _In_ ULONG Packet, + _In_ ULONG Flags, + _In_ ULONG EosPacketLength +) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ULONG currentPacket; + + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Flags); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(EosPacketLength); + + PAGED_CODE(); + + currentPacket = (ULONG)InterlockedCompareExchange((LONG*)&m_CurrentPacket, -1, -1); + + if (Packet <= currentPacket) + { + //ASSERT(FALSE); + status = STATUS_DATA_LATE_ERROR; + } + else if (Packet > currentPacket + 1) + { + //ASSERT(FALSE); + status = STATUS_DATA_OVERRUN; + } + + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID +CRenderStreamEngine::ProcessPacket() +{ + ULONG currentPacket; + ULONG packetIndex; + PBYTE packetBuffer; + + currentPacket = (ULONG)InterlockedCompareExchange((LONG*)&m_CurrentPacket, -1, -1); + + packetIndex = currentPacket % m_PacketsCount; + packetBuffer = (PBYTE)m_Packets[packetIndex]; + // Packet 0 starts at an offset if the size isn't a multiple of page_size + if (packetIndex == 0) + { + packetBuffer += m_FirstPacketOffset; + } + + m_SaveData.WriteData(packetBuffer, m_PacketSize); +} + + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CCaptureStreamEngine::CCaptureStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat +) + : CStreamEngine(Stream, StreamFormat, FALSE, NULL), + m_EnableWaveCapture(0) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_CurrentPacketStart.QuadPart = 0; + m_LastPacketStart.QuadPart = 0; + + RtlInitUnicodeString(&m_HostCaptureFileName, NULL); + RtlInitUnicodeString(&m_LoopbackCaptureFileName, NULL); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CCaptureStreamEngine::~CCaptureStreamEngine() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + RtlFreeUnicodeString(&m_HostCaptureFileName); + RtlFreeUnicodeString(&m_LoopbackCaptureFileName); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CCaptureStreamEngine::PrepareHardware() +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE pwfext = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + status = CStreamEngine::PrepareHardware(); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto exit; + } + + (void)ReadRegistrySettings(); + + pwfext = (PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE)AcxDataFormatGetWaveFormatExtensible(m_StreamFormat); + if (pwfext == NULL) + { + // Cannot initialize reader or generator with a format that's not understood + status = STATUS_NO_MATCH; + ASSERT(FALSE); + goto exit; + } + + if (m_EnableWaveCapture) + { + status = m_WaveReader.Init(pwfext, &m_HostCaptureFileName); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + m_EnableWaveCapture = FALSE; + } + } + + if (!m_EnableWaveCapture) + { + status = m_ToneGenerator.Init(m_ToneFrequency, pwfext); + } + +exit: + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CCaptureStreamEngine::ReleaseHardware() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (m_EnableWaveCapture) + { + m_WaveReader.WaitAllWorkItems(); + } + + return CStreamEngine::ReleaseHardware(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CCaptureStreamEngine::GetCapturePacket( + _Out_ ULONG* LastCapturePacket, + _Out_ ULONGLONG* QPCPacketStart, + _Out_ BOOLEAN* MoreData +) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ULONG currentPacket; + LONGLONG qpcPacketStart; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + currentPacket = (ULONG)InterlockedCompareExchange((LONG*)&m_CurrentPacket, -1, -1); + qpcPacketStart = InterlockedCompareExchange64(&m_LastPacketStart.QuadPart, -1, -1); + + *LastCapturePacket = currentPacket - 1; + *QPCPacketStart = (ULONGLONG)qpcPacketStart; + *MoreData = FALSE; + + return status; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID +CCaptureStreamEngine::ProcessPacket() +{ + ULONG currentPacket; + ULONG packetIndex; + PBYTE packetBuffer; + + currentPacket = (ULONG)InterlockedCompareExchange((LONG*)&m_CurrentPacket, -1, -1); + + packetIndex = currentPacket % m_PacketsCount; + packetBuffer = (PBYTE)m_Packets[packetIndex]; + + // Packet 0 starts at an offset if the size isn't a multiple of page_size + if (packetIndex == 0) + { + packetBuffer += m_FirstPacketOffset; + } + + // LibrePods: fill this capture packet from the mic pipe — the PCM that user + // mode pushed over IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM (the decoded AirPods audio). + // Underrun is zero-filled (silence). Replaces the sample's WAV-file / tone + // dummy sources. + MicPipeRead(packetBuffer, m_PacketSize); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CCaptureStreamEngine::ReadRegistrySettings() +{ + NTSTATUS status; + PDRIVER_OBJECT DriverObject; + HANDLE DriverKey; + + RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TABLE paramTable[] = { + // QueryRoutine Flags Name EntryContext DefaultType DefaultData DefaultLength + { NULL, RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_DIRECT | RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK, L"EnableWaveCapture", &m_EnableWaveCapture, (REG_DWORD << RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK_SHIFT) | REG_DWORD, &m_EnableWaveCapture, sizeof(DWORD) }, + { NULL, RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_DIRECT | RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK, L"HostCaptureFileName", &m_HostCaptureFileName, (REG_SZ << RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK_SHIFT) | REG_SZ, &m_HostCaptureFileName, sizeof(UNICODE_STRING) }, + { NULL, RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_DIRECT | RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK, L"LoopbackCaptureFileName", &m_LoopbackCaptureFileName, (REG_SZ << RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TYPECHECK_SHIFT) | REG_SZ, &m_LoopbackCaptureFileName, sizeof(UNICODE_STRING) }, + { NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } + }; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + DriverObject = WdfDriverWdmGetDriverObject(WdfGetDriver()); + DriverKey = NULL; + status = IoOpenDriverRegistryKey(DriverObject, + DriverRegKeyParameters, + KEY_READ, + 0, + &DriverKey); + + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + ASSERT(FALSE); + goto exit; + } + + status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_HANDLE, + (PCWSTR) DriverKey, + ¶mTable[0], + NULL, + NULL); + + if (DriverKey) + { + ZwClose(DriverKey); + } + +exit: + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + m_EnableWaveCapture = FALSE; + } + + return status; +} +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine::CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ CKeywordDetector* KeywordDetector + +) + : CCaptureStreamEngine(Stream, StreamFormat), + m_KeywordDetector(KeywordDetector) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine::~CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine::Pause() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_KeywordDetector->Stop(); + return CCaptureStreamEngine::Pause(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine::Run() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_KeywordDetector->Run(); + return CCaptureStreamEngine::Run(); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine::GetCapturePacket( + _Out_ ULONG* LastCapturePacket, + _Out_ ULONGLONG* QPCPacketStart, + _Out_ BOOLEAN* MoreData +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // retrieve the packet from the fifo queue + return m_KeywordDetector->GetReadPacket(m_PacketsCount, m_PacketSize, m_Packets, LastCapturePacket, QPCPacketStart, MoreData); +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID +CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine::ProcessPacket() +{ + LARGE_INTEGER qpc; + LARGE_INTEGER qpcFrequency; + + qpc = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(&qpcFrequency); + + // Add the next packet to the fifo queue + m_KeywordDetector->DpcRoutine(qpc.QuadPart, qpcFrequency.QuadPart); +} + +//Streamengine callbacks + +VOID +EvtStreamDestroy( + _In_ WDFOBJECT Object +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext((ACXSTREAM)Object); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + ctx->StreamEngine = NULL; + delete streamEngine; +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamGetHwLatency( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _Out_ ULONG* FifoSize, + _Out_ ULONG* Delay +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->GetHWLatency(FifoSize, Delay); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamAllocateRtPackets( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ULONG PacketCount, + _In_ ULONG PacketSize, + _Out_ PACX_RTPACKET* Packets +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->AllocateRtPackets(PacketCount, PacketSize, Packets); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID +EvtStreamFreeRtPackets( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ PACX_RTPACKET Packets, + _In_ ULONG PacketCount +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->FreeRtPackets(Packets, PacketCount); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamPrepareHardware( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->PrepareHardware(); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamReleaseHardware( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->ReleaseHardware(); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamRun( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->Run(); +} + + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamPause( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->Pause(); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamAssignDrmContentId( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ULONG DrmContentId, + _In_ PACXDRMRIGHTS DrmRights +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine * streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = (CStreamEngine*)ctx->StreamEngine; + + return streamEngine->AssignDrmContentId(DrmContentId, DrmRights); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamGetCurrentPacket( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _Out_ PULONG CurrentPacket +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = static_cast(ctx->StreamEngine); + + return streamEngine->GetCurrentPacket(CurrentPacket); +} + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamGetPresentationPosition( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _Out_ PULONGLONG PositionInBlocks, + _Out_ PULONGLONG QPCPosition +) +{ + PSTREAMENGINE_CONTEXT ctx; + CStreamEngine* streamEngine = NULL; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + ctx = GetStreamEngineContext(Stream); + + streamEngine = static_cast(ctx->StreamEngine); + + return streamEngine->GetPresentationPosition(PositionInBlocks, QPCPosition); +} + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/StreamEngine.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/StreamEngine.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62f6c8d18 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/StreamEngine.h @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "savedata.h" +#include "tonegenerator.h" +#include "WaveReader.h" +#include "SimPeakMeter.h" +#include "keyworddetector.h" + +#define HNSTIME_PER_MILLISECOND 10000 + +#define MAX_PACKET_COUNT 2 + +#define DEFAULT_FREQUENCY 220 +#define LOOPBACK_FREQUENCY 500 + +// Stream callbacks shared between Capture and Render + +VOID +EvtStreamDestroy( + _In_ WDFOBJECT Object +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamGetHwLatency( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _Out_ ULONG* FifoSize, + _Out_ ULONG* Delay +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamAllocateRtPackets( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ULONG PacketCount, + _In_ ULONG PacketSize, + _Out_ PACX_RTPACKET* Packets +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID +EvtStreamFreeRtPackets( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ PACX_RTPACKET Packets, + _In_ ULONG PacketCount +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamPrepareHardware( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamReleaseHardware( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamRun( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamPause( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamAssignDrmContentId( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ULONG DrmContentId, + _In_ PACXDRMRIGHTS DrmRights +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamGetCurrentPacket( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _Out_ PULONG CurrentPacket +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +EvtStreamGetPresentationPosition( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _Out_ PULONGLONG PositionInBlocks, + _Out_ PULONGLONG QPCPosition +); + + +class CStreamEngine +{ +public: + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + AllocateRtPackets( + _In_ ULONG PacketCount, + _In_ ULONG PacketSize, + _Out_ PACX_RTPACKET * Packets + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID + FreeRtPackets( + _Frees_ptr_ PACX_RTPACKET Packets, + _In_ ULONG PacketCount + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + PrepareHardware(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + ReleaseHardware(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + Run(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + Pause(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + GetPresentationPosition( + _Out_ PULONGLONG PositionInBlocks, + _Out_ PULONGLONG QPCPosition + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + GetLinearBufferPosition( + _Out_ PULONGLONG Position + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + SetCurrentWritePosition( + _In_ ULONG Position + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + SetLastBufferPosition( + _In_ ULONG Position + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + GetCurrentPacket( + _Out_ PULONG CurrentPacket + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + GetHWLatency( + _Out_ ULONG * FifoSize, + _Out_ ULONG * Delay + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + AssignDrmContentId( + _In_ ULONG DrmContentId, + _In_ PACXDRMRIGHTS DrmRights + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CSimPeakMeter * + GetPeakMeter(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ BOOL Offload, + _In_opt_ CSimPeakMeter *CircuitPeakmeter + ); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~CStreamEngine(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID + SetFrequency( + _In_ DWORD ToneFrequency + ) + { + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_ToneFrequency = ToneFrequency; + } + +protected: + PVOID m_Packets[MAX_PACKET_COUNT]; + ULONG m_PacketsCount; + ULONG m_PacketSize; + ULONG m_FirstPacketOffset; + WDFTIMER m_NotificationTimer; + ACX_STREAM_STATE m_CurrentState; + ULONG m_CurrentPacket; + ULONGLONG m_Position; + ACXSTREAM m_Stream; + ACXDATAFORMAT m_StreamFormat; + ULONGLONG m_StartTime; + ULONGLONG m_StartPosition; + ULONGLONG m_GlitchAdjust; + LARGE_INTEGER m_PerformanceCounterFrequency; + LARGE_INTEGER m_CurrentPacketStart; + LARGE_INTEGER m_LastPacketStart; + DWORD m_ToneFrequency; + BOOL m_Offload; + CSimPeakMeter m_PeakMeter; + CSimPeakMeter* m_pCircuitPeakmeter; + + static + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + _Function_class_(EVT_WDF_TIMER) + VOID s_EvtStreamPassCallback( + _In_ WDFTIMER Timer + ); + + // This is run every time the stream timer fires + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + StreamPassCallback(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + ScheduleNextPass(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + UpdatePosition(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + ULONG + GetBytesPerSecond(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + ProcessPacket() = 0; +}; + +class CRenderStreamEngine : public CStreamEngine +{ +public: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CRenderStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ BOOL Offload, + _In_ CSimPeakMeter *CircuitPeakmeter + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~CRenderStreamEngine(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + PrepareHardware(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + ReleaseHardware(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + AssignDrmContentId( + _In_ ULONG DrmContentId, + _In_ PACXDRMRIGHTS DrmRights + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + SetRenderPacket( + _In_ ULONG Packet, + _In_ ULONG Flags, + _In_ ULONG EosPacketLength + ); + +protected: + CSaveData m_SaveData; + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + ProcessPacket(); + +}; + +class CCaptureStreamEngine : public CStreamEngine +{ +public: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CCaptureStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~CCaptureStreamEngine(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + PrepareHardware(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + ReleaseHardware(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + GetCapturePacket( + _Out_ ULONG * LastCapturePacket, + _Out_ ULONGLONG * QPCPacketStart, + _Out_ BOOLEAN * MoreData + ); + +protected: + ToneGenerator m_ToneGenerator; + CWaveReader m_WaveReader; + DWORD m_EnableWaveCapture; + UNICODE_STRING m_HostCaptureFileName; + UNICODE_STRING m_LoopbackCaptureFileName; + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + ProcessPacket(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + ReadRegistrySettings(); +}; + +class CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine : public CCaptureStreamEngine +{ +public: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine( + _In_ ACXSTREAM Stream, + _In_ ACXDATAFORMAT StreamFormat, + _In_ CKeywordDetector * KeywordDetector + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~CBufferedCaptureStreamEngine(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + Run(); + + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + Pause(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + GetCapturePacket( + _Out_ ULONG * LastCapturePacket, + _Out_ ULONGLONG * QPCPacketStart, + _Out_ BOOLEAN * MoreData + ); + +protected: + virtual + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + ProcessPacket(); + + CKeywordDetector * m_KeywordDetector; +}; + +// Define circuit/stream pin context. +// +typedef struct _STREAM_TIMER_CONTEXT { + CStreamEngine * StreamEngine; +} STREAM_TIMER_CONTEXT, *PSTREAM_TIMER_CONTEXT; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(STREAM_TIMER_CONTEXT, GetStreamTimerContext) diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/ToneGenerator.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/ToneGenerator.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..876d2bbd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/ToneGenerator.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + ToneGenerator.cpp + +Abstract: + + Implementation of sine wave generator for ACX driver samples + + +--*/ +#include "private.h" +#include "public.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "ToneGenerator.h" + +#define TONEGENERATOR_POOLTAG 'rGnT' + +const double TONE_AMPLITUDE = 0.5; // Scalar value, should be between 0.0 - 1.0 +const double TWO_PI = M_PI * 2; + +DWORD g_DisableToneGenerator = 0; // default is to generate tones. + +#define IF_FAILED_JUMP(result, tag) do {if (!NT_SUCCESS(result)) {goto tag;}} while(false) +#define IF_TRUE_JUMP(result, tag) do {if (result) {goto tag;}} while(false) +#define IF_TRUE_ACTION_JUMP(result, action, tag) do {if (result) {action; goto tag;}} while(false) + +// +// Double to short conversion. +// +__drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) +short ConvertToShort(double Value) +{ + return (short)(Value * _I16_MAX); +}; + +// +// Double to char conversion. +// +__drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) +unsigned char ConvertToUChar(double Value) +{ + const double F_127_5 = 127.5; + return (unsigned char)(Value * F_127_5 + F_127_5); +}; + +// +// Ctor: basic init. +// +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +ToneGenerator::ToneGenerator() +: m_Frequency(0), + m_ChannelCount(0), + m_BitsPerSample(0), + m_SamplesPerSecond(0), + m_Mute(false), + m_PartialFrame(NULL), + m_PartialFrameBytes(0), + m_FrameSize(0) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + // Theta (double) and SampleIncrement (double) are init in the Init() method + // after saving the floating point state. +} + +// +// Dtor: free resources. +// +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +ToneGenerator::~ToneGenerator() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (m_PartialFrame) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_PartialFrame, TONEGENERATOR_POOLTAG); + m_PartialFrame = NULL; + m_PartialFrameBytes = 0; + } +} + +// +// Init a new frame. +// Note: caller will save and restore the floatingpoint state. +// +#pragma warning(push) +// Caller wraps this routine between KeSaveFloatingPointState/KeRestoreFloatingPointState calls. +#pragma warning(disable: 28110) + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID ToneGenerator::InitNewFrame +( + _Out_writes_bytes_(FrameSize) BYTE* Frame, + _In_ DWORD FrameSize +) +{ + double sinValue = TONE_AMPLITUDE * sin( m_Theta ); + + if (FrameSize != (DWORD)m_ChannelCount * m_BitsPerSample/8) + { + ASSERT(FALSE); + RtlZeroMemory(Frame, FrameSize); + return; + } + + for(ULONG i = 0; i < m_ChannelCount; ++i) + { + if (m_BitsPerSample == 8) + { + unsigned char *dataBuffer = reinterpret_cast(Frame); + dataBuffer[i] = ConvertToUChar(sinValue); + } + else // 16 bits per sample + { + short *dataBuffer = reinterpret_cast(Frame); + dataBuffer[i] = ConvertToShort(sinValue); + } + } + + m_Theta += m_SampleIncrement; + if (m_Theta >= TWO_PI) + { + m_Theta -= TWO_PI; + } +} +#pragma warning(pop) + +// +// GenerateSamples() +// +// Generate a sine wave that fits into the specified buffer. +// +// Buffer - Buffer to hold the samples +// BufferLength - Length of the buffer. +// +// Note: this function supports 16bit and 8bit samples only. +// +_Use_decl_annotations_ +void ToneGenerator::GenerateSine +( + _Out_writes_bytes_(BufferLength) BYTE *Buffer, + _In_ size_t BufferLength +) +{ + NTSTATUS status; + KFLOATING_SAVE saveData; + BYTE * buffer; + size_t length; + size_t copyBytes; + + // if muted, or tone generator disabled via registry, + // we deliver silence. + if (m_Mute || g_DisableToneGenerator) + { + goto ZeroBuffer; + } + + status = KeSaveFloatingPointState(&saveData); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) + { + goto ZeroBuffer; + } + + buffer = Buffer; + length = BufferLength; + + // + // Check if we have any residual frame bytes from the last time. + // + if (m_PartialFrameBytes) + { + ASSERT(m_FrameSize > m_PartialFrameBytes); + DWORD offset = m_FrameSize - m_PartialFrameBytes; + copyBytes = MIN(m_PartialFrameBytes, length); + RtlCopyMemory(buffer, m_PartialFrame + offset, copyBytes); + RtlZeroMemory(m_PartialFrame + offset, copyBytes); + length -= copyBytes; + buffer += copyBytes; + m_PartialFrameBytes = 0; + } + + IF_TRUE_JUMP(length == 0, Done); + + // + // Copy all the aligned frames. + // + + size_t frames = length/m_FrameSize; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < frames; ++i) + { + InitNewFrame(buffer, m_FrameSize); + buffer += m_FrameSize; + length -= m_FrameSize; + } + + IF_TRUE_JUMP(length == 0, Done); + + // + // Copy any partial frame at the end. + // + ASSERT(m_FrameSize > length); + InitNewFrame(m_PartialFrame, m_FrameSize); + RtlCopyMemory(buffer, m_PartialFrame, length); + RtlZeroMemory(m_PartialFrame, length); + m_PartialFrameBytes = m_FrameSize - (DWORD)length; + +Done: + KeRestoreFloatingPointState(&saveData); + return; + +ZeroBuffer: + RtlZeroMemory(Buffer, BufferLength); + return; +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS ToneGenerator::Init +( + _In_ DWORD ToneFrequency, + _In_ PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE WfExt +) +{ + NTSTATUS status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + KFLOATING_SAVE saveData; + + PAGED_CODE(); + + // + // This sample supports PCM 16bit formats only. + // + if ((WfExt->Format.wFormatTag != WAVE_FORMAT_PCM && + !(WfExt->Format.wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE && + IsEqualGUIDAligned(WfExt->SubFormat, KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM))) || + (WfExt->Format.wBitsPerSample != 16 && + WfExt->Format.wBitsPerSample != 8)) + { + status = STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + IF_FAILED_JUMP(status, Done); + + // + // Save floating state (just in case). + // + status = KeSaveFloatingPointState(&saveData); + IF_FAILED_JUMP(status, Done); + + // + // Basic init. + // + RtlZeroMemory(&m_Theta, sizeof(m_Theta)); + m_Frequency = ToneFrequency; + m_ChannelCount = WfExt->Format.nChannels; // # channels. + m_BitsPerSample = WfExt->Format.wBitsPerSample; // bits per sample. + m_SamplesPerSecond = WfExt->Format.nSamplesPerSec; // samples per sec. + m_Mute = false; + m_SampleIncrement = (m_Frequency * TWO_PI) / (double)m_SamplesPerSecond; + m_FrameSize = (DWORD)m_ChannelCount * m_BitsPerSample/8; + ASSERT(m_FrameSize == WfExt->Format.nBlockAlign); + + // + // Restore floating state. + // + KeRestoreFloatingPointState(&saveData); + + // + // Allocate a buffer to hold a partial frame. + // + m_PartialFrame = (BYTE*)ExAllocatePool2( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + m_FrameSize, + TONEGENERATOR_POOLTAG); + + IF_TRUE_ACTION_JUMP(m_PartialFrame == NULL, status = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES, Done); + + status = STATUS_SUCCESS; + +Done: + return status; +} + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/ToneGenerator.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/ToneGenerator.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9d030b5f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/ToneGenerator.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + ToneGenerator.h + +Abstract: + + Declaration of sine wave generator for ACX driver samples. + + +--*/ +#pragma once + +#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES +#include +#include + +class ToneGenerator +{ +public: + DWORD m_Frequency; + WORD m_ChannelCount; + WORD m_BitsPerSample; + DWORD m_SamplesPerSecond; + double m_Theta; + double m_SampleIncrement; + bool m_Mute; + BYTE* m_PartialFrame; + DWORD m_PartialFrameBytes; + DWORD m_FrameSize; + +public: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ToneGenerator(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~ToneGenerator(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS + Init + ( + _In_ DWORD ToneFrequency, + _In_ PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE WfExt + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID + GenerateSine + ( + _Out_writes_bytes_(BufferLength) BYTE *Buffer, + _In_ size_t BufferLength + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID + SetMute + ( + _In_ bool Value + ) + { + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_Mute = Value; + } + +private: + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID InitNewFrame + ( + _Out_writes_bytes_(FrameSize) BYTE* Frame, + _In_ DWORD FrameSize + ); +}; + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/Trace_macros.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/Trace_macros.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2fc3efff --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/Trace_macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,470 @@ +#pragma once + +#include // for va_start, etc. + +#pragma region Tracing level definitions + +#if !defined(FAILED_NTSTATUS) +#define FAILED_NTSTATUS(status) (((NTSTATUS)(status)) < 0) +#endif + +#if !defined(SUCCEEDED_NTSTATUS) +#define SUCCEEDED_NTSTATUS(status) (((NTSTATUS)(status)) >= 0) +#endif + +//! Define shorter versions of the ETW trace levels +#define LEVEL_CRITICAL TRACE_LEVEL_CRITICAL +#define LEVEL_ERROR TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR +#define LEVEL_WARNING TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING +#define LEVEL_INFO TRACE_LEVEL_INFORMATION +#define LEVEL_VERBOSE TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE + +//! This is a special LEVEL that changes the trace macro level from ERROR to VERBOSE +//! depending on whether the return value passed to the macro was non-zero or zero, +//! respectively. +#define LEVEL_COND 0xFF +#pragma endregion + +//! Logger and Enabled that supports both level and flag. +//! \link https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/hardware/ff542492(v=vs.85).aspx +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) WPP_LEVEL_LOGGER(FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) (WPP_LEVEL_ENABLED(FLAGS) && (WPP_CONTROL(WPP_BIT_ ## FLAGS).Level >= LEVEL)) + +//! This macro is to be used by the WPP custom macros below that want to do conditional +//! logging based on return value. If LEVEL_VERBOSE is specified when calling a macro that +//! uses this, the level will be set to LEVEL_INFO if return code is 0 or +//! LEVEL_ERROR if the return code is not 0. This can be called in any PRE macro. +//! +//! The "LEVEL == LEVEL_COND" check generates a compiler warning that the "conditional +//! expression is constant" so we explicitly disable that. +#define WPP_CONDITIONAL_LEVEL_FLAGS_OVERRIDE(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR) \ + BOOL bEnabled = WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS); \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable: 4127)) \ + if (LEVEL == LEVEL_COND) \ + { \ + if (SUCCEEDED(HR)) \ + { \ + bEnabled = WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL_VERBOSE, FLAGS); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + bEnabled = WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL_ERROR, FLAGS); \ + } \ + } \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) + +#define WPP_CONDITIONAL_LEVEL_FLAGS_OVERRIDE_NTSTATUS(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) \ + BOOLEAN bEnabled = WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS); \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable: 4127)) \ + if (LEVEL == LEVEL_COND) \ + { \ + if (SUCCEEDED_NTSTATUS(STATUS)) \ + { \ + bEnabled = WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL_VERBOSE, FLAGS); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + bEnabled = WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL_ERROR, FLAGS); \ + } \ + } \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) + + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_IFRLOG_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, IFRLOG, FLAGS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_IFRLOG_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, IFRLOG, FLAGS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_HR_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR) { WPP_CONDITIONAL_LEVEL_FLAGS_OVERRIDE(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_HR_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR) ;} +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_HR_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR) bEnabled +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_HR_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETVAL_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETVAL_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_FI_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, FI) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_FI_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, FI) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_STATUS_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) { WPP_CONDITIONAL_LEVEL_FLAGS_OVERRIDE_NTSTATUS(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_STATUS_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) ;} +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_STATUS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) bEnabled +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_STATUS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS) do { NTSTATUS __statusRet = (RETSTATUS); if (FAILED_NTSTATUS(__statusRet)) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS) ; return __statusRet; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS) do { NTSTATUS __statusRet = (RETSTATUS); if (FAILED_NTSTATUS(__statusRet)) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS) ; return __statusRet; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ALLOWEDSTATUS_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, ALLOWEDSTATUS) do {\ +NTSTATUS __statusRet = (RETSTATUS);\ +if(__statusRet == ALLOWEDSTATUS)\ +{\ + __statusRet = STATUS_SUCCESS;\ +}\ +if (FAILED_NTSTATUS(__statusRet)) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ALLOWEDSTATUS_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, ALLOWEDSTATUS) ; return __statusRet; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ALLOWEDSTATUS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, ALLOWEDSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ALLOWEDSTATUS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, ALLOWEDSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETPTR_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETPTR) do { if ((RETPTR) == nullptr) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETPTR_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETPTR) ; return STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETPTR_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETPTR) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETPTR_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETPTR) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_RETPTR_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, RETPTR) do { NTSTATUS __statusRet = (RETSTATUS); if ((RETPTR) == nullptr) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_RETPTR_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, RETPTR) ; return __statusRet; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_RETPTR_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, RETPTR) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_RETPTR_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, RETPTR) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_POSCOND_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) do { NTSTATUS __statusRet = (RETSTATUS); if ((POSCOND)) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_POSCOND_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) ; return __statusRet; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_POSCOND_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_POSCOND_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_POSCOND_RETSTATUS_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, POSCOND, RETSTATUS) do { NTSTATUS __statusRet = (RETSTATUS); if ((POSCOND)) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_POSCOND_RETSTATUS_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, POSCOND, RETSTATUS) ; return __statusRet; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_POSCOND_RETSTATUS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, POSCOND, RETSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_POSCOND_RETSTATUS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, POSCOND, RETSTATUS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_NEGCOND_PRE(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, NEGCOND) do { NTSTATUS __statusRet = (RETSTATUS); if (!(NEGCOND)) { +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_NEGCOND_POST(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, NEGCOND) ; return __statusRet; } } while (0, 0) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_NEGCOND_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, NEGCOND) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_NEGCOND_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, NEGCOND) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#pragma region IFR Enablement Macros + +// Opt-in to a WPP recorder feature that enables independent evaluation of conditions to decide if a +// message needs to be sent to the recorder, an enabled session, or both. +#define ENABLE_WPP_TRACE_FILTERING_WITH_WPP_RECORDER 1 + +// Logger/Enabled macros used to decide if a message that is being sent to a custom recorder should +// also go to an enabled session. These do not depend on the custom recorder itself, so just +// delegate to the default. +#define WPP_IFRLOG_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(IFRLOG, LEVEL, FLAGS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_LOGGER(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_IFRLOG_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(IFRLOG, LEVEL, FLAGS) WPP_LEVEL_FLAGS_ENABLED(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_CONDITIONAL_LEVEL_FLAGS_OVERRIDE(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR) \ + ((LEVEL == LEVEL_COND) ? \ + (FAILED(HR) ? \ + WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL_ERROR, FLAGS) : WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL_VERBOSE, FLAGS)) : \ + WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS)) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_CONDITIONAL_LEVEL_FLAGS_OVERRIDE_NTSTATUS(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) \ + ((LEVEL == LEVEL_COND) ? \ + (FAILED_NTSTATUS(STATUS) ? \ + WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL_ERROR, FLAGS) : WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL_VERBOSE, FLAGS)) : \ + WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS)) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_HR_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_HR_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETVAL_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETVAL_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FI_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FI_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_STATUS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_STATUS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ALLOWEDSTATUS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, ALLOWEDSTATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_RETSTATUS_ALLOWEDSTATUS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, ALLOWEDSTATUS) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETPTR_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETPTR) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETPTR_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETPTR) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_RETPTR_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, RETPTR) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_RETPTR_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, RETPTR) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_POSCOND_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_POSCOND_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_POSCOND_RETSTATUS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_IFRLOG_POSCOND_RETSTATUS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, IFRLOG, RETSTATUS, POSCOND) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) + +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_NEGCOND_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, NEGCOND) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_ARGS(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#define WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_RETSTATUS_NEGCOND_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETSTATUS, NEGCOND) WPP_RECORDER_LEVEL_FLAGS_FILTER(LEVEL, FLAGS) +#pragma endregion + +#pragma region Custom tracing macros + +// begin_wpp config +// USEPREFIX(DrvLogCritical, "%!STDPREFIX!CRIT: "); +// USEPREFIX(DrvLogError, "%!STDPREFIX!ERROR: "); +// USEPREFIX(DrvLogWarning, "%!STDPREFIX!WARN: "); +// USEPREFIX(DrvLogInfo, "%!STDPREFIX!INFO: "); +// USEPREFIX(DrvLogVerbose, "%!STDPREFIX!VERB: "); +// USEPREFIX(DrvLogEnter, "%!STDPREFIX!ENTER"); +// USEPREFIX(DrvLogExit, "%!STDPREFIX!EXIT"); +// end_wpp + +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC DrvLogCritical{LEVEL=TRACE_LEVEL_CRITICAL}(IFRLOG,FLAGS,MSG,...); +// FUNC DrvLogError{LEVEL=TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR}(IFRLOG,FLAGS,MSG,...); +// FUNC DrvLogWarning{LEVEL=TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING}(IFRLOG,FLAGS,MSG,...); +// FUNC DrvLogInfo{LEVEL=TRACE_LEVEL_INFORMATION}(IFRLOG,FLAGS,MSG,...); +// FUNC DrvLogEnter{LEVEL=TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE,FLAGS=FLAG_FUNCTION}(IFRLOG,...); +// FUNC DrvLogVerbose{LEVEL=TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE}(IFRLOG,FLAGS,MSG,...); +// FUNC DrvLogExit{LEVEL=TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE,FLAGS=FLAG_FUNCTION}(IFRLOG,...); +// end_wpp + + +#ifdef __INTELLISENSE__ +#define FLAG_DEVICE_ALL 0x01 +#define FLAG_FUNCTION 0x02 +#define FLAG_INFO 0x04 +#define FLAG_PNP 0x08 +#define FLAG_POWER 0x10 +#define FLAG_STREAM 0x20 +#define FLAG_INIT 0x40 +#define FLAG_DDI 0x80 +#define FLAG_GENERIC 0x100 +void DrvLogCritical(void* log, int flags, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +void DrvLogError(void* log, int flags, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +void DrvLogWarning(void* log, int flags, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +void DrvLogInfo(void* log, int flags, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +void DrvLogEnter(void* log, ...); +void DrvLogVerbose(void* log, int flags, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +void DrvLogExit(void* log, ...); + +void RETURN_IF_FAILED(NTSTATUS status); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED(NTSTATUS status); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_MSG(NTSTATUS status, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_UNLESS_ALLOWED(NTSTATUS returnStatus, NTSTATUS allowedStatus); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL_ALLOC(PVOID ptr); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL(PVOID ptr); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE(BOOL condition, NTSTATUS status); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE_MSG(BOOL condition, NTSTATUS status, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FALSE(BOOL condition, NTSTATUS status); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS(NTSTATUS status); +void RETURN_NTSTATUS_MSG(NTSTATUS status, const WCHAR* fmt, ...); +#endif// __INTELLISENSE__ + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_METHOD_LINE +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_METHOD_LINE(LEVEL, FLAGS, MSG, ...); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_METHOD_LINE, ", this=0x%p", this); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_METHOD_ENTRY +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_METHOD_ENTRY(LEVEL, FLAGS); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_METHOD_ENTRY, "Enter, this=0x%p", this); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_METHOD_EXIT +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_METHOD_EXIT(LEVEL, FLAGS); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_METHOD_EXIT, "Exit, this=0x%p", this); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_HR +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_HR(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_HR, "Exit, this=0x%p, hr=%!HRESULT!", this, HR); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_DWORD +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_DWORD(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_DWORD, "Exit, this=0x%p, ret=0x%08Ix ", this, RETVAL); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_PTR +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_PTR(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_PTR,"Exit, this=0x%p, retptr=0x%p", this, RETVAL); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_STATUS +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_STATUS(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_METHOD_EXIT_STATUS, "Exit, this=0x%p, status=%!STATUS!", this, STATUS); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_FUNCTION_ENTRY +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_FUNCTION_ENTRY(LEVEL, FLAGS); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_FUNCTION_ENTRY, "Enter"); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT(LEVEL, FLAGS); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT, "Exit"); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_HR +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_HR(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_HR, "Exit, hr=%!HRESULT!", HR); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_DWORD +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_DWORD(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_DWORD, "Exit, ret=0x%08Ix", RETVAL); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_PTR +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_PTR(LEVEL, FLAGS, RETVAL); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_PTR, "Exit, retptr=0x%p", RETVAL); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_STATUS +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_STATUS(LEVEL, FLAGS, STATUS); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_FUNCTION_EXIT_STATUS, "Exit, status=%!STATUS!", STATUS); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_LINE +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_LINE(LEVEL, FLAGS, MSG, ...); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_HRESULT +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_HRESULT(LEVEL, FLAGS, HR, MSG, ...); +// USESUFFIX (TRACE_HRESULT, ", ret=%!HRESULT!", HR); +// end_wpp + +//********************************************************* +// MACRO: TRACE_FAILURE_INFO (WIL FailureInfo logging) +// see: https://github.com/microsoft/wil/blob/master/include/wil/result_macros.h +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC TRACE_FAILURE_INFO(LEVEL, FLAGS, FI); +// USESUFFIX(TRACE_FAILURE_INFO, " [%04X] '%ws', hr=%!HRESULT! ['%s' (%u)]", FI.threadId, FI.pszMessage, FI.hr, FI.pszFile, FI.uLineNumber); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_IF_FAILED +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_IF_FAILED{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(RETSTATUS); +// USEPREFIX(RETURN_IF_FAILED, "%!STDPREFIX!ERROR:"); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_IF_FAILED, " File:%s, Line:%d - status=%!STATUS!", __FILE__, __LINE__, __statusRet); +// end_wpp + + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(RETSTATUS); +// USEPREFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED, "%!STDPREFIX!ERROR:"); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED, " File:%s, Line:%d - status=%!STATUS!", __FILE__, __LINE__, __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_MSG +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_MSG{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(RETSTATUS, MSG, ...); +// USEPREFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_MSG, "%!STDPREFIX!ERROR:"); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_MSG, " - status=%!STATUS!",__statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_UNLESS_ALLOWED +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_UNLESS_ALLOWED{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(RETSTATUS, ALLOWEDSTATUS); +// USEPREFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_UNLESS_ALLOWED, "%!STDPREFIX!ERROR:"); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FAILED_UNLESS_ALLOWED, " File:%s, Line:%d - status=%!STATUS!", __FILE__, __LINE__, __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL_ALLOC +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL_ALLOC{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=DUMMY}(RETPTR); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL, "status=STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES"); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=DUMMY}(RETSTATUS, RETPTR); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_NULL, "status=%!STATUS!", __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(POSCOND, RETSTATUS); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE, " File:%s, Line:%d - status=%!STATUS!", __FILE__, __LINE__, __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE_MSG +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE_MSG{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(POSCOND, RETSTATUS, MSG, ...); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_TRUE_MSG, " - status=%!STATUS!", __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FALSE +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FALSE{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=DUMMY}(RETSTATUS, NEGCOND); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_IF_FALSE, " File:%s, Line:%d - status=%!STATUS!", __FILE__, __LINE__, __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(RETSTATUS); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS, " File:%s, Line:%d - status=%!STATUS!", __FILE__, __LINE__, __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +// MACRO: RETURN_NTSTATUS_MSG +// +// begin_wpp config +// FUNC RETURN_NTSTATUS_MSG{LEVEL=LEVEL_ERROR,FLAGS=FLAG_DEVICE_ALL,IFRLOG=g_AudioDspLog}(RETSTATUS, MSG, ...); +// USESUFFIX(RETURN_NTSTATUS_MSG, " - status=%!STATUS!", __statusRet); +// end_wpp + +#define W32 +#define WPP_CHECK_FOR_NULL_STRING //to prevent exceptions due to NULL strings + +#pragma endregion diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/WaveReader.cpp b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/WaveReader.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5deb5a91e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/WaveReader.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + WaveReader.cpp + +Abstract: + Implementation of wave file reader for ACX sample drivers. + + To read data from disk, this class maintains a circular data buffer. This buffer is segmented into multiple chunks of + big buffer (Though we only need two, so it is set to two now). Initially we fill first two chunks and once a chunk gets emptied + by OS, we schedule a workitem to fill the next available chunk. + + +--*/ + +#pragma warning (disable : 4127) +#pragma warning (disable : 26165) + +#include "private.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "WaveReader.h" + +#define FILE_NAME_BUFFER_TAG 'WRT1' +#define WAVE_DATA_BUFFER_TAG 'WRT2' +#define WORK_ITEM_BUFFER_TAG 'WRT3' + +#define MAX_READ_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT 15 + +#define IF_FAILED_JUMP(result, tag) do {if (!NT_SUCCESS(result)) {goto tag;}} while(false) +#define IF_TRUE_JUMP(result, tag) do {if (result) {goto tag;}} while(false) +#define IF_TRUE_ACTION_JUMP(result, action, tag) do {if (result) {action; goto tag;}} while(false) + +PREADWORKER_PARAM CWaveReader::m_pWorkItems = NULL; +PDEVICE_OBJECT CWaveReader::m_pDeviceObject = NULL; + + +/*++ + +Routine Description: + Ctor: basic init. + +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CWaveReader::CWaveReader() +: m_ChannelCount(0), + m_BitsPerSample(0), + m_SamplesPerSecond(0), + m_Mute(false), + m_FileHandle(NULL) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData = NULL; + KeInitializeMutex(&m_FileSync, 0); +} + +/*++ + +Routine Description: + Dtor: free resources. + +--*/ +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +CWaveReader::~CWaveReader() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + if (STATUS_SUCCESS == KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &m_FileSync, + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + NULL + )) + { + if (m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData != NULL) + { + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData, WAVE_DATA_BUFFER_TAG); + m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData = NULL; + } + + FileClose(); + KeReleaseMutex(&m_FileSync, FALSE); + } + +} + +/*++ + +Routine Description: + - Initializing the workitems. These workitems will be scheduled asynchronously by the OS. + - When these work items will be scheduled the wave file will be read and the data + - will be put inside the big chunks. + +Arguments: + Device object + +Return Value: + NT status code. + +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::InitializeWorkItems(_In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + ASSERT(DeviceObject); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + if (m_pWorkItems != NULL) + { + return ntStatus; + } + + m_pWorkItems = (PREADWORKER_PARAM) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + sizeof(READWORKER_PARAM) * MAX_READ_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT, + 'RDPT' + ); + if (m_pWorkItems) + { + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_READ_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + + m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem = IoAllocateWorkItem(DeviceObject); + if (m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem == NULL) + { + return STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + KeInitializeEvent + ( + &m_pWorkItems[i].EventDone, + NotificationEvent, + TRUE + ); + } + } + else + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + + return ntStatus; +} + +/*++ + +Routine Description: +- Wait for all the scheduled workitems to finish. + +--*/ + + +//============================================================================= +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +void CWaveReader::WaitAllWorkItems() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_READ_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &(m_pWorkItems[i].EventDone), + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + NULL + ); + } +} + +/*++ + +Routine Description: + - Deallocating the workitems. + +--*/ + + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID CWaveReader::DestroyWorkItems() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + if (m_pWorkItems) + { + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_READ_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + if (m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem != NULL) + { + IoFreeWorkItem(m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem); + m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem = NULL; + } + } + ExFreePoolWithTag(m_pWorkItems, WORK_ITEM_BUFFER_TAG); + m_pWorkItems = NULL; + } +} + +/*++ + +Routine Description: + - Get a free work item to schedule a file read operation. + +--*/ +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PREADWORKER_PARAM CWaveReader::GetNewWorkItem() +{ + LARGE_INTEGER timeOut = { 0 }; + NTSTATUS ntStatus; + + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_READ_WORKER_ITEM_COUNT; i++) + { + ntStatus = + KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &m_pWorkItems[i].EventDone, + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + &timeOut + ); + if (STATUS_SUCCESS == ntStatus) + { + if (m_pWorkItems[i].WorkItem) + return &(m_pWorkItems[i]); + else + return NULL; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: +- This routine will enqueue a workitem for reading wave file and putting +- the data into the chunk buffer. + +Arguments: + Chunk descriptor for the chunk to be filled. +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID CWaveReader::ReadWavChunk(PCHUNKDESCRIPTOR pChunkDescriptor) +{ + PREADWORKER_PARAM pParam = NULL; + + pParam = GetNewWorkItem(); + if (pParam) + { + pParam->PtrWaveReader = this; + pParam->PtrChunkDescriptor = pChunkDescriptor; + KeResetEvent(&pParam->EventDone); + IoQueueWorkItem(pParam->WorkItem, ReadFrameWorkerCallback, + DelayedWorkQueue, (PVOID)pParam); + } +} + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +IO_WORKITEM_ROUTINE ReadFrameWorkerCallback; +/* +Routine Description: +- This routine will be called by the OS. It will fill the chunk buffer, defined by the chunk descriptor +- If end of file is reached it will mark the end of file as true. + +Arguments: + pDeviceObject - Device object + Context - pointer to reader worker params +*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +VOID ReadFrameWorkerCallback +( + _In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT pDeviceObject, + _In_opt_ PVOID Context +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pDeviceObject); + pWaveReader pWavRd; + PREADWORKER_PARAM pParam = (PREADWORKER_PARAM)Context; + + if (NULL == pParam) + { + // This is completely unexpected, assert here. + // + ASSERT(pParam); + goto exit; + } + + pWavRd = pParam->PtrWaveReader; + + if (pWavRd == NULL) + { + goto exit; + } + if (STATUS_SUCCESS == KeWaitForSingleObject + ( + &pWavRd->m_FileSync, + Executive, + KernelMode, + FALSE, + NULL + )) + { + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + ASSERT(Context); + + IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock; + + if (pParam->WorkItem) + { + if (pWavRd->m_WaveDataQueue.bEofReached || pWavRd->m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData == NULL) + { + KeReleaseMutex(&pWavRd->m_FileSync, FALSE); + goto exit; + } + + if (pParam->PtrChunkDescriptor->pStartAddress != NULL) + { + ntStatus = ZwReadFile(pWavRd->m_FileHandle, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + &ioStatusBlock, + pParam->PtrChunkDescriptor->pStartAddress, + pParam->PtrChunkDescriptor->ulChunkLength, + NULL, + NULL); + + pParam->PtrChunkDescriptor->bIsChunkEmpty = false; + + if (ioStatusBlock.Information != pParam->PtrChunkDescriptor->ulChunkLength) + { + pWavRd->m_WaveDataQueue.bEofReached = true; + } + } + } + + KeReleaseMutex(&pWavRd->m_FileSync, FALSE); + } + +exit: + KeSetEvent(&pParam->EventDone, 0, FALSE); +} + +/*++ + +Routine Description: +- If all the chunks are empty this resturn true. + +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +bool CWaveReader::IsAllChunkEmpty() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ; i++) + { + if (!m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[i].bIsChunkEmpty) + { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + - This routine does the actual copy of data from the chunk buffer to the buffer provided by OS. + - If it empties the current chunk buffer, then it sets it state to empty and then enqueue a workitem + - to read data from the wave file and put it to the next available chunk buffer. + +Arguments: + Buffer - Pointer to the OS buffer + BufferLength - Length of the data to be filled (in bytes) + +--*/ +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID CWaveReader::CopyDataFromRingBuffer +( + _Out_writes_bytes_(BufferLength) BYTE *Buffer, + _In_ ULONG BufferLength +) +{ + if (IsAllChunkEmpty()) + { + RtlZeroMemory(Buffer, BufferLength); + } + else + { + ULONG prevChunk = (m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr*NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ )/ m_WaveDataQueue.ulLength; + + ///////////////// + BYTE *currentBuf = Buffer; + ULONG length = BufferLength; + while (length > 0) + { + ULONG runWrite = min(length, m_WaveDataQueue.ulLength - m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr); + + // Copy the wave buffer data to OS buffer + RtlCopyMemory(currentBuf, m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData + m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr, runWrite); + // Zero out the wave buffer, so that if wave end of file is reached we should copy only zeros + RtlZeroMemory(m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData + m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr, runWrite); + // Update the read pointer + m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr = (m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr + runWrite) % m_WaveDataQueue.ulLength; + currentBuf += runWrite; + length = length - runWrite; + } + + ULONG curChunk = (m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr*NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ) / m_WaveDataQueue.ulLength; + + if (curChunk != prevChunk) + { + m_WaveDataQueue.currentExecutedChunk++; + // Schedule a workitem to read data from the wave file + ULONG chunkNo = m_WaveDataQueue.currentExecutedChunk % NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ; + m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[chunkNo].bIsChunkEmpty = true; + if (!m_WaveDataQueue.bEofReached) + { + ReadWavChunk(&m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[chunkNo]); + } + } + } +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + - Just a high level read buffer call. + + Arguments: + Buffer - Pointer to the OS buffer + BufferLength - Length of the data to be filled (in bytes) +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +VOID CWaveReader::ReadWaveData +( + _Out_writes_bytes_(BufferLength) BYTE *Buffer, + _In_ ULONG BufferLength +) +{ + if (m_Mute) + { + RtlZeroMemory(Buffer, BufferLength); + } + else + { + CopyDataFromRingBuffer(Buffer, BufferLength); + } +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: +- initialization for the wavereader member variables, +- Allocating memory for the 1 second buffer +- Preread the one second buffer data, so that when OS comes to read the data we have it available in the memory. + +Arguments: + WfExt - Format which should be used for capture + fileNameString - name of the file to be read + +Return: + NTStatus +--*/ +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::Init +( + _In_ PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE WfExt, + _In_ PUNICODE_STRING puiFileName +) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + KFLOATING_SAVE saveData; + + // Save floating state (just in case). + ntStatus = KeSaveFloatingPointState(&saveData); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + return ntStatus; + } + + // + // This sample supports PCM 16bit formats only. + // + if ((WfExt->Format.wFormatTag != WAVE_FORMAT_PCM && + !(WfExt->Format.wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE && + IsEqualGUIDAligned(WfExt->SubFormat, KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM))) || + (WfExt->Format.wBitsPerSample != 16 && + WfExt->Format.wBitsPerSample != 8)) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + IF_FAILED_JUMP(ntStatus, Done); + + // Basic init. + m_ChannelCount = WfExt->Format.nChannels; // # channels. + m_BitsPerSample = WfExt->Format.wBitsPerSample; // bits per sample. + m_SamplesPerSecond = WfExt->Format.nSamplesPerSec; // samples per sec. + m_Mute = false; + + // Wave data queue initialization + m_WaveDataQueue.ulLength = WfExt->Format.nAvgBytesPerSec; + m_WaveDataQueue.bEofReached = false; + m_WaveDataQueue.ulReadPtr = 0; + + // Mark all the chunk empty + for (int i = 0; i < NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ; i++) + { + m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[i].bIsChunkEmpty = true; + } + + ntStatus = OpenWaveFile(puiFileName); + IF_FAILED_JUMP(ntStatus, Done); + + ntStatus = AllocateBigBuffer(); + IF_FAILED_JUMP(ntStatus, Done); + + ntStatus = ReadHeaderAndFillBuffer(); + +Done: + (void)KeRestoreFloatingPointState(&saveData); + return ntStatus; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + This function read the wave header file and compare the header info with the + stream info. Currently we are using only number of channel, sampling frequency + and bits per sample as the primary parameters for the wave file to compare against + stream params. If the params don't match we return success but streams zeros. + +Return: + NTStatus +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::ReadHeaderAndFillBuffer() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + ntStatus = FileReadHeader(); + + if(NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + if (m_WaveHeader.numChannels != m_ChannelCount || + m_WaveHeader.bitsPerSample != m_BitsPerSample || + m_WaveHeader.sampleRate != m_SamplesPerSecond) + { + // If the wave file format don't match we wont treat this as error + // and we will stream zeros. So we return from here and will not read the + // wave file and wont fill the buffers. + return STATUS_SUCCESS; + } + } + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus)) + { + // If the wave file format is same as the stream format we will stream the data + // else we will just stream zeros. + ReadWavChunk(&m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[0]); // Fill the first chunk + ReadWavChunk(&m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[1]); // Fill the second chunk + // Set the current executed chunk to 1. Once OS finishs the data for the first chunk + // use the currentExecutedChunk to find the next chunk and schedule a workitem to fill the + // data into the next chunk + m_WaveDataQueue.currentExecutedChunk = 1; + } + + return ntStatus; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + This function allocates 1 second buffer. + Segments the buffer into multiple (currently two) chunks. Assigns the start pointer and length + for each chunk. + +Return: + NTStatus +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::AllocateBigBuffer() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData = (PBYTE) + ExAllocatePool2 + ( + POOL_FLAG_NON_PAGED, + m_WaveDataQueue.ulLength, + WAVE_DATA_BUFFER_TAG + ); + if (!m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData) + { + ntStatus = STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES; + } + else + { + ULONG chunklLength = m_WaveDataQueue.ulLength / NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ; + for (int i = 0; i < NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ; i++) + { + m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[i].pStartAddress = m_WaveDataQueue.pWavData + chunklLength*i; + m_WaveDataQueue.sChunkDescriptor[i].ulChunkLength = chunklLength; + } + } + return ntStatus; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + This function opens wave file. + +Arguments: + fileNameString - Name of the wave file + +Return: + NTStatus +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::OpenWaveFile(PUNICODE_STRING puiFileName) +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + if (NT_SUCCESS(ntStatus) && puiFileName->Buffer != NULL) + { + // Create data file. + InitializeObjectAttributes + ( + &m_objectAttributes, + puiFileName, + OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE | OBJ_KERNEL_HANDLE, + NULL, + NULL + ); + + // Open Wave File + ntStatus = FileOpen(); + } + + return ntStatus; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + This function closes wave file handle. + +Return: + NTStatus +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::FileClose() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + + if (m_FileHandle) + { + ntStatus = ZwClose(m_FileHandle); + m_FileHandle = NULL; + } + + return ntStatus; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + Reads the wave file file header information + +Return: + NTStatus +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::FileReadHeader() +{ + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock; + + + ntStatus = ZwReadFile(m_FileHandle, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + &ioStatusBlock, + &m_WaveHeader, + sizeof(WAVEHEADER), + NULL, + NULL); + + return ntStatus; +} + +/*++ +Routine Description: + This function opens wave file. + +Return: + NTStatus +--*/ + +_Use_decl_annotations_ +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS CWaveReader::FileOpen() +{ + + PAGED_CODE(); + NTSTATUS ntStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock; + + if (!m_FileHandle) + { + ntStatus = + ZwCreateFile + ( + &m_FileHandle, + GENERIC_READ, + &m_objectAttributes, + &ioStatusBlock, + NULL, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + FILE_SHARE_READ, + FILE_OPEN, + FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT, + NULL, + 0 + ); + } + + return ntStatus; +} + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/WaveReader.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/WaveReader.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c8394e4f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Common/WaveReader.h @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + WaveReader.h + +Abstract: + + Declaration of wave reader for ACX sample drivers. + + +--*/ +#pragma once + +#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES +#include +#include + +#define NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ 2 + +class CWaveReader; + +// Wave header structure decleration +typedef CWaveReader *pWaveReader; +typedef struct _WAVEHEADER +{ + BYTE chunkId[4]; + ULONG chunkSize; + BYTE format[4]; + BYTE subChunkId[4]; + ULONG subChunkSize; + WORD audioFormat; + WORD numChannels; + ULONG sampleRate; + ULONG bytesPerSecond; + WORD blockAlign; + WORD bitsPerSample; + BYTE dataChunkId[4]; + ULONG dataSize; +}WAVEHEADER; + +typedef struct _CHUNKDESCRIPTOR +{ + PBYTE pStartAddress; // Starting address of the chunk + ULONG ulChunkLength; // Length of the chunk + bool bIsChunkEmpty; // If the chunk is empty +}CHUNKDESCRIPTOR; +typedef CHUNKDESCRIPTOR *PCHUNKDESCRIPTOR; + +/* + The idea here is to allocate one second long worth of buffer and divide it into NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ chunks. + In one file read operation we read and fill one chunk data . The chunk will be emptied every 10 ms by OS. + Once the OS empties one chunk data we schedule a workitem to read and fill next available chunk. +*/ + +typedef struct _WAVEDATAQUEUE +{ + PBYTE pWavData; // Pointer to the temporary buffer for reading one second worth of data from wave file + ULONG ulLength; // length of pWavData in bytes + ULONG ulReadPtr; // current reading position in pWavData in bytes + bool bEofReached; // This will be set once the eof is reached. + WORD currentExecutedChunk; + CHUNKDESCRIPTOR sChunkDescriptor[NUM_OF_CHUNK_FOR_FILE_READ]; +}WAVEDATAQUEUE; +typedef WAVEDATAQUEUE *PWAVEDATAQUEUE; + +// Parameter to workitem. +#include +typedef struct _READWORKER_PARAM { + PIO_WORKITEM WorkItem; // Pointer to the workitem + KEVENT EventDone; // Used for synchronizing a workitem for scheduling. + pWaveReader PtrWaveReader; // pointer to the wavereader class. + PCHUNKDESCRIPTOR PtrChunkDescriptor; // chunk descriptor for the chunk, which needs to be filled after file read +} READWORKER_PARAM; +typedef READWORKER_PARAM *PREADWORKER_PARAM; +#include + +__drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +PAGED_CODE_SEG +IO_WORKITEM_ROUTINE ReadFrameWorkerCallback; + +// Wave Reader class + +class CWaveReader +{ + +public: + HANDLE m_FileHandle; // Wave File handle. + WORD m_ChannelCount; // Number of Channels for the stream during stream init + WORD m_BitsPerSample; // Number of Bits per sample for the stream during stream init + DWORD m_SamplesPerSecond; // Number of Sample per second for the stream during stream init + bool m_Mute; // Capture Zero buffer if mute + OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES m_objectAttributes; // Used for opening file. + WAVEDATAQUEUE m_WaveDataQueue; // Big buffer data object and its current state + KMUTEX m_FileSync; // Synchronizes file access + WAVEHEADER m_WaveHeader; + +public: + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + CWaveReader(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + ~CWaveReader(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS Init + ( + _In_ PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE WfExt, + _In_ PUNICODE_STRING puiFileName + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID ReadWaveData + ( + _Out_writes_bytes_(BufferLength) BYTE *Buffer, + _In_ ULONG BufferLength + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + VOID SetMute(_In_ bool Value) + { + PAGED_CODE(); + + m_Mute = Value; + } + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + void WaitAllWorkItems(); + + // Static allocation totally related to the workitems for reading data from wavefile and putting it to chunk buffer + static PDEVICE_OBJECT m_pDeviceObject; + static PREADWORKER_PARAM m_pWorkItems; + PAGED_CODE_SEG + static NTSTATUS InitializeWorkItems(_In_ PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject); + + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + static PREADWORKER_PARAM GetNewWorkItem(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + static VOID DestroyWorkItems(); + +private: + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID ReadWavChunk(PCHUNKDESCRIPTOR PtrChunkDescriptor); + + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + bool IsAllChunkEmpty(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS OpenWaveFile(PUNICODE_STRING puiFileName); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS FileClose(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS FileReadHeader(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS FileOpen(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(DISPATCH_LEVEL) + VOID CopyDataFromRingBuffer + ( + _Out_writes_bytes_(BufferLength) BYTE *Buffer, + _In_ ULONG BufferLength + ); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS AllocateBigBuffer(); + + __drv_maxIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) + PAGED_CODE_SEG + NTSTATUS ReadHeaderAndFillBuffer(); + + friend IO_WORKITEM_ROUTINE ReadFrameWorkerCallback; +}; + + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Inc/AudioFormats.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Inc/AudioFormats.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a518d4771 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Inc/AudioFormats.h @@ -0,0 +1,959 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + AudioFormats.h + +Abstract: + + Contains Audio formats supported for the ACX Sample Drivers + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#pragma once + +#define NOBITMAP +#include + +// +// Basic-testing formats. +// +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm44100c2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 44100, + 176400, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE)-sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm44100c2_24in32 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 44100, + 352800, + 8, + 32, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 24, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm48000c2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 48000, + 192000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm48000c2_24in32 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 48000, + 384000, + 8, + 32, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 24, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm192000c2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 192000, + 768000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm44100c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 44100, + 88200, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm48000c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 48000, + 96000, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm16000c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 16000, + 32000, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm32000c2 = +{ // 14 + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 32000, + 128000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm88200c2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 88200, + 352800, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm96000c2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 96000, + 384000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm24000c2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 24000, + 96000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm16000c2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 16000, + 64000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm8000c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 8000, + 16000, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm11025c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 11025, + 22050, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm22050c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 22050, + 44100, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm24000c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 24000, + 48000, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm32000c1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 1, + 32000, + 64000, + 2, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_MONO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +// +// Definitions of HDMI specific audio formats. +// + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DolbyDigital = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_DIGITAL), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 48000, + 192000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_DIGITAL) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DolbyDigitalPlus = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_DIGITAL_PLUS), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 192000, + 768000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_DIGITAL_PLUS) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DolbyDigitalPlusAtmos = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_DIGITAL_PLUS_ATMOS), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 192000, + 768000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_DIGITAL_PLUS_ATMOS) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DolbyMlp = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MLP), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 8, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_7POINT1, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MLP) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DolbyMlpSurround = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MLP), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 8, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_7POINT1_SURROUND, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MLP) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DtsSurround = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTS), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 48000, + 192000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTS) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DtsHD = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTS_HD), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 8, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_7POINT1, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTS_HD) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DtsHDLowBitRate = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTS_HD), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_STEREO, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTS_HD) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DtsXE1 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTSX_E1), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 8, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_7POINT1, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTSX_E1) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DtsXE2 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTSX_E2), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 8, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_7POINT1, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DTSX_E2) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DolbyMAT20 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MAT20), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 8, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_7POINT1, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MAT20) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE DolbyMAT21 = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MAT21), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 8, + 192000, + 3072000, + 16, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + KSAUDIO_SPEAKER_7POINT1, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEC61937_DOLBY_MAT21) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm44100c2nomask = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 44100, + 176400, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE)-sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +// No Mask version is used for 2ch Capture, where the mask is not meaningful +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm48000c2nomask = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 2, + 48000, + 192000, + 4, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; + +static +KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE Pcm16000c4nomask = +{ + { + sizeof(KSDATAFORMAT_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE), + 0, + 0, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_TYPE_AUDIO), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM), + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SPECIFIER_WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + { + { + WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE, + 4, + 16000, + 128000, + 8, + 16, + sizeof(WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE) - sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + }, + 16, + 0, + STATICGUIDOF(KSDATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM) + } +}; diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Inc/cpp_utils.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Inc/cpp_utils.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0e10ab48 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Inc/cpp_utils.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + cpp_utils.h + +Abstract: + + Contains CPP utilities + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +#pragma once + +// Function scope_exit instantiates scope_exit object +// Constructor accepts lamda as parameter. +// Assign tasks in lamdba to be executed on scope exit. +template +auto scope_exit(F f) +{ + class scope_exit + { + public: + scope_exit(F f) : + _f{ f } + { + } + + ~scope_exit() + { + if (_call) + { + _f(); + } + } + + // Ensures the scope_exit lambda will not be called + void release() + { + _call = false; + } + + // Executes the scope_exit lambda immediately if not yet run; ensures it will not run again + void reset() + { + if (_call) + { + _f(); + _call = false; + } + } + + private: + F _f; + bool _call = true; + }; + + return scope_exit{ f }; +}; + diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/README.md b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fece7573e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# LibrePodsMic — virtual audio (microphone) driver + +The virtual-microphone driver for the [hi-res mic feature](../../hires-mic/PLAN.md): +Windows sees a "LibrePods Microphone" that the app feeds with the AirPods' +decoded AAC-ELD audio, so any app (Teams, Zoom, Discord, OBS…) can use it. + +## Origin / license + +This is based on the **Microsoft ACX `AudioCodec` sample** from +[microsoft/Windows-driver-samples](https://github.com/microsoft/Windows-driver-samples/tree/main/audio/Acx/Samples) +(**MIT licensed**), chosen because: + +- it's a **ROOT-enumerated** (software, no-hardware) audio device — i.e. virtual; +- it already has a **capture circuit** (`Common/CaptureCircuit.cpp`) — a mic; +- it uses **ACX** on top of **KMDF** — the same framework family as our + `LibrePodsAAP` driver (unlike SYSVAD's older PortCls). + +We will trim it to capture-only and swap the audio source (`Common/WaveReader.cpp`) +for a PCM feed pushed from the app over an IOCTL/ring buffer. + +## Status + +- [x] **Builds** with VS2026 + WDK 28000 (ACX headers present) — `AudioCodec.sys`. +- [x] **Installs + a virtual mic appears** — `install.ps1` (elevated, Test Mode) + signs + catalogs the driver and creates the `ROOT\AudioCodec` device via + devcon. Confirmed on hardware: Windows shows **"Microphone (AudioCodec Device)"** + in Sound -> Input (and a matching output). **Phase 1 done.** +- [ ] Rename AudioCodec -> LibrePodsMic (INF device description). +- [ ] Trim to capture-only; add the IOCTL PCM bridge (Phase 2) so the app can + push the AirPods' decoded audio into the mic. + +## Build + +`build-wsl.cmd` on the Windows host (VS + WDK) → +`AudioCodec/Driver/x64/Release/AudioCodec.sys`. See +[`../../hires-mic/PLAN.md`](../../hires-mic/PLAN.md) for the roadmap. diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Shared/Public.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Shared/Public.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..727ada9bc --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Shared/Public.h @@ -0,0 +1,342 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. + + THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. + +Module Name: + + Public.h + +Abstract: + + Contains structure definitions and function prototypes for the driver + that are public. + +Environment: + + Kernel mode + +--*/ + +/* make prototypes usable from C++ */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "Trace.h" + +#include +#include + +#define PAGED_CODE_SEG __declspec(code_seg("PAGE")) +#define INIT_CODE_SEG __declspec(code_seg("INIT")) + +// Number of msec for idle timeout. +#define IDLE_POWER_TIMEOUT 5000 + +extern RECORDER_LOG g_AudioDspLog; +extern RECORDER_LOG g_AudioDspMcLog; + +// +// Define CODEC device context. +// +typedef struct _CODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT { + ACXCIRCUIT Render; + ACXCIRCUIT Capture; + WDF_TRI_STATE ExcludeD3Cold; +} CODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT, * PCODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT; + +// +// Codec driver prototypes. +// +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_DEVICE_ADD Codec_EvtBusDeviceAdd; +DRIVER_INITIALIZE DriverEntry; +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_UNLOAD AudioCodecDriverUnload; + +// +// Codec device callbacks. +// +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_PREPARE_HARDWARE Codec_EvtDevicePrepareHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_RELEASE_HARDWARE Codec_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_ENTRY Codec_EvtDeviceD0Entry; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_EXIT Codec_EvtDeviceD0Exit; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP Codec_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(CODEC_DEVICE_CONTEXT, GetCodecDeviceContext) + +// +// Define DSP device context. +// +typedef struct _DSP_DEVICE_CONTEXT { + ACXCIRCUIT Speaker; + ACXCIRCUIT MicArray; + ACXCIRCUIT SpeakerHp; + ACXCIRCUIT MicrophoneHp; + ACXCIRCUIT HDMI; + WDF_TRI_STATE ExcludeD3Cold; +} DSP_DEVICE_CONTEXT, * PDSP_DEVICE_CONTEXT; + +// +// Dsp driver prototypes. +// +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_DEVICE_ADD Dsp_EvtBusDeviceAdd; +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_UNLOAD AudioDspDriverUnload; + +// +// Dsp device callbacks. +// +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_PREPARE_HARDWARE Dsp_EvtDevicePrepareHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_RELEASE_HARDWARE Dsp_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_ENTRY Dsp_EvtDeviceD0Entry; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_EXIT Dsp_EvtDeviceD0Exit; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP Dsp_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSP_DEVICE_CONTEXT, GetDspDeviceContext) + +// +// Define CODECMC (multicircuit codec) device context. +// +typedef struct _CODECMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT +{ + ACXCIRCUIT Render; + ACXCIRCUIT Capture; + ACXCOMPOSITETEMPLATE Composite[2]; + ULONG refComposite[2]; + WDF_TRI_STATE ExcludeD3Cold; +} CODECMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT, *PCODECMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT; + +// +// Multicircuit codec driver prototypes. +// +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_DEVICE_ADD CodecMc_EvtBusDeviceAdd; +DRIVER_INITIALIZE DriverEntry; +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_UNLOAD AudioCodecMcDriverUnload; + +// +// Multicircuit codec device callbacks. +// +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_PREPARE_HARDWARE CodecMc_EvtDevicePrepareHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_RELEASE_HARDWARE CodecMc_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_ENTRY CodecMc_EvtDeviceD0Entry; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_EXIT CodecMc_EvtDeviceD0Exit; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP CodecMc_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(CODECMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT, GetCodecMcDeviceContext) + +// +// Composite type definition used in multicircuit codec. +// +typedef enum +{ + CompositeType_RENDER, + CompositeType_CAPTURE +} CompositeType; + +// +// Define DSPMC (multicircuit dsp) device context. +// +typedef struct _DSPMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT +{ + ACXCIRCUIT Render; + ACXCIRCUIT Capture; + WDF_TRI_STATE ExcludeD3Cold; +} DSPMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT, *PDSPMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT; + +// +// Multicircuit dsp driver prototypes. +// +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_DEVICE_ADD DspMc_EvtBusDeviceAdd; +EVT_WDF_DRIVER_UNLOAD AudioDspMcDriverUnload; + +// +// Multicircuit dsp device callbacks. +// +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_PREPARE_HARDWARE DspMc_EvtDevicePrepareHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_RELEASE_HARDWARE DspMc_EvtDeviceReleaseHardware; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_ENTRY DspMc_EvtDeviceD0Entry; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_D0_EXIT DspMc_EvtDeviceD0Exit; +EVT_WDF_DEVICE_CONTEXT_CLEANUP DspMc_EvtDeviceContextCleanup; + +WDF_DECLARE_CONTEXT_TYPE_WITH_NAME(DSPMC_DEVICE_CONTEXT, GetDspMcDeviceContext) + +// Factory circuit callbacks for multicircuit dsp. +EVT_ACX_FACTORY_CIRCUIT_CREATE_CIRCUITDEVICE RenderMCDsp_EvtAcxFactoryCircuitCreateCircuitDevice; +EVT_ACX_FACTORY_CIRCUIT_CREATE_CIRCUIT RenderMCDsp_EvtAcxFactoryCircuitCreateCircuit; + +EVT_ACX_FACTORY_CIRCUIT_CREATE_CIRCUITDEVICE CaptureMCDsp_EvtAcxFactoryCircuitCreateCircuitDevice; +EVT_ACX_FACTORY_CIRCUIT_CREATE_CIRCUIT CaptureMCDsp_EvtAcxFactoryCircuitCreateCircuit; + + +/* make internal prototypes usable from C++ */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// Used to store the registry settings path for the driver: +extern UNICODE_STRING g_RegistryPath; + +// Driver tag name: +extern ULONG DeviceDriverTag; + +// The idle timeout in msec for power policy structure: +extern ULONG IdleTimeoutMsec; + +#define DECLARE_CONST_ACXOBJECTBAG_MULTICIRCUIT_SAMPLE_PROPERTY_NAME(name) \ + DECLARE_CONST_UNICODE_STRING(name, L"mc_" #name) + +__drv_requiresIRQL(PASSIVE_LEVEL) +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CopyRegistrySettingsPath( + _In_ PUNICODE_STRING RegistryPath +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Codec_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Dsp_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecMc_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +DspMc_SetPowerPolicy( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecR_AddStaticRender( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_AddStaticCapture( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const GUID * MicCustomName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +Speaker_AddStaticRender( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName, + _In_ BOOLEAN IsHeadphones +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +MicArray_AddStaticCapture( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ GUID MicCustomName, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +MicrophoneHp_AddStaticCapture( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ GUID MicCustomName, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +SpeakerHp_AddStaticRender( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +HDMI_AddStaticRender( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ GUID ComponentGuid, + _In_ UNICODE_STRING CircuitName +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +RenderMC_AddStaticRender( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * Uri +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CaptureMC_AddStaticCapture( + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device, + _In_ const GUID * ComponentGuid, + _In_ const GUID * MicCustomName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * CircuitName, + _In_ const UNICODE_STRING * Uri +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecC_CircuitCleanup( + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +MicArray_CircuitCleanup( + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CaptureMCDsp_CircuitCleanup( + _In_ ACXCIRCUIT Device +); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +DspMc_AddFactoryCircuit( + _In_ WDFDRIVER Driver, + _In_ WDFDEVICE Device +); + +NTSTATUS +CodecMc_AddRenderComposites(_In_ WDFDEVICE Device); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecMc_AddCaptureComposites(_In_ WDFDEVICE Device); + +PAGED_CODE_SEG +NTSTATUS +CodecMc_AddComposites(_In_ WDFDEVICE Device, _In_ CompositeType compositeType); + +NTSTATUS +CodecMc_RemoveComposites(_In_ WDFDEVICE Device); diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Shared/Trace.h b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Shared/Trace.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..552021297 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/Shared/Trace.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/*++ + +Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation + +Module Name: + +Trace.h + +--*/ + +#pragma once + +#include +#include // For TRACE_LEVEL definitions + +#define WPP_TOTAL_BUFFER_SIZE (PAGE_SIZE) +#define WPP_ERROR_PARTITION_SIZE (WPP_TOTAL_BUFFER_SIZE/4) + +// {1945C417-844C-48C6-9BCE-3AA2113A2B69} +#define WPP_CONTROL_GUIDS \ +WPP_DEFINE_CONTROL_GUID(DrvLogger,(1945C417,844C,48C6,9BCE,3AA2113A2B69), \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_DEVICE_ALL) /* bit 0 = 0x00000001 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_FUNCTION) /* bit 1 = 0x00000002 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_INFO) /* bit 2 = 0x00000004 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_PNP) /* bit 3 = 0x00000008 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_POWER) /* bit 4 = 0x00000010 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_STREAM) /* bit 5 = 0x00000020 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_INIT) /* bit 6 = 0x00000040 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_DDI) /* bit 7 = 0x00000080 */ \ + WPP_DEFINE_BIT(FLAG_GENERIC) /* bit 8 = 0x00000100 */ \ + ) + +#include "trace_macros.h" diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/install.ps1 b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/install.ps1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3143eb6e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/install.ps1 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<# + install.ps1 - test-sign + install the LibrePodsMic virtual audio driver, and + create its ROOT-enumerated device so a virtual microphone appears. + + RUN AS ADMINISTRATOR, in Test Mode (bcdedit /set testsigning on + reboot, + Secure Boot off). Consider a system restore point first - this adds a virtual + audio device. + + Pass the build output dir that holds AudioCodec.sys + AudioCodec.inf. + Default: the Release build under this driver tree. +#> +param( + [string]$Dir = (Join-Path $PSScriptRoot 'AudioCodec\Driver\x64\Release') +) +$ErrorActionPreference = 'Stop' + +$sys = Join-Path $Dir 'AudioCodec.sys' +$inf = Join-Path $Dir 'AudioCodec.inf' +foreach ($f in @($sys, $inf)) { if (-not (Test-Path $f)) { throw "Missing $f - build first." } } + +$kit = 'C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10' +$inf2cat = Join-Path $kit 'bin\10.0.28000.0\x86\Inf2Cat.exe' +$devcon = Join-Path $kit 'Tools\10.0.28000.0\x64\devcon.exe' +$signtool = (Get-ChildItem "$kit\bin" -Recurse -Filter signtool.exe | + Where-Object { $_.FullName -match 'x64' } | Select-Object -First 1).FullName + +# 1. A package folder with the .sys + .inf together, then a catalog. +$pkg = Join-Path $env:TEMP 'LibrePodsMicPkg' +Remove-Item $pkg -Recurse -Force -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue +New-Item -ItemType Directory -Force -Path $pkg | Out-Null +Copy-Item $sys, $inf $pkg -Force +Write-Host '==> Generating catalog...' +& $inf2cat /driver:$pkg /os:10_X64 +$cat = Join-Path $pkg 'audiocodec.cat' + +# 2. Test code-signing cert, trusted for driver loading. +Write-Host '==> Creating + trusting a test certificate...' +$cert = New-SelfSignedCertificate -Type CodeSigningCert ` + -Subject 'CN=LibrePods Test Cert' ` + -CertStoreLocation Cert:\LocalMachine\My ` + -KeyUsage DigitalSignature -KeyExportPolicy Exportable +$store = Get-Item "Cert:\LocalMachine\My\$($cert.Thumbprint)" +foreach ($name in 'Root', 'TrustedPublisher') { + $s = New-Object System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates.X509Store($name, 'LocalMachine') + $s.Open('ReadWrite'); $s.Add($store); $s.Close() +} + +Write-Host '==> Signing driver + catalog...' +$pkgSys = Join-Path $pkg 'AudioCodec.sys' +& $signtool sign /v /fd SHA256 /sm /s My /sha1 $cert.Thumbprint $pkgSys +& $signtool sign /v /fd SHA256 /sm /s My /sha1 $cert.Thumbprint $cat + +# 3. Install the driver + create the ROOT device (devcon install does both). +# Remove any existing instance first so re-running updates cleanly instead of +# stacking a second virtual device. +$pkgInf = Join-Path $pkg 'AudioCodec.inf' +Write-Host '==> Removing any existing ROOT\AudioCodec device...' +& $devcon remove 'ROOT\AudioCodec' 2>&1 | Out-Null +Start-Sleep -Seconds 1 +Write-Host '==> Installing + creating the ROOT\AudioCodec device...' +& $devcon install $pkgInf 'ROOT\AudioCodec' + +Write-Host '' +Write-Host '==> Done. Check Settings -> System -> Sound -> Input for a new mic,' +Write-Host ' and Device Manager -> Sound, video and game controllers.' diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/rename-mic.ps1 b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/rename-mic.ps1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c06ef578a --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/LibrePodsMic/rename-mic.ps1 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<# + rename-mic.ps1 - set the LibrePodsMic virtual microphone's display name (e.g. + the connected AirPods' name). RUN AS ADMINISTRATOR. + + .\rename-mic.ps1 "AirPods Pro de Pedro" + + MMDevices property values are REG_BINARY serialized PROPVARIANTs (4-byte type + tag + UTF-16 string), not plain strings - this reads/writes them correctly. + It matches the AudioCodec capture endpoint by DeviceDesc/FriendlyName, sets + PKEY_Device_FriendlyName, and refreshes the audio endpoint service so apps + pick it up without a reboot. (Plan B for when IPolicyConfig isn't available.) +#> +param([Parameter(Mandatory)][string]$Name) +$ErrorActionPreference = 'Stop' + +$base = 'HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\MMDevices\Audio\Capture' +$descKey = '{a45c254e-df1c-4efd-8020-67d146a850e0},2' # PKEY_Device_DeviceDesc +$fnKey = '{a45c254e-df1c-4efd-8020-67d146a850e0},14' # PKEY_Device_FriendlyName + +# Decode a REG_BINARY PROPVARIANT string value (skip the 4-byte type tag). +function Decode-PropStr($bytes) { + if (-not $bytes -or $bytes.Length -le 4) { return '' } + $s = [System.Text.Encoding]::Unicode.GetString($bytes[4..($bytes.Length - 1)]) + return $s.TrimEnd([char]0) +} +# Encode a string as a VT_LPWSTR PROPVARIANT REG_BINARY (0x1F tag + UTF-16 + NUL). +function Encode-PropStr([string]$s) { + $prefix = [byte[]](0x1F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00) + $data = [System.Text.Encoding]::Unicode.GetBytes($s + [char]0) + return $prefix + $data +} + +$target = $null +Write-Host '==> Capture endpoints found:' +Get-ChildItem $base | ForEach-Object { + $props = Join-Path $_.PSPath 'Properties' + $p = Get-ItemProperty -Path $props -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue + $desc = if ($p.$descKey) { Decode-PropStr $p.$descKey } else { '' } + $fn = if ($p.$fnKey) { Decode-PropStr $p.$fnKey } else { '' } + Write-Host (" [{0}] desc='{1}' friendly='{2}'" -f $_.PSChildName, $desc, $fn) + if ($desc -like '*LibrePods*' -or $fn -like '*LibrePods*' -or + $desc -like '*AudioCodec*' -or $fn -like '*AudioCodec*') { + $target = $props + } +} + +if (-not $target) { + Write-Host 'No LibrePods capture endpoint matched. Is the LibrePodsMic driver installed?' + exit 1 +} + +Set-ItemProperty -Path $target -Name $fnKey -Value (Encode-PropStr $Name) -Type Binary +Write-Host "==> Set FriendlyName -> '$Name'" + +Write-Host '==> Refreshing the audio endpoint service (brief audio drop)...' +Restart-Service -Name AudioEndpointBuilder -Force +Write-Host '==> Done. Check Sound settings / Discord - it should show the new name.' diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/.gitignore b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea8c4bf7f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/target diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/Cargo.lock b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/Cargo.lock new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f03611846 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/Cargo.lock @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +# This file is automatically @generated by Cargo. +# It is not intended for manual editing. +version = 4 + +[[package]] +name = "lp-mic-rename" +version = "0.1.0" +dependencies = [ + "windows", +] + +[[package]] +name = "proc-macro2" +version = "1.0.107" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "985e7ec9bb745e6ce6535b544d84d6cd6f7ad8bd711c398938ae983b91a766d9" +dependencies = [ + "unicode-ident", +] + +[[package]] +name = "quote" +version = "1.0.47" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "1fbf4db142a473a8d80c26bbf18454ed458bf8d26c8219c331daecfdbd079001" +dependencies = [ + "proc-macro2", +] + +[[package]] +name = "syn" +version = "2.0.119" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "872831b642d1a07999a962a351ed35b955ea2cfc8f3862091e2a240a84f17297" +dependencies = [ + "proc-macro2", + "quote", + "unicode-ident", +] + +[[package]] +name = "unicode-ident" +version = "1.0.24" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "e6e4313cd5fcd3dad5cafa179702e2b244f760991f45397d14d4ebf38247da75" + +[[package]] +name = "windows" +version = "0.58.0" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "dd04d41d93c4992d421894c18c8b43496aa748dd4c081bac0dc93eb0489272b6" +dependencies = [ + "windows-core", + "windows-targets", +] + +[[package]] +name = "windows-core" +version = "0.58.0" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "6ba6d44ec8c2591c134257ce647b7ea6b20335bf6379a27dac5f1641fcf59f99" +dependencies = [ + "windows-implement", + "windows-interface", + "windows-result", + "windows-strings", + "windows-targets", +] + +[[package]] +name = "windows-implement" +version = "0.58.0" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "2bbd5b46c938e506ecbce286b6628a02171d56153ba733b6c741fc627ec9579b" +dependencies = [ + "proc-macro2", + "quote", + "syn", +] + +[[package]] +name = "windows-interface" +version = "0.58.0" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "053c4c462dc91d3b1504c6fe5a726dd15e216ba718e84a0e46a88fbe5ded3515" +dependencies = [ + "proc-macro2", + "quote", + "syn", +] + +[[package]] +name = "windows-result" +version = "0.2.0" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "1d1043d8214f791817bab27572aaa8af63732e11bf84aa21a45a78d6c317ae0e" +dependencies = [ + "windows-targets", +] + +[[package]] +name = "windows-strings" +version = "0.1.0" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "4cd9b125c486025df0eabcb585e62173c6c9eddcec5d117d3b6e8c30e2ee4d10" +dependencies = [ + "windows-result", + "windows-targets", +] + +[[package]] +name = "windows-targets" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "9b724f72796e036ab90c1021d4780d4d3d648aca59e491e6b98e725b84e99973" +dependencies = [ + "windows_aarch64_gnullvm", + "windows_aarch64_msvc", + "windows_i686_gnu", + "windows_i686_gnullvm", + "windows_i686_msvc", + "windows_x86_64_gnu", + "windows_x86_64_gnullvm", + "windows_x86_64_msvc", +] + +[[package]] +name = "windows_aarch64_gnullvm" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "32a4622180e7a0ec044bb555404c800bc9fd9ec262ec147edd5989ccd0c02cd3" + +[[package]] +name = "windows_aarch64_msvc" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "09ec2a7bb152e2252b53fa7803150007879548bc709c039df7627cabbd05d469" + +[[package]] +name = "windows_i686_gnu" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "8e9b5ad5ab802e97eb8e295ac6720e509ee4c243f69d781394014ebfe8bbfa0b" + +[[package]] +name = "windows_i686_gnullvm" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "0eee52d38c090b3caa76c563b86c3a4bd71ef1a819287c19d586d7334ae8ed66" + +[[package]] +name = "windows_i686_msvc" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "240948bc05c5e7c6dabba28bf89d89ffce3e303022809e73deaefe4f6ec56c66" + +[[package]] +name = "windows_x86_64_gnu" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "147a5c80aabfbf0c7d901cb5895d1de30ef2907eb21fbbab29ca94c5b08b1a78" + +[[package]] +name = "windows_x86_64_gnullvm" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "24d5b23dc417412679681396f2b49f3de8c1473deb516bd34410872eff51ed0d" + +[[package]] +name = "windows_x86_64_msvc" +version = "0.52.6" +source = "registry+https://github.com/rust-lang/crates.io-index" +checksum = "589f6da84c646204747d1270a2a5661ea66ed1cced2631d546fdfb155959f9ec" diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/Cargo.toml b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/Cargo.toml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d461b5bf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/Cargo.toml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +[package] +name = "lp-mic-rename" +version = "0.1.0" +edition = "2021" +description = "Rename the LibrePodsMic virtual microphone endpoint (e.g. to the connected AirPods' name) via IPolicyConfig." + +[dependencies] +windows = { version = "0.58", features = [ + "Win32_Foundation", + "Win32_System_Registry", + "Win32_Security", +] } + +[[bin]] +name = "lp-mic-rename" +path = "src/main.rs" + +[profile.release] +opt-level = "s" +strip = true diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/src/main.rs b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/src/main.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ef34f47e --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-rename/src/main.rs @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +//! Rename the LibrePods virtual microphone endpoint(s) to a given name (e.g. the +//! connected device's name — "AirPods Pro de Pedro", "Beats Studio Buds", …), so +//! any app (Discord/Teams/Zoom) shows that instead of the driver's generic name. +//! MUST run elevated (writes HKLM\...\MMDevices). +//! +//! lp-mic-rename "AirPods Pro de Pedro" +//! +//! HOW (learned the hard way): the Windows Sound "Rename" UI persists the name in +//! PKEY_Device_DeviceDesc ({a45c254e...},2) as a **plain REG_SZ string** — NOT in +//! PKEY_Device_FriendlyName (,14), and NOT as a REG_BINARY PROPVARIANT blob (a +//! blob there is ignored → the display falls back to the driver's INF name). So we +//! write ,2 as REG_SZ, exactly like the UI. +//! +//! We identify our endpoint(s) by STABLE, name-independent properties (so re-runs +//! still match after a rename): the device/bus name ({b3f8fa53...},6 == "LibrePods", +//! from our INF) or the hardware id ({a8b865dd...},8 contains "AudioCodec"). All +//! matching endpoints are renamed (reinstalls leave stale duplicates; the active +//! one is whichever shows up). We skip endpoints already named correctly, and only +//! restart the audio service if something actually changed (no needless blip). + +use std::ffi::c_void; +use std::process::Command; + +use windows::core::{PCWSTR, PWSTR}; +use windows::Win32::System::Registry::{ + RegCloseKey, RegCreateKeyExW, RegEnumKeyExW, RegGetValueW, RegOpenKeyExW, RegSetValueExW, HKEY, + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, KEY_READ, KEY_SET_VALUE, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, REG_SZ, RRF_RT_REG_SZ, +}; + +const BASE: &str = "SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\MMDevices\\Audio\\Capture"; +/// Device/bus friendly name — stays "LibrePods" (our INF DeviceDesc) after renames. +const PROP_DEVICE_NAME: &str = "{b3f8fa53-0004-438e-9003-51a46e139bfc},6"; +/// Hardware id — "ROOT\\AudioCodec" for our driver. +const PROP_HARDWARE_ID: &str = "{a8b865dd-2e3d-4094-ad97-e593a70c75d6},8"; +/// PKEY_Device_DeviceDesc — the endpoint's display name (what "Rename" sets). +const PROP_DEVICE_DESC: &str = "{a45c254e-df1c-4efd-8020-67d146a850e0},2"; + +fn wide(s: &str) -> Vec { + s.encode_utf16().chain(std::iter::once(0)).collect() +} + +fn log(s: &str) { + use std::io::Write; + if let Ok(la) = std::env::var("LOCALAPPDATA") { + if let Ok(mut f) = std::fs::OpenOptions::new() + .create(true) + .append(true) + .open(format!("{la}\\LibrePods\\rename.log")) + { + let _ = writeln!(f, "{s}"); + } + } +} + +/// Read a REG_SZ value under HKLM\. Returns None if missing / wrong type. +unsafe fn read_reg_sz(subpath: &str, value: &str) -> Option { + let wpath = wide(subpath); + let wval = wide(value); + let mut buf = [0u16; 512]; + let mut cb: u32 = (buf.len() * 2) as u32; + let rc = RegGetValueW( + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, + PCWSTR(wpath.as_ptr()), + PCWSTR(wval.as_ptr()), + RRF_RT_REG_SZ, + None, + Some(buf.as_mut_ptr() as *mut c_void), + Some(&mut cb), + ); + if rc.is_ok() { + let n = (cb as usize / 2).saturating_sub(1); // drop the NUL terminator + Some(String::from_utf16_lossy(&buf[..n])) + } else { + None + } +} + +/// Write PKEY_Device_DeviceDesc as a plain REG_SZ string (what the Sound UI does). +unsafe fn write_desc(guid: &str, name: &str) -> bool { + let subkey = wide(&format!("{BASE}\\{guid}\\Properties")); + let mut hkey = HKEY::default(); + let rc = RegCreateKeyExW( + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, + PCWSTR(subkey.as_ptr()), + 0, + PCWSTR::null(), + REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, + KEY_SET_VALUE, + None, + &mut hkey, + None, + ); + if rc.is_err() { + log(&format!("RegCreateKeyEx {guid} failed: {rc:?}")); + return false; + } + let wname = wide(name); + let bytes = std::slice::from_raw_parts(wname.as_ptr() as *const u8, wname.len() * 2); + let valname = wide(PROP_DEVICE_DESC); + let rc = RegSetValueExW(hkey, PCWSTR(valname.as_ptr()), 0, REG_SZ, Some(bytes)); + let _ = RegCloseKey(hkey); + rc.is_ok() +} + +/// The name to apply: the CLI arg if given, else the contents of +/// %LOCALAPPDATA%\LibrePods\micname.txt (so an elevated scheduled task launched +/// by the non-elevated tray can pick up the connected device's name). +fn resolve_name() -> Option { + if let Some(a) = std::env::args().nth(1) { + let a = a.trim().to_string(); + if !a.is_empty() { + return Some(a); + } + } + let la = std::env::var("LOCALAPPDATA").ok()?; + let s = std::fs::read_to_string(format!("{la}\\LibrePods\\micname.txt")).ok()?; + let s = s.trim().to_string(); + if s.is_empty() { + None + } else { + Some(s) + } +} + +fn main() { + let name = resolve_name().unwrap_or_else(|| { + eprintln!( + "usage: lp-mic-rename \"\"\n \ + (or write the name to %LOCALAPPDATA%\\LibrePods\\micname.txt)" + ); + std::process::exit(2); + }); + + unsafe { + let mut hbase = HKEY::default(); + let rc = RegOpenKeyExW( + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, + PCWSTR(wide(BASE).as_ptr()), + 0, + KEY_READ, + &mut hbase, + ); + if rc.is_err() { + eprintln!("cannot open MMDevices Capture key: {rc:?}"); + std::process::exit(1); + } + + let mut changed = 0; + let mut already = 0; + let mut i = 0u32; + loop { + let mut namebuf = [0u16; 128]; + let mut namelen = namebuf.len() as u32; + let rc = RegEnumKeyExW( + hbase, + i, + PWSTR(namebuf.as_mut_ptr()), + &mut namelen, + None, + PWSTR::null(), + None, + None, + ); + if rc.is_err() { + break; // ERROR_NO_MORE_ITEMS + } + i += 1; + + let guid = String::from_utf16_lossy(&namebuf[..namelen as usize]); + let props = format!("{BASE}\\{guid}\\Properties"); + let dev = read_reg_sz(&props, PROP_DEVICE_NAME).unwrap_or_default(); + let hw = read_reg_sz(&props, PROP_HARDWARE_ID).unwrap_or_default(); + let is_ours = + dev.contains("LibrePods") || hw.to_ascii_lowercase().contains("audiocodec"); + if !is_ours { + continue; + } + + let cur = read_reg_sz(&props, PROP_DEVICE_DESC).unwrap_or_default(); + if cur == name { + already += 1; + log(&format!("ok {guid} already '{name}'")); + } else if write_desc(&guid, &name) { + changed += 1; + log(&format!("wrote {guid} dev='{dev}' hw='{hw}' (was '{cur}')")); + } + } + let _ = RegCloseKey(hbase); + + if changed == 0 && already == 0 { + eprintln!("No LibrePods capture endpoint found (run elevated)."); + std::process::exit(1); + } + + if changed > 0 { + let _ = Command::new("powershell") + .args([ + "-NoProfile", + "-Command", + "Restart-Service AudioEndpointBuilder -Force", + ]) + .status(); + println!("Renamed {changed} LibrePods mic endpoint(s) to \"{name}\"."); + } else { + println!("Already named \"{name}\" ({already} endpoint(s)) — nothing to do."); + } + } +} diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/.gitignore b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea8c4bf7f --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/target diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/Cargo.lock b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/Cargo.lock new file mode 100644 index 000000000..160259b19 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/Cargo.lock @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This file is automatically @generated by Cargo. +# It is not intended for manual editing. +version = 4 + +[[package]] +name = "lp-mic-test" +version = "0.1.0" diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/Cargo.toml b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/Cargo.toml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7492789f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/Cargo.toml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +[package] +name = "lp-mic-test" +version = "0.1.0" +edition = "2021" +description = "Feed a test tone into the LibrePodsMic virtual microphone (Phase 2 pipe test)." + +[[bin]] +name = "lp-mic-test" +path = "src/main.rs" + +[profile.release] +opt-level = 2 +strip = true diff --git a/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/src/main.rs b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/src/main.rs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..821c8902c --- /dev/null +++ b/crossplatform/windows-driver/lp-mic-test/src/main.rs @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +//! Phase-2 pipe test: stream a sine tone into the LibrePodsMic virtual +//! microphone via the control device `\\.\LibrePodsMic`. +//! +//! Usage: run this, then record from "Microphone (AudioCodec Device)" in Voice +//! Recorder / Audacity — you should hear a steady tone. Proves the +//! user-mode -> IOCTL -> ring -> ACX capture path end to end. +//! +//! lp-mic-test [freq_hz] [sample_rate] +//! defaults: 440 Hz tone, 48000 Hz mono 16-bit (match the recording app's rate) + +use std::f64::consts::PI; +use std::os::raw::c_void; + +type Handle = *mut c_void; + +const GENERIC_WRITE: u32 = 0x4000_0000; +const FILE_SHARE_RW: u32 = 0x0000_0003; +const OPEN_EXISTING: u32 = 3; +const INVALID_HANDLE: Handle = usize::MAX as Handle; + +// CTL_CODE(FILE_DEVICE_UNKNOWN, 0x800, METHOD_BUFFERED, FILE_WRITE_DATA) +const IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM: u32 = 0x0022_A000; + +#[link(name = "kernel32")] +extern "system" { + fn CreateFileW( + name: *const u16, + access: u32, + share: u32, + sec: *mut c_void, + disp: u32, + flags: u32, + template: Handle, + ) -> Handle; + fn DeviceIoControl( + dev: Handle, + code: u32, + in_buf: *const c_void, + in_len: u32, + out_buf: *mut c_void, + out_len: u32, + returned: *mut u32, + overlapped: *mut c_void, + ) -> i32; + fn CloseHandle(h: Handle) -> i32; + fn GetLastError() -> u32; + fn Sleep(ms: u32); +} + +fn wide(s: &str) -> Vec { + s.encode_utf16().chain(std::iter::once(0)).collect() +} + +fn main() { + let args: Vec = std::env::args().collect(); + let freq: f64 = args.get(1).and_then(|s| s.parse().ok()).unwrap_or(440.0); + let rate: u32 = args.get(2).and_then(|s| s.parse().ok()).unwrap_or(48_000); + + let path = wide(r"\\.\LibrePodsMic"); + let dev = unsafe { + CreateFileW( + path.as_ptr(), + GENERIC_WRITE, + FILE_SHARE_RW, + std::ptr::null_mut(), + OPEN_EXISTING, + 0, + std::ptr::null_mut(), + ) + }; + if dev == INVALID_HANDLE { + let e = unsafe { GetLastError() }; + eprintln!( + "Could not open \\\\.\\LibrePodsMic (error {e}). Is the LibrePodsMic \ + driver installed (install.ps1) and the virtual mic present?" + ); + std::process::exit(1); + } + println!("Feeding a {freq} Hz tone at {rate} Hz mono 16-bit into the virtual mic."); + println!("Record from \"Microphone (AudioCodec Device)\" to hear it. Ctrl+C to stop."); + + // 10 ms chunks, fed in real time so the ring tracks "now". + let chunk_frames = (rate / 100) as usize; // 10 ms + let mut phase: f64 = 0.0; + let step = 2.0 * PI * freq / rate as f64; + let amp = (i16::MAX as f64) * 0.30; + let mut pcm: Vec = vec![0; chunk_frames]; + + loop { + for s in pcm.iter_mut() { + *s = (phase.sin() * amp) as i16; + phase += step; + if phase >= 2.0 * PI { + phase -= 2.0 * PI; + } + } + let bytes = pcm.len() * 2; + let mut returned: u32 = 0; + let ok = unsafe { + DeviceIoControl( + dev, + IOCTL_LIBREPODS_MIC_WRITE_PCM, + pcm.as_ptr() as *const c_void, + bytes as u32, + std::ptr::null_mut(), + 0, + &mut returned, + std::ptr::null_mut(), + ) + }; + if ok == 0 { + let e = unsafe { GetLastError() }; + eprintln!("DeviceIoControl failed (error {e})."); + break; + } + unsafe { Sleep(10) }; + } + + unsafe { CloseHandle(dev) }; +}